PORTOLA PACKAGING INC
POS AM, 1996-06-26
PLASTICS PRODUCTS, NEC
Previous: FIRST TRUST COMBINED SERIES 6, 485BPOS, 1996-06-26
Next: MGM GRAND INC, 10-K/A, 1996-06-26



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 26, 1996
    
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-95318
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                            ------------------------
 
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3089                  94-1582719
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary standard industrial   (I.R.S. employer
              of                 classification code number)     identification
incorporation or organization)                                        no.)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                890 FAULSTICH COURT, SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95112
                                 (408) 453-8840
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                              ROBERT R. STRICKLAND
                            CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.,
                890 FAULSTICH COURT, SAN JOSE, CALIFORNIA 95112
                                 (408) 453-8840
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
   
                            TIMOTHY TOMLINSON, ESQ.
                              CYNTHIA M. LOE, ESQ.
                      Tomlinson Zisko Morosoli & Maser LLP
                         200 Page Mill Road, 2nd Floor
                          Palo Alto, California 94306
                                 (415) 325-8666
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
         PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING LOCATION IN
                     PROSPECTUS OF PART I ITEMS OF FORM S-1
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING IN
FORM S-1 REGISTRATION STATEMENT                                                  LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus......................  Outside Front Cover Page
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected Historical
                                                                   Condensed Consolidated Financial Data
       4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Status of the Offering, Use of Proceeds and Related
                                                                   Matters; Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Underwriting
       6.  Dilution.............................................  Not Applicable
       7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Not Applicable
       8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages; Underwriting;
                                                                   Outside Back Cover Page
       9.  Description of Securities to be Registered...........  Description of the Notes
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............  Not Applicable
      11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant...........  Status of the Offering, Use of Proceeds and Related
                                                                   Matters; Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages;
                                                                   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
                                                                   Capitalization; Selected Historical Condensed
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Data; Management's Discussion
                                                                   and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                   Operations; Business; Management; Certain
                                                                   Transactions; Principal Stockholders; Description of
                                                                   the New Credit Facility; Description of the Notes;
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Statements
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities......................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
                         10 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
 
                         SUPPLEMENT DATED JUNE 25, 1996
                     TO PROSPECTUS DATED SEPTEMBER 27, 1995
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Status of the Offering, Use of Proceeds and Related Matters................................................           1
Summary Historical Condensed Financial Data................................................................           1
Business...................................................................................................           4
Management.................................................................................................           5
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................          12
Principal Stockholders.....................................................................................          14
Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data..................................................          17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          19
Experts....................................................................................................          25
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
    This  Supplement to the Prospectus of Portola Packaging, Inc. (the "Company"
or "Portola")  may  be used  by  Chase Securities,  Inc.,  an affiliate  of  the
Company,   in  connection  with  offers  and  sales  related  to  market  making
transactions in  the  10  3/4%  senior  notes  due  2005  (the  "Notes").  Chase
Securities,  Inc. may act as principal or agent in such transactions. Such sales
will be made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of  sale.
Chase Securities, Inc. will not confirm such sales to any accounts over which it
exercises discretionary authority without the prior specific written approval of
the customer.
 
    Chase  Securities,  Inc.  and  Salomon  Brothers  Inc  (the  "Underwriters")
presently intend to  make a  market in  the Notes;  however, they  are under  no
obligation to do so and may discontinue any market making activities at any time
without  notice. No assurance  can be given  as to the  liquidity of the trading
market for  the Notes  or  that an  active public  market  will develop  or,  if
developed, will continue.
 
       THIS SUPPLEMENT IS PART OF AND MUST BE ACCOMPANIED OR PRECEDED BY
                    THE PROSPECTUS DATED SEPTEMBER 27, 1995
    
<PAGE>
   
    This  Supplement is  a part of  and should  be read in  conjunction with the
Prospectus dated September 27, 1995.  Capitalized terms used in this  Supplement
and  not otherwise defined in this Supplement  shall have the meanings set forth
in the Prospectus dated September 27, 1995 (the "Prospectus").
 
    The Prospectus is hereby supplemented as follows:
 
          STATUS OF THE OFFERING, USE OF PROCEEDS AND RELATED MATTERS
 
    On October 2, 1995,  the Company completed its  offering of $110 million  of
Notes that mature on October 1, 2005 and bear interest at the rate of 10.75% per
annum.  Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year.
The Company paid interest in the aggregate amount of approximately $5,880,000 to
holders of record of the Notes on April 1, 1996. The Notes are unsecured general
obligations of the Company. The Notes  were issued pursuant to and are  governed
by  the terms of  the Indenture between  the Company and  American Bank National
Association, as  trustee. Reference  is  made to  the  section of  the  attached
Prospectus  entitled "Description of the Notes"  for a more complete description
of the Notes.
 
    The net proceeds of the Note  offering, after deducting expenses related  to
the  offering, including underwriting discounts and commissions in the amount of
approximately $3.2 million, were approximately $106 million. Of the $106 million
net proceeds of the offering, $83 million was used to retire the Company's  debt
then  outstanding under  its senior  term loans,  revolving facility  and senior
subordinated notes, and the balance was reserved for working capital and general
corporate purposes, including capital expenditures. Subsequent to the closing of
the Note offering, $7.2 million of the net proceeds was used to purchase the San
Jose facilities  previously leased  by the  Company, $10.8  million of  the  net
proceeds  was used to  purchase machinery and  equipment, $3 million  of the net
proceeds was used to make a loan  to the Company's 50% joint venture in  Mexico,
and $2 million of the net proceeds was used for working capital needs.
 
    Concurrent  with the closing  of the Note  offering on October  2, 1995, the
Company entered into a new five year senior revolving credit facility (the  "New
Credit  Facility") with Heller Financial, Inc., a  lender of certain of the debt
retired with the  net proceeds  of the Note  offering. The  New Credit  Facility
provides for revolving loans to the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$35  million, subject  to a borrowing  base of  eligible receivables, inventory,
property, plant and  equipment, which serve  as collateral for  the line.  Loans
made  pursuant to the terms of the New Credit Facility constitute senior secured
indebtedness of the Company. As of the date of this Supplement, the Company  had
no  outstanding indebtedness under  the New Credit  Facility, leaving the entire
facility available for draw.  Reference is made to  the section of the  attached
Prospectus entitled "Description of the New Credit Facility" for a more complete
description of the terms of the New Credit Facility.
 
                  SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The information included in the sections of the Prospectus entitled "Summary
Historical  and Pro Forma As Adjusted  Condensed Company -- Only Financial Data"
and "--  Summary Historical  and Pro  Forma As  Adjusted Condensed  Consolidated
Financial  Data" is superseded in  its entirety by the  information set forth in
the table  below. The  following  table sets  forth certain  summary  historical
financial  data for the Company. The  summary historical statement of operations
and balance sheet data  for each of  the fiscal years in  the three year  period
ended  August 31, 1995 and at the end of each such fiscal year have been derived
from, and  are qualified  by reference  to, the  Company's audited  consolidated
financial  statements included in this Supplement to the Prospectus. The summary
historical statement of  operations and balance  sheet data for  the six  months
ended  February  28, 1995  and February  29, 1996  and at  such dates  have been
derived from  the unaudited  consolidated financial  statements of  the  Company
included  in  this  Supplement  to  the Prospectus.  The  table  should  be read
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and related notes and  other financial information  appearing elsewhere in  this
Supplement to the Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED                    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                        AUGUST 31,                  ----------------------------
                                         -----------------------------------------    FEB. 28,       FEB. 29,
                                            1993        1994 (A)         1995           1995           1996
                                         -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales..................................  $  58,286    $    70,284    $   124,650    $    55,585    $    73,877
Gross profit...........................     15,607         18,614         32,678         14,055         18,020
Income from operations.................      6,180          7,004         10,623          4,983          6,574
Interest expense, net..................      3,044          3,899          8,483          3,931          5,696
Amortization of debt financing costs...        479            433            447            269            261
Income before extraordinary item,
 cumulative effect of change in
 accounting principle and income
 taxes.................................      2,719          2,195          1,434            961            555
Net income (loss)......................        309            225            140            231         (1,465)
Earnings (loss) per share..............       0.02          (0.02)         (0.04)          0.00          (0.16)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital........................  $   7,109    $    11,049    $    14,758    $    16,910    $    32,354
Total assets...........................     50,896        110,820        130,326        109,150        156,557
Total debt.............................     38,140         77,467         91,912         82,723        117,798
Redeemable warrants (b)................      2,600          3,055          3,665          3,055          4,088
Total shareholders' equity.............      2,597          5,393          6,694          8,775          4,822
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by (used in)
 operating activities..................  $   6,768    $     9,351    $     8,422    $    (1,759)   $     8,559
Net cash used in investing
 activities............................     (9,119)       (38,418)       (24,648)        (4,505)       (16,010)
Net cash provided by financing
 activities............................      3,538         30,099         14,785          4,559         21,214
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA:
Closure unit volume (in millions)......      3,980          4,893          8,476          4,008          4,549
Closure unit volume growth (c).........        5.8%          22.9%          73.2%          10.5%          13.5%
EBITDA (d).............................  $  12,883    $    14,728    $    23,588    $    11,395    $    14,330
Depreciation and amortization..........      6,845          8,357         12,789          5,824          8,072
Capital expenditures...................      9,564          6,159         11,302          4,703         16,372
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
 (e)...................................       1.3x           1.2x           1.2x           1.2x             --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(a)  Includes ten months of operations before  the Nepco acquisition on June 30,
    1994 and two  months of  operations after the  acquisition. Nepco  is now  a
    division of Portola.
 
(b) The redeemable warrants entitle the holders thereof to purchase an aggregate
    of  2,492,741 shares of the Company's Common  Stock. If the Company does not
    complete an initial  public offering of  its Common Stock  by June 30,  1999
    (for  certain warrants) or August 1,  2001 (for other warrants), the holders
    may require the Company to repurchase the warrants at the higher of  current
    market value or an amount computed under the warrants.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
(c)  These results reflect  closure unit volume growth  of the Company including
    Nepco after June 30, 1994. On a  pro forma combined basis, the closure  unit
    volume  growth for  Portola and  Nepco was 11.6%  for the  fiscal year ended
    August 31, 1994.
 
(d) EBITDA  represents, for  any relevant  period, income  (loss) before  income
    taxes,  extraordinary  item,  cumulative  effect  of  change  in  accounting
    principle, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, interest  expense,
    net,  amortization  of intangible  assets  and non-recurring  legal expenses
    associated with the  Company's litigation with  Scholle Corporation  through
    October  2, 1995.  See "Business  -- Litigation"  in this  Supplement to the
    Prospectus. EBITDA is not intended to represent and should not be considered
    more meaningful than, or an alternative  to, net income, cash flow or  other
    measures  of performance  in accordance  with generally  accepted accounting
    principles. EBITDA  data and  the related  ratios are  included because  the
    Company  understands that such  information is used  by certain investors as
    one measure of an  issuer's historical ability to  service debt and  because
    certain  restrictive covenants  in the  Indenture are  based on  a term very
    similar to the Company's EBITDA.
 
(e) For  the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed  charges,
    "earnings"  represents income  before provision  for income  taxes and fixed
    charges. "Fixed charges" consist of  interest expense, amortization of  debt
    financing  costs and the portion of  lease expense which management believes
    is representative of the interest component  of lease expense. The ratio  of
    earnings  to  fixed  charges for  the  six  months ended  February  29, 1996
    resulted in a deficiency of $1.6 million.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  information  included  in  the  section  of  the  Prospectus   entitled
"Business"  is supplemented as  set forth below.  Please see the  section of the
Prospectus entitled "Business" for a more complete description of the  Company's
products, markets and business strategies.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Since  the Company was acquired from the  founding family in 1986 by a group
led by Jack  L. Watts, the  Company's current  Chairman of the  Board and  Chief
Executive Officer, the size of the Company as measured by sales and closure unit
volume  has increased from $26.1  million in sales and  2.1 billion in units for
fiscal 1987 to $124.7 million in sales  and 8.5 billion in units for the  fiscal
year  ended August 31,  1995. The size of  the Company as  measured by sales and
closure unit volume was $100.5 million in sales and 6.1 billion in units for the
eight months  ended  April 30,  1996.  Mr. Watts  and  other members  of  senior
management  owned or controlled  29.1%, on a fully  diluted basis (calculated on
the basis  of exercise  of all  outstanding options,  vested and  unvested,  and
conversion  of the Class A Common Stock,  which is non-voting stock, into voting
stock), of the Common Stock of the Company as of June 18, 1996.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The  Company  has  continued  to  pursue  various  expansion  opportunities,
including  its program  of seeking  to acquire  domestic and  foreign businesses
serving similar  customers using  proprietary product  and process  technologies
that offer opportunities to improve costs or extend the Company's product lines.
The  Company's international export  sales were approximately  $18.7 million for
the fiscal year ended August 31, 1995 and approximately $9.2 million for the six
months ended  February  29,  1996,  of which  $6.7  million  and  $1.4  million,
respectively,  represented sales  of PortaPlants  (see "Business  -- Products --
PortaPlants" in the attached Prospectus).
 
PROPERTIES
 
    On February 9, 1996, the Company completed its acquisition of the  Company's
headquarters and manufacturing facilities located in San Jose, California, which
facilities  were previously  leased by the  Company. The purchase  price paid in
connection with such acquisition was approximately $7.2 million. The disclosures
included on page 40 of the attached Prospectus are hereby amended accordingly to
reflect the purchase by the Company of  its San Jose facilities. The Company  is
currently  negotiating an 18 to 24 month extension  of the term of the lease for
its facilities located in Clifton Park, New York, which facilities are reflected
in the  table included  on page  40 of  the attached  Prospectus. The  Company's
Canadian  subsidiary, Portola Packaging  Canada Ltd., is  now leasing the 43,000
square foot  facility in  Edmonton, Alberta,  Canada that  is described  in  the
footnotes to the table included on page 40 of the attached Prospectus.
 
SALES, MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
    The Company's customer base includes more than 3,000 accounts. The Company's
top  ten  customers and  buying groups  accounted for  approximately 19%  of the
Company's sales  during  the  six  months ended  February  29,  1996,  and  none
accounted for more than 5% of sales during that period.
 
LITIGATION
 
    As  described in greater detail in  the attached Prospectus, the Company has
been  engaged  in  patent  infringement  litigation  with  Scholle   Corporation
("Scholle"),  which commenced an action against the Company in the United States
District Court, Northern District of California  in July 1992 alleging that  the
Company  infringed  upon  certain patents  of  Scholle relating  to  five gallon
non-spill closures. In February 1995, the jury rendered a verdict adverse to the
Company and in  favor of  Scholle, which  verdict was  entered by  the court  on
January  2, 1996. All further motions were denied by the court upon entry of the
jury verdict, making the  Company liable for damages  of $0.01 per closure  unit
sold.  The Company is likely  to have to pay $0.01  per closure unit in damages,
totaling approximately
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
$1.4 million on  sales through April  30, 1996,  as well as  on sales  occurring
thereafter.  These amounts  have been  and will  continue to  be accrued  in the
Company's financial  statements  in  the  periods in  which  sales  occurred  or
continue to occur.
 
    The  Company  is  currently  in  the  process  of  negotiating  a settlement
agreement with Scholle, the terms of which are expected to provide for the grant
by Scholle of  a non-exclusive license  to use  certain of its  patents and  the
payment  by the Company of a royalty in the amount of $0.01 per five gallon non-
spill closure unit. It is anticipated  that the Company would remain liable  for
damages  of  $0.01 per  closure unit  sold prior  to the  date of  execution and
delivery of the proposed form of  settlement agreement. Interest at the rate  of
10%,  currently approximately $175,000, would be  payable to Scholle on all past
due amounts under the proposed agreement.
 
    The Company is also a party to a number of other lawsuits and claims arising
out of the normal course of business. Management does not believe that the final
disposition of  these  matters  will  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
    The information included under the headings entitled "Executive Officers and
Directors," "Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Employee Benefit
Plans"  and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" in the
section of  the Prospectus  entitled "Management"  is hereby  superseded in  its
entirety  as  set forth  below. No  changes  have occurred  with respect  to the
disclosures included under  the heading entitled  "Indemnification of  Directors
and Officers" included in the section of the Prospectus entitled "Management."
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The current executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEARS WITH
              NAME                    AGE          COMPANY                                 POSITION
- --------------------------------      ---      ---------------  --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>          <C>              <C>
Jack L. Watts                             48             10     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Robert Plummer                            37              2     President - Nepco Division
Dannie K. Martz                           44              0     President - Cap Snap Division
Douglas L. Cullum                         41             10     President - Packaging Division
Robert R. Strickland                      52              4     Vice President - Finance, CFO and Assistant Secretary
E. Scott Merritt                          40              1     Vice President - Manufacturing Technology
Laurie D. Bassin                          47              9     Vice President - Corporate Development
Rodger A. Moody                           42             20     Vice President, Managing Director - International Division
Patricia Voll                             38              0     Vice President - Finance and Accounting
David A. Keefe                            42             10     Corporate Controller
Timothy Tomlinson (1)                     46             10     Secretary and Director
Larry C. Williams (1)(2)                  46              7     Director
Martin R. Imbler (2)                      48              7     Director
Christopher C. Behrens                    35              2     Director
Jeffrey Pfeffer, Ph.D. (1)                49              0     Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
    Mr.  Watts has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company since January 1986. From 1982 to  1985, he was Chairman of the Board  of
Faraday   Electronics,  a  supplier  of  integrated  circuits  and  board  level
microprocessors.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    Mr. Plummer has been Vice President and General Manager - Equipment Division
from May  1994  to April  1996.  In  addition, he  assumed  responsibilities  as
President  - Nepco  Division in  September 1995,  a position  he still currently
holds. From May 1989 to May 1994, he was employed by General Motors Corporation:
as an Assembly Advisor for New  United Motor Manufacturing, Inc., an  automobile
manufacturing joint venture between General Motors and Toyota from February 1993
to  May 1994 and as  Product Manager of the  Harrison Division of General Motors
Corporation, which produces automotive engine cooling and heating,  ventilating,
and air conditioning systems, from May 1989 to February 1993.
 
    Mr.  Martz has been President - Cap Snap Division since September 1995. From
March 1995  to September  1995, he  was  Senior Vice  President of  Cymer  Laser
Technologies, a laser manufacturer. From January 1992 to March 1995, he was Vice
President  and General Manager of  the Varian - TEL  Products Division of Varian
Associates, Inc., a manufacturer of semiconductor equipment, electrical devices,
instruments and other  electronics products,  and from October  1986 to  January
1992,  he was employed by KLA Instruments Corporation, a company involved in the
factory  automation,  manufacturing,   photonics,  and   test  and   measurement
industries,  most recently as Vice President and General Manager, Automated Test
Systems Division.
 
    Mr. Cullum has been President - Packaging Division since April 1996. He  was
Vice  President - Manufacturing Technology of  the Company from November 1994 to
April 1996. He joined the Company in 1986 and became Vice President - Operations
of the Cap Snap Division in April 1987.
 
    Mr. Strickland has been Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer
of the Company since July 1991. From  September 1990 to July 1991, he served  as
Senior  Vice President and  Chief Financial Officer  at Personics Corporation, a
company that manufactured a system of  producing audio cassette tapes in  retail
record stores. From February 1988 to June 1990, he was employed by Lucky Stores,
Inc.,  a  supermarket  chain,  most  recently  as  Vice  President  Finance  and
Administration.
 
    Mr. Merritt has been Vice  President - Manufacturing Technology since  April
1996.  He  was  Vice President  and  General  Manager -  Fitment  Equipment from
February 1995 until April  1996. From August  1992 to February  1995, he was  an
Advisor,   General  Assembly  for  New  United  Motor  Manufacturing,  Inc.,  an
automobile manufacturing joint venture between  General Motors and Toyota.  From
1978 to August 1992, he was employed by General Motors of Canada, Ltd., where he
held   various  positions,  most  recently  as  Manufacturing  Superintendent  -
Components Plant.
 
    Ms. Bassin has been  Vice President - Corporate  Development of the  Company
since  February 1993.  From August  1986 to February  1993, she  was Director of
Marketing of the Company. Prior to that  time, she was employed in the  Consumer
Service and Marketing Department of Collagen Corporation, a biomedical company.
 
    Mr.  Moody  has  been Vice  President  - Managing  Director  - International
Division of the Company since October 1994.  He has been with the Company  since
1975  and has  worked in  a variety  of functional  areas, including production,
administration, marketing/sales, equipment and general management.
 
    Ms. Voll joined  the Company in  April 1996 as  Vice President, Finance  and
Accounting.  From February 1993  to September 1995, she  was employed by Trinzic
Corporation, a software company, most recently as Vice President, Finance, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary. From June 1991 to January 1993,  she
was  employed by Pyramid Technology, Inc.,  a computer hardware manufacturer, as
Director  of  Accounting.  From  1986  to  1991,  she  was  employed  by  Ingres
Corporation,  a software company,  where she held  various management positions,
most recently as Corporate Controller.
 
    Mr. Keefe has been Corporate Controller of the Company since February 1986.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    Mr. Tomlinson has been Secretary and a director of the Company since January
1986. He also  serves as  a director  of Oak  Technology, Inc.,  a designer  and
marketer  of  multimedia  semiconductors and  related  software. He  has  been a
partner in the law firm of Tomlinson Zisko Morosoli & Maser LLP since 1983.
 
    Mr. Williams  has been  a director  of the  Company since  January 1989.  He
founded  The Breckenridge  Group, Inc., an  investment banking  firm in Atlanta,
Georgia, in April 1987 and is one of its principals.
 
    Mr. Imbler has been a director of the Company since March 1989. He has  been
President,  Chief Executive Officer and a director of Berry Plastics Corporation
("Berry"), a manufacturer of plastic packaging, since January 1991. He has  also
served  as  a director  of BPC  Holding Corporation,  an entity  affiliated with
Berry, since 1991. From July  1987 to January 1991,  he was President and  Chief
Executive Officer of Risdon Corporation, a cosmetic packaging company.
 
    Mr.  Behrens has been a director of the Company since June 1994. He has been
an officer of The Chase  Manhatten Bank, N.A. ("Chase  Bank") since 1986 and  an
officer of Chase Capital Partners ("Chase Capital") since 1990. Mr. Behrens is a
director of The Pantry, Inc. and numerous private companies.
 
    Dr. Pfeffer has been a director of the Company since May 1996. He has been a
professor  in the Graduate School of Business at Stanford University since 1979,
except for  the 1981-1982  academic year,  when he  served as  the Thomas  Henry
Carroll-Ford  Foundation Visiting  Professor of  Business Administration  at the
Harvard Business School,  and currently  holds the  Thomas D.  Dee Professor  of
Organizational Behavior chair.
 
    Each director listed above, except Dr. Pfeffer, was elected at the Company's
Annual  Meeting of Shareholders  held in January  1996 and will  serve until his
successor has been  elected and qualified  or until his  earlier resignation  or
removal.  Dr. Pfeffer was elected  by Unanimous Written Consent  of the Board of
Directors of the Company effective as of  May 19, 1996 and will serve until  his
successor  has been  elected or  qualified or  until his  earlier resignation or
removal. Executive officers are chosen by,  and serve at the discretion of,  the
Board.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Each  of Dr. Pfeffer and Messrs.  Imbler, Tomlinson and Williams receives as
compensation for his services as a  director $2,500 per quarter, and $2,000  for
each  meeting  of  the Board  attended,  and  is reimbursed  for  his reasonable
expenses in  attending  Board meetings.  None  of  the other  Board  members  is
compensated  as such. See  "Management -- Compensation  Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation" in  this Supplement  to the Prospectus.  Each of  Messrs.
Imbler  and Williams receives an annual retainer for his services as a member of
the Audit Committee of  the Board in  the amount of $4,000  paid on a  quarterly
basis.  Mr.  Tomlinson  receives  an  annual retainer  for  his  services  as an
alternate member of  the Audit Committee  of $4,000 paid  on a quarterly  basis.
Each  of  Dr. Pfeffer  and  Messrs. Tomlinson  and  Williams receives  an annual
retainer for his services as a member of the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors in the amount of $4,000 paid on a quarterly basis.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table  summarizes all  compensation awarded to,  earned by  or
paid  for services rendered to  the Company in all  capacities during the fiscal
years ended August 31,  1995 and 1994 by  the Company's Chief Executive  Officer
and  the Company's six  other most highly  compensated executive officers during
fiscal 1995 (together, the "Named  Officers"). The table includes one  executive
officer  who has  resigned and one  executive officer who  is currently involved
only in special projects.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                                                                 COMPENSATION
                                                                                                    AWARDS
                                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION                   -----------------
                                        -----------------------------------------------------     SECURITIES
                                                                               OTHER ANNUAL       UNDERLYING          ALL OTHER
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION          YEAR       SALARY      BONUS (1)   COMPENSATION (2)       OPTIONS       COMPENSATION (3)
- --------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ----------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>               <C>                <C>
Jack L. Watts                                1995  $   232,280  $    62,502     $   50,251            --              $   3,015
  Chairman of the Board and                  1994      201,093      150,000         50,373            --                  6,999
  Chief Executive Officer
John L. Lemons (4)                           1995      235,171      283,398         --                --                  8,570
  President                                  1994      215,913       78,000          8,188            --                  7,839
Robert Plummer (5)                           1995      167,955       13,900         --                --                  2,260
  President - Nepco                          1994       36,346        5,700         --                --                 --
  Division
Howard R. Girbach (6)                        1995      162,011        2,040          7,200            --                  3,015
  Corporate Vice                             1994      149,261       29,300          7,200            --                  2,404
  President
Robert R. Strickland                         1995      150,974        2,040         --                --                  3,015
  Vice President -                           1994      133,443       57,500         --                --                  2,404
  Finance and Chief
  Financial Officer
Douglas L. Cullum (7)                        1995      143,042        9,940         --                --                  3,015
  President - Packaging                      1994      136,839       16,300         --                --                  2,404
  Division
Roger A. Moody                               1995      116,328       29,940          2,300            --                  2,848
  Vice President,                            1994      120,038       18,000          1,349            --                  2,404
  Managing Director
  - International
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) With respect to 1995, includes bonuses paid during fiscal 1996 for  services
    rendered  during fiscal  1995, but not  bonuses paid during  fiscal 1995 for
    services rendered during fiscal 1994. With respect to 1994, includes bonuses
    paid during fiscal 1995  for services rendered during  fiscal 1994, but  not
    bonuses paid during fiscal 1994 for services rendered during fiscal 1993.
 
(2)  Includes  automobile and  gas allowances  and, with  respect to  Mr. Watts,
    $41,800 in  consulting  fees  paid in  both  fiscal  1995 and  1994  to  PPI
    Management,  Inc., a corporation of which  Mr. Watts is the sole shareholder
    and employee.
 
(3) Represents insurance premiums on term life insurance of $4,595 for Mr. Watts
    for fiscal 1994 and insurance premiums on term life insurance of $6,470  and
    $5,435  for Mr. Lemons for fiscal  1995 and 1994, respectively. In addition,
    represents a Company  profit-sharing contribution of  $2,100 and $2,304  for
    fiscal   1995  and  1994,  respectively,   and  a  Company  401(k)  matching
    contribution of $100 for each of the Named Officers (except for Mr. Plummer)
    for fiscal 1994, and a Company 401(k)  matching contribution of up to 1%  of
    salary,  depending on  the employee's  contribution to  the plan  for fiscal
    1995.
 
(4) Mr. Lemons resigned as President and a director of the Company effective  as
    of October 10, 1995.
 
(5) Mr. Plummer joined the Company in May 1994.
 
                                       8
    
<PAGE>
   
(6)  As of fiscal year end 1995, Mr. Girbach was President - Packaging Division.
    He resigned from such  position in April 1996  and is currently a  Corporate
    Vice President working on special projects.
 
(7)  As of fiscal year  end 1995, Mr. Cullum  was Vice President - Manufacturing
    Technology. He became President of the Packaging Division in April 1996.
 
    The following table sets forth  information concerning individual grants  of
stock options made during fiscal year 1995 to the Named Officers.
 
                        OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                             VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                     NUMBER OF      % OF TOTAL                                 RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                    SECURITIES     OPTIONS/SARS    EXERCISE OR                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                    UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO        BASE                         OPTION TERM
                                   OPTIONS/SARS    EMPLOYEES IN       PRICE     EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                                GRANTED (1)     FISCAL YEAR     ($/SH)(2)      DATE         5%($)      10%($)(3)
- ---------------------------------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Robert Plummer...................       54,000            15.5%     $    4.00     8/25/2005  $   135,841  $   344,248
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  There are no stock  appreciation rights. The options  vest according to the
    following schedule:  10,800 shares  vested as  of June  1, 1996,  and  2,700
    shares  vest upon  the first day  of each calendar  quarter thereafter until
    June 1, 2000, at which time these options will be fully vested.
 
(2) The exercise price on the date of grant was equal to 100% of the fair market
    value on the date of grant.
 
(3) The 5% and 10%  assumed rates of appreciation are  mandated by the rules  of
    the  Securities and Exchange  Commission and do  not represent the Company's
    estimate or projection of the future Common Stock price.
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding   option
exercises  during fiscal  year 1995  and the  number of  shares covered  by both
exercisable and unexercisable stock  options as of August  31, 1995 for each  of
the Named Officers.
 
  AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1995 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED     IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                     SHARES                OPTIONS AT AUGUST 31, 1995     AUGUST 31, 1995 (1)
                                   ACQUIRED ON    VALUE    --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                                EXERCISE    REALIZED   EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Jack L. Watts....................      --       $  --          --            --        $   --        $   --
John L. Lemons (2)...............      --          --          --            --            --            --
Robert Plummer...................      10,000      --          10,000        84,000         15,000        45,000
Howard R. Girbach (3)............      --          --          48,000        92,000         72,000       138,000
Robert R. Strickland.............      --          --          64,000        16,000        144,000        36,000
Douglas L. Cullum................      25,000      84,750      55,000        --            186,450       --
Roger A. Moody...................      --          --          40,000        --            135,600       --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  The value of an "in-the-money" option represents the difference between the
    estimated fair market value of the underlying securities at August 31,  1995
    of $4.00 per share, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, minus
    the exercise price of the options.
 
(2)  Mr. Lemons resigned as President and as a director of the Company effective
    as of October 10, 1995.
 
(3) Mr. Girbach resigned  as President of the  Packaging Division in April  1996
    and is currently a Corporate Vice President working on special projects.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    1988  STOCK OPTION PLAN.   The 1988 Stock Option  Plan (the "1988 Plan") was
adopted  by  the  Board  in  September  1988  and  approved  by  the   Company's
shareholders  in May 1989.  The 1988 Plan has  been terminated, although options
granted under the 1988 Plan remain outstanding.
 
    As of June 18, 1996,  a total of 1,154,010 shares  of Class B Common  Stock,
Series  1 were subject  to issuance with respect  to outstanding options granted
under the 1988 Plan. Options were granted  under the 1988 Plan to officers,  key
employees  and independent contractors of the  Company, or any subsidiary of the
Company. Options  granted  under the  1988  Plan were  incentive  stock  options
("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as  amended (the "Code"), or nonqualified stock options ("NQSOs"); however, only
employees of the Company,  or of a  parent or subsidiary  of the Company,  could
have  been granted ISOs. Generally, options under the 1988 Plan expire ten years
after the date of grant  (generally subject to shortened exercisability  periods
for terminated employees).
 
    The  1988 Plan may be administered by  the Board or by a committee appointed
by the Board. The 1988 Plan is currently administered by the Board.
 
    The exercise price of an option granted under the 1988 Plan may not be  less
than  85%, with respect to an NQSO, or 100%, with respect to an ISO, of the fair
market value of  the Company's Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1 on  the date  of
grant,  except that, for an ISO  granted to a person holding  10% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent
or subsidiary of the Company, the exercise  price must be not less than 110%  of
such  fair market value. Options  generally become exercisable as  to 20% of the
shares one year after the vesting start date  and as to an additional 5% of  the
shares  for each full  quarter thereafter that the  optionee renders services to
the Company.
 
    1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN.   The 1994 Stock Option  Plan (the "1994 Plan")  was
adopted  by the Board and the Company's  shareholders in November 1994. The 1994
Plan will terminate  on November 17,  2004 (although options  granted under  the
1994  Plan may be exercised subsequent to such date) or such earlier time as all
of the shares of Class  B Common Stock, Series  1 reserved thereunder have  been
issued.
 
    A  total of  1,000,000 shares  of Class  B Common  Stock, Series  1 has been
reserved for issuance under the 1994 Plan. As of June 18, 1996, a total of 4,300
shares of Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1  had been issued  pursuant to  option
exercises  under the  1994 Plan,  a total  of 601,500  shares of  Class B Common
Stock, Series 1 were subject to  issuance with respect to options granted  under
the 1994 Plan and a total of 394,200 shares remained available for future grants
under the 1994 Plan. Options may be granted under the 1994 Plan to officers, key
employees  and independent contractors of the  Company, or any subsidiary of the
Company. Options granted under the 1994 Plan  may be ISOs within the meaning  of
Section 422 of the Code, or NQSOs; however, only employees of the Company, or of
a  parent or subsidiary of the Company,  may be granted ISOs. Generally, options
under the  1994 Plan  expire  ten years  after the  date  of grant  (subject  to
shortened exercisability periods for terminated employees). The 1994 Plan allows
a  maximum term of ten years from the  date the option is granted (or five years
in the case of any option granted to the holder of 10% or more of the shares  of
the Company).
 
    The  1994 Plan may be administered by  the Board or by a committee appointed
by the Board,  which has  discretion to select  optionees and  to establish  the
terms and conditions of the options, subject to the provisions of the 1994 Plan.
The 1994 Plan is currently administered by the Compensation Committee.
 
    The  exercise price of an option granted under the 1994 Plan may not be less
than 85%, with respect to an NQSO, or 100%, with respect to an ISO, of the  fair
market  value of  the Company's Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1 on  the date of
grant, except that, for an  ISO granted to a person  holding 10% or more of  the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent
or  subsidiary of the Company, the exercise price  must be not less than 110% of
such fair market value.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Options generally become exercisable as to 20% of the shares one year after  the
vesting  start date  and as  to an  additional 5%  of the  shares for  each full
quarter thereafter that the optionee renders services to the Company.
 
    As of June 18, 1996, under both the 1988 and 1994 Plans, options to purchase
an aggregate of  1,621,490 shares of  Class B  Common Stock, Series  1 had  been
exercised,   directors,   officers,   consultants  and   other   employees  held
non-qualified stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,154,010 shares, with a
weighted average  exercise price  of $1.32,  and directors,  officers and  other
employees  held  incentive stock  options to  purchase  an aggregate  of 601,500
shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.18.
 
    401(K) PLAN.   In 1987, the  Company's Board of  Directors adopted a  profit
sharing  plan that is intended to qualify  under Section 401(k) of the Code (the
"401(k) Plan"). Each employee of  the Company who is at  least 21 years of  age,
has  completed one year of service and is not covered by a collective bargaining
agreement is  eligible  to  participate  in the  401(k)  Plan.  A  participating
employee  may  make  pre-tax  contributions  of up  to  10%  of  such employee's
compensation that  does not  exceed  the Social  Security Wage  Base  ("Eligible
Compensation  Base") in effect  at the end  of the plan  year. The Company makes
matching contributions that, beginning in fiscal 1995, are 20% of the employee's
contribution, up  to  a  maximum  employee contribution  of  5%  of  salary.  In
addition,  the Company may,  at the discretion  of the Board  of Directors, make
profit-sharing contributions. In fiscal 1993,  fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1995,  the
Company  contributed 3.0%,  4.0% and  3.0%, respectively,  of each participant's
Eligible Compensation Base as profit sharing contributions for those years.
 
    1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK  PURCHASE PLAN.   The Company's Board  of Directors  has
authorized  the adoption of an Employee Stock  Purchase Plan that is intended to
qualify under Section 423 of the  Code (the "Purchase Plan"). It is  anticipated
that  the Purchase  Plan will  incorporate the  provisions described  below. The
maximum number of shares to  be issued under the  Purchase Plan will be  750,000
shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1. Participation will be available to all
employees  of the Company  (other than certain  part-time and seasonal employees
and employees possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or  value
of  all classes of the Company's stock) who  have been with the Company at least
one month prior to the commencement of an offering under the Purchase Plan.  The
Purchase Plan will be implemented through consecutive offerings of twelve months
duration  commencing on January 1 of each  year, except for the initial offering
period. Eligible employees may participate only through payroll withholding.  At
the  employee's election, from 1% to 10%  of the employee's compensation will be
withheld. The price at which employees will  purchase shares will be 85% of  the
lower  of the fair  market value of the  stock at the  beginning of the offering
period (January  1 of  the  applicable year,  except  for the  initial  offering
period)  or the fair market value of the stock at the end of the offering period
(December 31 of the applicable year).  No employee will be entitled to  purchase
shares  at a rate which  exceeds $25,000 in fair  market value for each calendar
year in which the employee participates in the Purchase Plan. Implementation  of
the  Purchase Plan is subject  to approval by the  Compensation Committee and to
stockholder approval.
 
    1996 EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE UNIT BONUS PLAN.  The Company's Board of Directors
has authorized the  adoption of the  1996 Employee Performance  Unit Bonus  Plan
(the  "Bonus Plan") pursuant to which  units representing hypothetical shares of
the stock of the Company  are credited to an  employee's account. Cash or  stock
dividends  and splits attributable  to such are also  credited to the employee's
account. Upon a specified date or the happening of a certain event, the employee
is entitled to receive an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market
value of the hypothetical stock represented by the units over the value of  such
stock  on the date on which the units  were awarded. The Bonus Plan provides for
the issuance of up to 1,000,000  units thereunder. The Board has authorized  the
issuance  of 100,000 units to Mr. Watts, with each unit having a value of $4.50.
Implementation of the  Bonus Plan  is subject  to approval  of the  Compensation
Committee.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The  members  of  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Company's  Board of
Directors are Timothy Tomlinson,  Larry C. Williams  and Jeffrey Pfeffer,  Ph.D.
Mr. Tomlinson is also the Company's Secretary.
 
    In  1989, the Company granted  to Mr. Tomlinson and  TZM Investment Fund, of
which Mr. Tomlinson is a general partner, options to purchase 124,026 shares  of
Class  B, Series 1 Common Stock for $1.00  per share. A portion of those options
were exercised  during the  period from  December 1989  to September  1991,  for
66,000  shares of  Class B, Series  1 Common  Stock and, during  the period from
January through April 1995, for 28,042 shares of Class B, Series 1 Common Stock.
TZM Investment Fund continues to hold the  balance of the options. In 1991,  TZM
Investment  Fund received  from the Company,  and continues to  hold, options to
purchase 90,000 shares  of the Company's  Common Stock for  $1.75 per share.  In
1989,  the  Company  granted  to  Mr.  Williams  and  other  principals  of  The
Breckenridge Group, Inc. ("Breckenridge"), an  investment banking firm of  which
Mr.  Williams is  a principal,  options to purchase  124,026 shares  of Class B,
Series 1 Common  Stock for  $1.00 per share  (Mr. Williams  received options  to
purchase  33,720 of such shares). Such principals of Breckenridge have exercised
a portion of those options, purchasing, during the period from December 1989  to
September 1991, 66,000 shares of Class B, Series 1 Common Stock (17,670 of which
were  purchased  by Mr.  Williams),  and such  principals  continue to  hold the
balance of  the options  (Mr. Williams  continues to  hold options  to  purchase
16,050 shares).
 
    The  Company retains as its general counsel  the law firm of Tomlinson Zisko
Morosoli & Maser LLP,  of which Mr.  Tomlinson is a  general partner. For  legal
services  rendered  during fiscal  1993,  1994 and  1995,  the Company  paid Mr.
Tomlinson's law firm  $451,000, $420,000 and  $333,000, respectively,  including
expenses.
 
    In  March 1992, the Company engaged Breckenridge to act as investment banker
in a possible equity financing and as  a finder for the purposes of  introducing
the  Company to one or more financial institutions to provide a senior financing
loan package. In fiscal 1992, the  Company paid Breckenridge a $350,000 fee  for
assistance  in  preparing  a  confidential private  placement  memorandum  for a
possible equity offering  and in evaluating  the offering. In  fiscal 1993,  the
Company paid Breckenridge a $200,000 finder's fee, plus expense reimbursement of
$11,000,  in connection with the closing of a new senior financing loan package.
In fiscal 1996, Breckenridge acted  as a finder in the  sale of Common Stock  of
the  Company held by certain insiders of the Company. Breckenridge received fees
and expenses in the amount of $495,865 from the proceeds of the sale.
 
    For additional  information regarding  Messrs.  Tomlinson and  Williams  and
their  respective affiliates, see the sections entitled "Management -- Executive
Officers and Directors" and "Principal Stockholders" included in this Supplement
to the  Prospectus. Reference  is also  made to  the section  entitled  "Certain
Transactions  -- Transactions with Entities  Affiliated with Directors" included
in this Supplement and in the attached Prospectus.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The information included in the section of the Prospectus entitled  "Certain
Transactions" is hereby supplemented as follows:
 
LOANS TO EMPLOYEES
 
    The  Board of Directors  of the Company  has agreed to  extend until January
1997 the due date of all principal and accrued interest owing to the Company  by
Jack  L. Watts under the terms  of that certain loan made  by the Company to Mr.
Watts in the  original principal amount  of $250,000. Reference  is made to  the
attached Prospectus for a description of the terms of this loan and the terms of
the loans extended to other employees of the Company.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
TRANSACTIONS WITH ENTITIES AFFILIATED WITH DIRECTORS
 
    Expenditures  in the  amount of  $5,000 were  made in  fiscal 1995  for mold
development, engineering or manufacturing  services performed by Berry  Plastics
Corporation,  the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of  which  is Martin
Imbler, who also serves as a director of the Company.
 
    Since June 1988, Chase Bank had held the Company's Senior Subordinated Notes
in the principal  amount of  $10.0 million  and due  June 30,  2002. The  Senior
Subordinated  Notes  were repaid  in  full with  the  net proceeds  of  the Note
offering October 2, 1995. Such payment included $10 million of principal, $7,500
of interest,  a prepayment  premium of  $147,800 and  $1,500 of  other fees  and
expenses.  In each of  fiscal 1993, 1994  and 1995, the  Company paid Chase Bank
interest on this  indebtedness of  $1.35 million. The  Company paid  refinancing
amendment  and advisory fees  of approximately $1 million  and $258,000 to Chase
Bank during fiscal 1993  and 1994, respectively. No  such payments were made  in
fiscal 1995. Chase Bank is an affiliate of Chase Securities, Inc., Chase Capital
and  Chase  Manhattan Capital  Corporation, which,  together with  other related
parties, owns  approximately 24%  of the  Company's outstanding  voting  capital
stock.  Chase Bank was one of the Underwriters in the offering of the Notes, and
currently makes a market in the Notes. Christopher C. Behrens, a director of the
Company, is also a Vice President of Chase Bank and Chase Capital. See also  the
section entitled "Principal Stockholders" set forth in this Supplement.
 
    In  October 1995,  Breckenridge acted  as a  finder in  the sale  of Class A
Common Stock of the Company by  Jack Watts, John Lemons, LJL Cordovan  Partners,
L.P.,  and Robert Fleming  Nominees Limited (collectively,  the "Sellers") to an
unrelated third party. Breckenridge received fees and expenses in the amount  of
$495,865  from the proceeds of the sale. Just prior to the sale, portions of the
Sellers' individual holdings  of Class B  Common Stock, Series  1 and Series  2,
were exchanged for Class A Common Stock of the Company. The Class A Common Stock
of the Company is nonvoting and convertible only in the event that shares of the
Class  B, Series 1 Common Stock of the  Company are sold in a public offering or
there is a capital  reorganization or reclassification of  the capital stock  of
the   Company.  Reference  is  made  to  the  section  entitled  "Management  --
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" in this  Supplement
and  to the section  entitled "Certain Transactions"  in the attached Prospectus
for additional  information regarding  transactions  involving the  Company  and
Breckenridge.
 
    For  information  concerning certain  transactions  between the  Company and
Timothy Tomlinson,  Larry  C.  Williams  or  their  respective  affiliates,  see
"Management  -- Compensation Committee Interlocks  and Insider Participation" in
this Supplement to the Prospectus. Messrs. Tomlinson and Williams are  directors
of  the Company and are also members  of the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Reference is  made to  the  section of  the Prospectus  entitled  "Principal
Stockholders," which is superseded in its entirety as set forth below.
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to
beneficial ownership of each class of the Company's voting securities as of June
18, 1996 by (i) each person known by  the Company to be the beneficial owner  of
more  than 5% of  such class, (ii)  each director, (iii)  each Named Officer and
(iv) all executive officers and directors as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                                                     OF BENEFICIAL      PERCENT OF
          TITLE OF CLASS (1)                  NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER (2)           OWNERSHIP (3)       CLASS (3)
- --------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------  ------------------  -------------
<S>                                     <C>                                        <C>                 <C>
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Jack L. Watts (4)                                3,898,021           40.3%
Class B Common Stock, Series 2          Robert Fleming Nominees Limited, a United          355,715            3.4%
                                         Kingdom Corporation (5)
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Christopher C. Behrens (6)                       1,552,333           16.0%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation (7)          1,552,333           16.0%
Class B Common Stock, Series 2          Christopher C. Behrens (6)                         815,715            8.4%
Class B Common Stock, Series 2          Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation (7)            815,715            8.4%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Gary L. Barry (8)                                  607,965            6.3%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Timothy Tomlinson (9)                              245,984            2.5%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Howard Girbach (10)                                124,000            1.3%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Roger A. Moody (11)                                106,650            1.1%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Robert R. Strickland (12)                          100,000            1.0%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Douglas L. Cullum (13)                              70,000           *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Larry C. Williams (14)                              66,371           *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Robert Plummer (15)                                 40,800           *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Martin R. Imbler (16)                               20,000           *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1          Jeffrey Pfeffer, Ph.D. (17)                         15,000           *
Class  B   Common  Stock,   Series   1  All executive officers and directors as a        7,341,786           72.1%
  and Series 2                           group (16 persons) (18)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
  * Less than one percent
 
 (1)  The Company's  Class B Common  Stock, Series  1 and Class  B Common Stock,
    Series 2 have the same voting rights, each share being entitled to one vote.
    The Class B  Common Stock, Series  2 has a  liquidation preference equal  to
    $0.60  on  each  distributed dollar  in  the  event that  the  value  of the
    Company's assets available for  distribution is less  than $1.75 per  share.
    Each  share of Class B Common Stock, Series  2 is convertible at any time at
    the option of the holder  into one share of Class  B Common Stock, Series  1
    and  will be automatically  converted into one  such share (i)  in the event
    that shares  of Class  B Common  Stock, Series  1 shall  be sold  in a  firm
    commitment  public offering in which the  aggregate public offering price is
    not less than $10,000,000 or (ii) immediately prior to the effectiveness  of
    a  merger or consolidation in which the  Company is not the surviving entity
    and in which the value  of the property to  be received by the  stockholders
    shall  be not  less than $1.75  per share. As  of June 18,  1996, there were
    9,678,070 shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding,  consisting
    of  8,506,640 shares of Class B Common  Stock, Series 1 and 1,171,430 shares
    of Class B Common Stock, Series 2. As of June 18, 1996, there were 2,134,992
    shares of  Class  A  Common  Stock  issued  and  outstanding.  Additionally,
    immediately  exercisable warrants  to purchase  2,492,741 shares  of Class A
    Common Stock  were  outstanding.  Chase  Capital  holds  2,052,526  of  such
    warrants  and Heller  Financial, Inc.  holds 440,215  of such  warrants. The
    Class A Common Stock is  non-voting and each share  of Class A Common  Stock
    may  be converted into  one share of Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1 in the
    event that shares of Class B
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    Common Stock, Series 1 shall be sold in a firm commitment public offering in
    which the aggregate public  offering price is not  less than $10,000,000  or
    there  is a capital reorganization or  reclassification of the capital stock
    of the Company.
 
 (2) Mr. Lemons is not included in the table because he sold all of his holdings
    of the capital stock of the Company upon his resignation as an officer and a
    director of the Company on October 10, 1995.
 
 (3) In accordance  with the rules  of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission,
    shares  are beneficially  owned by  the person who  has or  shares voting or
    investment power with  respect to  such shares.  Unless otherwise  indicated
    below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole
    investment  power with respect to all  shares beneficially owned, subject to
    community property laws where applicable. Shares of Common Stock subject  to
    options  that are exercisable within 60 days  of June 18, 1996 are deemed to
    be outstanding  and to  be beneficially  owned by  the person  holding  such
    option  for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person
    but are  not  treated  as  outstanding for  the  purpose  of  computing  the
    percentage ownership of any other person.
 
 (4)  Includes 529,712 shares held by LJL  Cordovan Partners, L.P., of which Mr.
    Watts is  the general  partner, and  52,132 shares  held by  trusts for  the
    benefit  of Mr. Watts' children. Mr.  Watt's address is 890 Faulstich Court,
    San Jose, California 95112.
 
 (5) Includes 1,756 shares of  Class B Common Stock,  Series 2 held by  Lochside
    Nominees  Limited. The address  of this shareholder is  c/o Robert Fleming &
    Co. Ltd., 25 Copthall Avenue, London, England EC2R 7DR.
 
 (6) Mr. Behrens is a principal of Chase Capital Partners, an affiliate of Chase
    Manhattan Capital  Corporation.  Does not  include  warrants held  by  Chase
    Manhattan Capital Corporation to purchase 2,052,526 shares of Class A Common
    Stock  at  $0.60667  per share,  which  shares are  non-voting.  Mr. Behrens
    disclaims beneficial ownership  of the  1,552,333 shares of  Class B  Common
    Stock,  Series 1 and  the 815,715 shares  of Class B  Common Stock, Series 2
    owned by Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation and affiliates. The address  of
    this  shareholder is Chase  Capital Partners, 380  Madison Avenue, New York,
    New York 10017.
 
 (7) With respect  to Class B  Common Stock, Series  1, includes 149,047  shares
    held  by  Archery  Partners and  99,800  shares held  by  Baseball Partners,
    affiliates of Chase Manhattan Capital  Corporation. With respect to Class  B
    Common  Stock, Series 2, includes 39,620 shares held by Archery Partners and
    50,000 shares held by Baseball Partners.  Does not include warrants held  by
    Chase  Manhattan Capital Corporation to purchase 2,052,526 shares of Class A
    Common Stock at $0.60667 per share, which shares are non-voting. The address
    of this shareholder is Chase Capital Partners, 380 Madison Avenue, New York,
    New York 10017.
 
 (8) Mr. Barry's address  is 640 Menlo Avenue,  Suite 5, Menlo Park,  California
    95025.
 
 (9)  Includes 40,000 shares held by First TZMM Investment Partnership, of which
    Mr. Tomlinson is  a general partner,  66,000 shares held  by TZM  Investment
    Fund  of which Mr. Tomlinson is a general partner and 119,984 shares subject
    to options held by TZM Investment  Fund that are exercisable within 60  days
    of  June 18,  1996. Mr.  Tomlinson's address is  200 Page  Mill Road, Second
    Floor, Palo Alto, California 94306.
 
(10) Includes 64,000  shares subject to  options exercisable within  60 days  of
    June  18,  1996. Mr.  Girbach's address  is 890  Faulstich Court,  San Jose,
    California 95112.
 
(11) Includes 40,000  shares subject to  options exercisable within  60 days  of
    June  18,  1996.  Mr. Moody's  address  is  890 Faulstich  Court,  San Jose,
    California 95112.
 
(12) Includes 80,000  shares subject to  options exercisable within  60 days  of
    June  18, 1996. Mr.  Strickland's address is 890  Faulstich Court, San Jose,
    California 95112.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
(13) Includes 55,000  shares subject to  options exercisable within  60 days  of
    June  18,  1996. Mr.  Cullum's  address is  890  Faulstich Court,  San Jose,
    California 95112.
 
(14) Includes 16,050  shares subject to  options exercisable within  60 days  of
    June  18, 1996. Does not  include (i) 123,756 shares  and (ii) 41,976 shares
    subject to options exercisable within 60 days of June 18, 1996, held in  the
    individual  names of four  other principals of  The Breckenridge Group, Inc.
    Mr. Williams' address  is Resurgens Plaza,  Suite 2100, 945  E. Paces  Ferry
    Road, Atlanta, Georgia 30326.
 
(15)  Includes 30,800  shares subject to  options exercisable within  60 days of
    June 18,  1996. Mr.  Plummer's address  is 890  Faulstich Court,  San  Jose,
    California 95112.
 
(16) Mr. Imbler's address is 101 Oakley Street, Evansville, Indiana 47706-0959.
 
(17)  Dr. Pfeffer's address is Graduate School of Business, Stanford University,
    Stanford, California 94305-5015.
 
(18) Includes all of the shares shown as included in footnotes (4), (6), and (9)
    through (17).
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
           SELECTED HISTORICAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The information included in the section of the Prospectus entitled "Selected
Historical Condensed Consolidated Financial Data" is superseded in its  entirety
by the information set forth below.
 
    The  selected historical condensed consolidated  statement of operations and
balance sheet data set forth in the table below for, and at the end of, each  of
the fiscal years in the five year period ended August 31, 1995 have been derived
from,  and are qualified by reference  to, the consolidated financial statements
of the Company which have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,  independent
accountants.   The  selected  historical  condensed  consolidated  statement  of
operations and balance sheet data for the six months ended February 28, 1995 and
February 29, 1996, and at February 28,  1995 and February 29, 1996, are  derived
from  unaudited consolidated  financial statements  of the  Company and,  in the
opinion of the management  of the Company,  reflect all adjustments  (consisting
only  of normal recurring adjustments) necessary  for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations of the interim periods. Results for
the six months ended February 28, 1995 and February 29, 1996 are not necessarily
indicative of the results  that may be  expected for the  full fiscal year.  The
information  below should be  read in conjunction  with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the consolidated
financial statements of the Company and the accompanying notes thereto and other
financial information appearing elsewhere in this Supplement to the Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                 ----------------------
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------    FEB 28      FEB 29
                                               1991        1992        1993      1994(A)       1995        1995        1996
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales.....................................  $  48,204   $  52,152   $  58,286   $  70,284   $ 124,650   $  55,585   $  73,877
Cost of sales.............................     34,658      37,676      42,679      51,670      91,972      41,530      55,857
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Gross profit............................     13,546      14,476      15,607      18,614      32,678      14,055      18,020
Selling, general and administrative.......      5,522       6,046       7,207       8,821      16,649       6,986       8,245
Research and development..................        557         915         820         764       1,682         521       1,007
Amortization of intangibles (b)...........      1,440       1,421       1,400       2,025       3,724       1,565       2,194
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Income from operations..................      6,027       6,094       6,180       7,004      10,623       4,983       6,574
Other (income) expenses, net (c)..........        (35)        632         (62)        477         259        (178)         62
Interest expense, net.....................      3,888       3,147       3,044       3,899       8,483       3,931       5,696
Amortization of debt financing costs......        418         365         479         433         447         269         261
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Income before extraordinary item,
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle and income
   taxes..................................      1,756       1,950       2,719       2,195       1,434         961         555
Income taxes (d)..........................      1,301       1,287       1,521       1,095       1,294         730         755
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item
   and cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle...................        455         663       1,198       1,100         140         231        (200)
Extraordinary item, net (e)...............         --          --         889         790          --          --       1,265
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle (d)............................         --          --          --          85          --          --          --
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss).........................  $     455   $     663   $     309   $     225   $     140   $     231   $  (1,465)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss) per share...............  $    0.04   $    0.05   $    0.02   $   (0.02)  $   (0.04)  $    0.00   $   (0.16)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital...........................  $   2,867   $   2,920   $   7,109   $  11,049   $  14,758   $  16,910   $  32,354
Total assets..............................     40,502      44,031      50,896     110,820     130,326     109,150     156,557
Total debt................................     30,681      30,611      38,140      77,467      91,912      82,723     117,798
Redeemable warrants (f)...................      1,683       2,483       2,600       3,055       3,665       3,055       4,088
Total shareholders' equity................      2,746       2,719       2,597       5,393       6,694       8,775       4,822
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                 ----------------------
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------    FEB 28      FEB 29
                                               1991        1992        1993      1994(A)       1995        1995        1996
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
 activities...............................  $   4,666   $   7,699   $   6,768   $   9,351   $   8,422   $  (1,759)  $   8,559
Net cash used in investing activities.....     (4,931)     (8,947)     (9,119)    (38,418)    (24,648)     (4,505)    (16,010)
Net cash provided by financing
 activities...............................        934         229       3,538      30,099      14,785       4,559      21,214
 
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA:
Closure unit volume (in millions).........      3,376       3,763       3,980       4,893       8,476       4,008       4,549
Closure unit volume growth (g)............        8.9%        1.5%        5.8%       22.9%       73.2%       10.5%       13.5%
EBITDA (h)................................  $  11,180   $  11,085   $  12,883   $  14,728   $  23,588   $  11,395   $  14,330
Depreciation and amortization (i).........      5,536       5,920       6,845       8,357      12,789       5,824       8,072
Capital expenditures......................      4,204       8,089       9,564       6,159      11,302       4,703      16,372
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (j)....       1.4x        1.4x        1.3x        1.2x        1.2x        1.2x          --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(a) Includes ten months of operations  before the Nepco acquisition on June  30,
    1994  and two  months of  operations after the  acquisition. Nepco  is now a
    division of Portola.
 
(b) Includes amortization of patents, goodwill and covenants not to compete.
 
(c) Other expenses include financing costs and other expenses, net.
 
(d) The  Company adopted  Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  109
    "Accounting  for Income Taxes" in the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994. The
    cumulative effect on prior years is shown in such period.
 
(e) Extraordinary item refers to extinguishment  of certain debt, net of  income
    tax benefit.
 
(f) The redeemable warrants entitle the holders thereof to purchase an aggregate
    of  2,492,741 shares of the Company's Common  Stock. If the Company does not
    complete an initial  public offering of  its Common Stock  by June 30,  1999
    (for  certain warrants) or August 1,  2001 (for other warrants), the holders
    may require the Company to repurchase the warrants at the higher of  current
    market value or an amount computed under the warrants.
 
(g)  These results reflect  closure unit volume growth  of the Company including
    Nepco after June 30, 1994. On a  pro forma combined basis, the closure  unit
    volume  growth for  Portola and  Nepco was 11.6%  for the  fiscal year ended
    August 31, 1994.
 
(h) EBITDA  represents, for  any relevant  period, income  (loss) before  income
    taxes,  extraordinary  item,  cumulative  effect  of  change  in  accounting
    principle, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, interest  expense,
    net,  amortization  of intangible  assets  and non-recurring  legal expenses
    associated with the  Company's litigation with  Scholle Corporation  through
    October  2, 1995.  See "Business  -- Litigation"  in this  Supplement to the
    Prospectus. The  non-recurring legal  expenses associated  with the  Scholle
    Corporation  litigation for the fiscal years ended August 31, 1993, 1994 and
    1995 were $275,000, $277,000 and $882,000, respectively; for the six  months
    ended  February  28, 1995  and  February 29,  1996,  they were  $679,000 and
    $7,000, respectively. EBITDA is not intended to represent and should not  be
    considered more meaningful than, or an alternative to, net income, cash flow
    or  other  measure  of  performance in  accordance  with  generally accepted
    accounting  principles.  EBITDA  data   is  included  because  the   Company
    understands  that  such  information is  used  by certain  investors  as one
    measure of  an  issuer's historical  ability  to service  debt  and  because
    certain  restrictive covenants in the Indenture will be based on a term very
    similar to the Company's EBITDA.
 
(i) Includes amortization of debt financing costs.
 
(j)  For  the purpose of  calculating the  ratio of earnings  to fixed  charges,
    "earnings"  represents income  before provision  for income  taxes and fixed
    charges. "Fixed charges" consist of  interest expense, amortization of  debt
    financing  costs and the portion of  lease expense which management believes
    is representative of the interest component  of lease expense. The ratio  of
    earnings  to  fixed  charges for  the  six  months ended  February  29, 1996
    resulted in a deficiency of $1.6 million.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    Reference is made to  the section of  the Prospectus entitled  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," which
is superseded in its entirety to read as follows:
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following table sets forth, for  the periods indicated, the percentages
of the Company's sales  represented by certain income  and expense items in  its
statement of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    ----------------------------
                                                                    FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 29,
                                                                        1995           1996
                                                                    -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>
Sales.............................................................        100.0%         100.0%
Cost of sales.....................................................         74.7           75.6
                                                                          -----          -----
    Gross profit..................................................         25.3           24.4
Selling, general and administrative...............................         12.6           11.1
Research and development..........................................          0.9            1.4
Amortization of intangibles.......................................          2.8            3.0
                                                                          -----          -----
    Income from operations........................................          9.0            8.9
Other (income) expense, net.......................................         (0.3)           0.1
Interest expense, net.............................................          7.1            7.7
Amortization of debt financing costs..............................          0.5            0.4
                                                                          -----          -----
    Income before income taxes....................................          1.7            0.7
Income taxes......................................................          1.3            1.0
                                                                          -----          -----
    Income (loss) before extraordinary item.......................          0.4           (0.3)
Extraordinary item, net...........................................          0.0            1.7
                                                                          -----          -----
Net income (loss).................................................          0.4%          (2.0)%
                                                                          -----          -----
                                                                          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28,
1995
 
    Sales  increased $18.3  million, or  32.9%, from  $55.6 million  for the six
months ended  February  28, 1995  to  $73.9 million  for  the six  months  ended
February 29, 1996. Of the increase, $10.2 million was attributable to sales from
domestic  closure operations,  $2.1 million was  attributable to  an increase in
equipment sales, primarily equipment to  attach fitments to gabletop  paperboard
containers,  and $6.0  million was  due to sales  from operations  in the United
Kingdom and Canada that were acquired since the second quarter of last year. The
$10.2 million increase in sales from domestic closure operations is an  increase
of  20%  from  the prior  year,  and  resulted from  strong  late  summer sales,
increased demand in core product lines, and increased export sales.
 
    Gross profit increased $4.0 million or  28.2%, to $18.0 million for the  six
months  ended February 29, 1996, as compared to $14.0 million for the six months
ended February 28, 1995.  Gross profit as a  percentage of sales decreased  from
25.3%  for the six  months ended February 28,  1995 to 24.4%  for the six months
ended February  29, 1996.  The absolute  increase  in gross  profit was  due  to
increased  sales levels over the prior year.  The margin decrease was due to the
mix of sales,  with higher sales  of relatively low  margin equipment and  sales
from  the recently acquired Canadian  and UK operations, each  of which have had
relatively low margins as well. Margins in the domestic closure business were up
slightly for the first half of fiscal  1996 as compared with the same period  of
the prior year.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expense increased $1.2 million or 18.0%,
to  $8.2 million for the six months ended February 29, 1996, as compared to $7.0
million for  the  six  months  ended  February 28,  1995,  and  decreased  as  a
percentage  of sales from  12.6% for the  six months ended  February 28, 1995 to
11.1% for the  six months ended  February 29, 1996.  Selling expenses  increased
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
$1.4  million due primarily  to the higher  sales levels, partially  offset by a
$0.2 million decrease in  general and administrative  expenses due primarily  to
reduced legal expenses as compared to the prior year.
 
    Research  and  development expense  increased  $486,000, or  93.2%,  to $1.0
million for the six months ended February 29, 1996, as compared to $521,000  for
the  six months ended February 28, 1995,  and increased as a percentage of sales
from 0.9% in the six  months ended February 28, 1995  to 1.4% in the six  months
ended  February  29, 1996.  The absolute  increase  in research  and development
expense was due primarily to increased staffing to address expanded new  product
development opportunities.
 
    Amortization of intangibles (consisting of amortization of patents, goodwill
and  covenants not to compete) increased $629,000, or 40.2%, to $2.2 million for
the six months ended February 29, 1996,  as compared to $1.6 for the six  months
ended  February 28, 1995. The increase was  primarily due to the amortization of
goodwill and covenants not to compete resulting from the acquisition of  Portola
Packaging Canada Ltd. ("Portola Canada") in June 1995.
 
    Income from operations increased $1.6 million, or 31.9%, to $6.6 million for
the  six months ended February 29, 1996, as compared to $5.0 million for the six
months ended February 28, 1995, and decreased as a percentage of sales from 9.0%
for the six  months ended February  28, 1995 to  8.9% for the  six months  ended
February 29, 1996. These changes were due to the factors summarized above.
 
    Other  (income) expense,  net declined from  income of $178,000  for the six
months ended February 28, 1995  to expense of $62,000  for the six months  ended
February  29, 1996.  Amortization of  debt financing  costs decreased  $8,000 to
$261,000 for the six months ended February 29, 1996, as compared to $269,000 for
the six months ended February 28, 1995.
 
    Interest expense, net  increased $1.8 million  to $5.7 million  for the  six
months  ended February 29, 1996, as compared  to $3.9 million for the six months
ended February 28, 1995. Of the  increase, $0.5 million was incurred by  Portola
Canada as a result of acquisition financing and working capital loans to finance
operations,  $1.9  million  resulted from  replacement  of prior  debt  with the
issuance on October  2, 1995 of  $110 million  of the Notes,  with the  increase
partially offset by increased interest income of $0.6 million.
 
    Income taxes increased $25,000 to $755,000 for the six months ended February
29, 1996, as compared to $730,000 for the six months ended February 28, 1995.
 
    Income  before extraordinary item  decreased $431,000 to  a loss of $200,000
for the six months ended  February 29, 1996, as  compared to income of  $231,000
for the six months ended February 28, 1995. Net income decreased $1.7 million to
a  loss of $1.5 million for the six  months ended February 29, 1996, as compared
to  income  of  $231,000  for  the  six  months  ended  February  28,  1995.  An
extraordinary  charge of  $1.3 million  net of  taxes was  recorded for  the six
months ended February 29, 1996,  as loan fees and  other costs were expensed  in
connection  with an early extinguishment of debt resulting from the $110 million
senior note issue.
 
                                       20
    
<PAGE>
   
    The  following table sets forth, for  the periods indicated, the percentages
of the Company's sales  represented by certain income  and expense items in  its
statement of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                                      1993         1994         1995
                                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales............................................................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
Cost of sales....................................................................       73.2         73.5         73.8
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
  Gross profit...................................................................       26.8         26.5         26.2
Selling, general and administrative..............................................       12.4         12.5         13.4
Research and development.........................................................        1.4          1.1          1.3
Amortization of intangibles......................................................        2.4          2.9          3.0
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
  Income from operations.........................................................       10.6         10.0          8.5
Other (income) expense, net......................................................       (0.1)         0.7          0.2
Interest expense, net............................................................        5.2          5.6          6.8
Amortization of debt financing costs.............................................        0.8          0.6          0.4
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
  Income before income taxes.....................................................        4.7          3.1          1.1
Income taxes.....................................................................        2.6          1.6          1.0
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
  Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting change....        2.1          1.5          0.1
Extraordinary item, net..........................................................        1.6          1.1          0.0
  Cumulative effect of accounting change.........................................        0.0          0.1          0.0
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Net income.......................................................................        0.5%         0.3%         0.1%
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994
 
    Sales  increased $54.4 million, or 77.3%, from $70.3 million for fiscal 1994
to  $124.6  million  for  fiscal  1995.  Of  the  increase,  $41.1  million  was
attributable  to  sales from  Northern  Engineering &  Plastics  Corp. ("Nepco")
operations acquired by  the Company  on June 30,  1994. Of  the remainder,  $5.5
million  was attributable  to an increase  in equipment sales,  primarily due to
international sales of PortaPlants and equipment to attach fitments to  gabletop
paperboard  containers,  $3.9  million  resulted  from  closure  price increases
primarily driven by  higher resin costs  and $2.5 million  was due to  increased
unit sales of 5-gallon and widemouth closures.
 
    Gross  profit increased $14.1 million or  75.6%, to $32.7 million for fiscal
1995, as compared to $18.6 million for fiscal 1994. Gross profit as a percentage
of sales decreased slightly from 26.5% for fiscal 1994 to 26.2% for fiscal 1995.
The absolute increase in gross profit was primarily due to the Nepco acquisition
and, to a lesser extent, to increased  sales in other product lines. The  margin
decline  was due to  increased sales of  low-margin fitment attachment equipment
and to increases  in resin  costs that, although  offset by  price increases  in
approximately  the  same  amounts, had  the  effect of  decreasing  gross profit
margins.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expense increased $7.8 million or 88.7%,
to $16.6 million for fiscal 1995, as  compared to $8.8 million for fiscal  1994,
and  increased as a percentage of sales from  12.6% for fiscal 1994 to 13.4% for
fiscal 1995. Of the absolute increase,  approximately $3.7 million was due to  a
full  year of  selling, general and  administrative expenses at  Nepco in fiscal
1995,   approximately   $2.7   million   represented   increased   general   and
administrative  expenses due primarily to the  increased size of the corporation
and  resulting   infrastructure   increases,  $835,000   represented   increased
commissions due to higher sales revenues and $576,000 was due to increased legal
expenses primarily associated with the Scholle patent infringement lawsuit.
 
    Research  and  development expense  increased $918,000,  or 120.2%,  to $1.7
million for fiscal 1995, as compared to $764,000 for fiscal 1994, and  increased
as a percentage of sales from 1.1% in fiscal 1994
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
to  1.3% in fiscal  1995. Of the  absolute increase in  research and development
expense, $525,000 was due  primarily to increased staffing  and the balance  was
the  result  of increased  expenditures for  new  product prototypes  and patent
expenses.
 
    Amortization of intangibles (consisting of amortization of patents, goodwill
and covenants not to compete) increased $1.7 million, or 83.9%, to $3.7  million
for  fiscal 1995, as compared to $2.0  million for fiscal 1994. Of the increase,
$938,000 was due to goodwill  amortization resulting from the Nepco  acquisition
and  $729,000 resulted  from the  amortization of  the covenants  not to compete
which relate to the acquisition of Nepco.
 
    Income from operations increased  $3.6 million, or  51.7%, to $10.6  million
for fiscal 1995, as compared to $7.0 million for fiscal 1994, but decreased as a
percentage  of sales from 10.0%  for fiscal 1994 to  8.5% for fiscal 1995. These
changes were due to the factors summarized above.
 
    Other expense,  net  declined  $218,000  to $259,000  for  fiscal  1995,  as
compared to $477,000 for fiscal 1994.
 
    Interest  expense, net  increased $4.6  million to  $8.5 million  for fiscal
1995, as compared  to $3.9 million  for fiscal  1994, primarily as  a result  of
increased  borrowings to fund  the Nepco acquisition  and higher working capital
requirements associated  with increased  sales  levels. Income  taxes  increased
$199,000 to $1.3 million for fiscal 1995, as compared to $1.1 million for fiscal
1994.
 
    Amortization  of  debt financing  costs  increased $14,000  to  $447,000 for
fiscal 1995, as compared to $433,000 for fiscal 1994.
 
    Income  before  extraordinary  item  and  cumulative  effect  of  change  in
accounting principle decreased $960,000 to $140,000 for fiscal 1995, as compared
to  $1.1 million for fiscal  1994. Net income decreased  $85,000 to $140,000 for
fiscal 1995, as compared to $225,000 for fiscal 1994. An extraordinary charge of
$790,000 net of taxes was recorded for fiscal 1994, as loan fees and other costs
were expensed in connection with an early extinguishment of debt resulting  from
the  Nepco acquisition. During fiscal 1994,  the Company adopted SFAS 109, which
resulted in a cumulative charge against earnings of $85,000.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1993
 
    Sales increased $12.0 million, or 20.6%,  to $70.3 million for fiscal  1994,
as  compared to $58.3 million for fiscal 1993. Of the increase, $7.3 million was
attributable to the Nepco  acquisition on June 30,  1994 and represents  Nepco's
sales from closing to the end of the fiscal year. Of the $4.7 million remainder,
$1.9  million was attributable to an  increase in equipment sales, primarily due
to international  sales  of PortaPlants  and  equipment to  attach  fitments  to
gable-top paperboard containers, $1.7 million was due to increased sales of five
gallon  closures and $693,000  resulted from increased  sales of small closures,
with a shift in product mix from the snap cap to the new snap-screw cap.
 
    Gross profit increased $3.0 million, or  19.3%, to $18.6 million for  fiscal
1994, as compared to $15.6 million for fiscal 1993. Gross profit as a percentage
of  sales decreased  from 26.8% for  fiscal 1993  to 26.5% for  fiscal 1994. The
absolute increase in  gross profit was  primarily due to  the increase in  sales
volume.  The  modest decline  in gross  margins was  primarily due  to increased
depreciation and  rent  expenses principally  associated  with opening  the  new
Batavia, Illinois plant at the beginning of fiscal 1994.
 
    Selling,  general  and  administrative expense  increased  $1.6  million, or
22.4%, to $8.8 million for fiscal 1994,  as compared to $7.2 million for  fiscal
1993,  and increased as a percentage of sales from 12.4% in fiscal 1993 to 12.5%
in fiscal 1994. While  selling expenses increased  $550,000, they declined  from
7.8%  of  sales  in  fiscal  1993  to  7.3%  in  fiscal  1994  primarily because
promotional equipment expenses were reduced by $400,000 in fiscal 1994.  General
and administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, with the increases primarily
due  to the inclusion of Nepco for the last two months of fiscal 1994, bonus and
profit-sharing accruals and audit fee accruals.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    Research and development expense decreased $56,000, or 6.8%, to $764,000 for
fiscal 1994  as  compared  to  $820,000  for fiscal  1993  and  decreased  as  a
percentage  of  sales from  1.4%  in fiscal  1993 to  1.1%  in fiscal  1994. The
decreases  were  primarily  attributable  to  the  allocation  of  research  and
development  personnel  to operations  for work  on current  product enhancement
projects.
 
    Amortization of intangibles increased $625,000, or 44.6%, to $2.0 million in
fiscal 1994 from $1.4 million in fiscal 1993. Of the increase, $342,000 was  due
to  the write-up of certain patent assets  in fiscal 1994 in connection with the
adoption of SFAS 109, $121,000 was  due to amortization of non-compete  payments
and  $162,000 was due to goodwill amortization in fiscal 1994 resulting from the
Nepco acquisition and related financing activities. There was no amortization of
goodwill in fiscal 1993.
 
    Income from operations  increased $824,000,  or 13.3%, to  $7.0 million  for
fiscal  1994, as compared to $6.2 million for fiscal 1993, and declined slightly
from 10.6% of sales in 1993 to 10.0% of sales in fiscal 1994. These changes were
due to the factors summarized above.
 
    Other (income) expense,  net increased  $539,000 to expense  of $477,000  in
fiscal  1994 as compared to  income of $62,000 in  fiscal 1993, primarily due to
fiscal 1994 write-offs  totaling $625,000  as a result  of financing  activities
that were postponed.
 
    Interest  expense,  net increased  $855,000, or  28.1%,  to $3.9  million in
fiscal 1994 from $3.0 million in fiscal 1993, due to the Company incurring $39.1
million of additional debt primarily to fund the Nepco acquisition. Income taxes
decreased $426,000 to $1.1 million in fiscal 1994 as compared to $1.5 million in
fiscal 1993.
 
    Amortization of debt financing costs decreased $46,000 to $433,000 in fiscal
1994, as compared to $479,000 in fiscal 1993.
 
    Income  before  extraordinary  item  and  cumulative  effect  of  change  in
accounting  principle  decreased  $98,000  to $1.1  million  in  fiscal  1994 as
compared to  $1.2  million in  fiscal  1993.  Net income  decreased  $84,000  to
$225,000  in fiscal 1994 as  compared to $309,000 in  fiscal 1993. In connection
with the early extinguishment of debt, loan fees and other costs were  expensed,
resulting  in an extraordinary charge for fiscal  1994 of $790,000 net of taxes.
In October 1992, the Company refinanced its debt to provide additional  capacity
for growth, resulting in an extraordinary charge for fiscal 1993 of $889,000 net
of  taxes. During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted SFAS 109, which resulted in a
cumulative charge against earnings of $85,000.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company has relied primarily upon cash from operations, supplemented  as
necessary  from time to time by borrowings from financial institutions and sales
of Common Stock,  to finance  its operations, repay  long-term indebtedness  and
fund capital expenditures and acquisitions. At February 29, 1996, primarily as a
result  of  the  Note offering  in  October  1995, the  Company  had  cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments  of $14.5 million,  an increase of  $12.7
million from August 31, 1995.
 
    Cash  provided by operations  totaled $8.6 million for  the six months ended
February 29,  1996, a  $10.4 million  increase  from the  $1.8 million  used  by
operations  for the six months ended  February 28, 1995. Accounts receivable and
inventories provided funds of $0.4 million in the six months ended February  29,
1996,  as opposed to using funds of $5.4 million in the same period of the prior
year. Additions to property were $16.4 million for the six months ended February
29, 1996, as  compared to $4.7  million for  the six months  ended February  28,
1995.  The increase included the acquisition, for $7.2 million, of the Company's
headquarters and manufacturing facilities in  San Jose, California, on  February
9,  1996. The balance of  the increase in capital  expenditures is primarily for
increased production capacity for  fitments, push-pull and snap-screw  closures,
replacement  molds and a  reconfiguration of the  New Castle, Pennsylvania plant
layout for increased efficiency. Capital expenditures,
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
excluding  the  San  Jose   plant  purchase,  are   currently  expected  to   be
approximately  $18.0 million for fiscal 1996 and should be financed through cash
from operations. This also excludes  potential expansion activity in Canada  and
the United Kingdom.
 
    On October 2, 1995, the Company completed the $110 million offering of Notes
that  mature on  October 1,  2005 and bear  interest at  the rate  of 10.75% per
annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each  year,
commencing  on  April  1, 1996.  The  net  proceeds of  the  Note  offering were
approximately $106  million,  of  which  $83 million  was  used  to  retire  the
Company's  debt then outstanding under its senior term loans, revolving facility
and senior subordinated notes. Subsequent to  the closing of the Note  offering,
$7.2 million was used to purchase the Company's San Jose facilities, $11 million
was used to purchase machinery and equipment, $3 million was used to make a loan
to  the  Company's 50%  joint venture  in Mexico,  and $2  million was  used for
working capital needs.
 
    The Company has been  the defendant in  litigation with Scholle  Corporation
("Scholle") related to alleged patent infringement on five-gallon non-spill caps
(see  Note 9 of  the financial statements  included as part  of this report). On
January 2, 1996, the court denied further motions and entered the jury's verdict
making the  Company liable  for damages  of  $0.01 per  closure unit  sold.  The
Company  is likely to have  to pay $0.01 per  closure unit in damages, totalling
approximately $1.4 million on sales through April 30, 1996, as well as on  sales
occurring thereafter. These amounts have been and will continue to be accrued in
the  Company's financial  statements in the  periods in which  sales occurred or
continue to occur.
 
    At February  29,  1996, the  Company  had $14.5  million  in cash  and  cash
equivalents  as well as  borrowing capacity under  the revolving credit facility
which was unused as of the date of this Supplement to the Prospectus. Management
believes  that  these  resources,  together  with  anticipated  cash  flow  from
operations,  will be  adequate to  fund the  Company's operations,  debt service
requirements and capital expenditures into fiscal 1997.
 
INFLATION
 
    Most of the Company's closures are priced  based in part on the cost of  the
plastic  resins from which they are produced. Historically, the Company has been
able to pass on increases in resin prices directly to its customers on a  timely
basis.  In recent  years, the  Company has  benefited from  relatively stable or
declining prices  for raw  materials other  than plastic  resins. In  the  event
significant  inflationary trends  were to  resume, management  believes that the
Company would  generally  be  able  to offset  the  effects  thereof  through  a
combination  of  continuing  improvements in  operating  efficiencies  and price
increases.
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The Company's sales and earnings reflect  a seasonal pattern as a result  of
greater  sales volumes  during the summer  months. For example,  in fiscal 1995,
excluding the acquisition of Portola Canada which occurred in June 1995, 45%  of
sales  occurred in the first half of the year (September through February) while
55% of  sales were  generated in  the second  half (March  through August).  The
effect  of  seasonality  on  income from  operations  is  usually  somewhat more
pronounced, although in fiscal 1995 49% of income from operations was  generated
in the first half of the year and 51% was generated in the second half.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Effective  September 1, 1993,  the Company adopted  SFAS 109, which requires
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities for the expected future  tax
consequences  of events that  have been included in  the financial statements or
tax returns. Prior years'  financial statements were not  restated to apply  the
provisions  of  SFAS No.  109; however,  prior  year business  combinations were
restated as of September 1, 1993 under SFAS No. 109. Under this method, deferred
tax assets and
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
liabilities are  determined  based  on  the  difference  between  the  financial
statement  and tax bases of such assets  and liabilities using enacted tax rates
in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
 
    Prior to September  1, 1993,  the provision for  income taxes  was based  on
income  and  expense included  in  the accompanying  consolidated  statements of
operations. Differences  between  taxes  so computed  and  taxes  payable  under
applicable  statutes and regulations  were classified as  deferred taxes arising
from timing differences.
 
    Income tax expense  does not  bear a  normal relationship  to income  before
income  taxes primarily  due to  nondeductible goodwill  arising from  the Nepco
acquisition.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    During March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for  Long-Lived
Assets  to be Disposed Of" (SFAS 121),  which requires the Company to review for
impairment long-lived  assets, certain  identifiable intangibles,  and  goodwill
related  to those  assets whenever events  or changes  in circumstances indicate
that the carrying  amount of  an asset may  not be  recoverable. This  statement
requires  impairment  losses  to  be  recognized for  assets  that  do  not have
realizable carrying values. SFAS 121 will be effective for the Company's  fiscal
year  1997. The Company is currently  studying the implications of the statement
to determine its  impact on  the Company's  financial condition  and results  of
operations.
 
    During  October  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement No. 123  (SFAS No.  123), "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation,"
which  establishes  a  fair value  based  method of  accounting  for stock-based
compensation plans. The Company is  currently following the requirements of  APB
Opinion  No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" while it studies the
implications of SFAS No. 123 and evaluates the effect, if any, on the  financial
condition  and  results of  operations  of the  Company.  SFAS No.  123  will be
effective for the Company's fiscal year 1997.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The information included in the section of the Prospectus entitled "Experts"
is superseded in its entirety as set forth below.
 
    The consolidated balance  sheets as  of August 31,  1994 and  1995, and  the
consolidated  statements of operations, shareholders'  equity and cash flows for
each of the  three years in  the period ended  August 31, 1995,  of the  Company
included  in  this Supplement  to the  Prospectus have  been included  herein in
reliance on  the  report,  which includes  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding
Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  109, "Accounting  for Income
Taxes," and restated fiscal  1994 earnings (loss) per  share in accordance  with
EITF  88-9, of Coopers  & Lybrand L.L.P., independent  accountants, given on the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       25
    
<PAGE>
   

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The following financial statements supersede in their entirety the financial
statements included in the attached Prospectus.
 
                    Portola Packaging, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Report of Independent Accountants........................................................................         F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets..............................................................................         F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations....................................................................         F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows....................................................................         F-6
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity..........................................................         F-7
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................         F-8
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Portola Packaging, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of Portola
Packaging, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders'  equity and cash flows  for
each  of the three  years in the  period ended August  31, 1995. These financial
statements  are   the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of Portola
Packaging, Inc.  and  Subsidiaries as  of  August 31,  1994  and 1995,  and  the
consolidated  results of their operations  and their cash flows  for each of the
three years in  the period ended  August 31, 1995  in conformity with  generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
    As  discussed in Note 3 to  the consolidated financial statements, effective
September 1,  1993,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standard  No.  109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes"  and  restated  fiscal 1994
earnings (loss) per share in accordance with EITF 88-9.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
San Jose, California
November 1, 1995
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   AUGUST 31,
                                                                            ------------------------
                                                                               1994         1995
                                                                            -----------  -----------  FEBRUARY 29,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...............................................  $     2,219  $       763   $   14,526
  Short term investments..................................................                     1,000
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $389,
   $813 and $660, respectively............................................       15,626       20,323       20,267
  Inventories.............................................................        8,441        9,833       10,193
  Other current assets....................................................        1,736        2,300        3,117
  Deferred income taxes...................................................          738        2,248        2,068
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total current assets................................................       28,760       36,467       50,171
 
Investments...............................................................        1,000
Notes receivable..........................................................          281          518          284
Property, plant and equipment, net........................................       47,147       53,132       64,059
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $162, $1,314 and $2,148,
 respectively.............................................................       16,303       21,580       22,050
Patents, net of accumulated amortization of $8,922, $10,413 and $11,157,
 respectively.............................................................        9,014        7,607        6,863
Covenants not to compete, net of accumulated amortization of $313, $1,393
 and $1,666, respectively.................................................        3,631        5,295        5,022
Debt financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $79, $526 and
 $261, respectively.......................................................        2,392        1,937        3,286
Other assets..............................................................        2,292        3,790        4,822
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total assets........................................................  $   110,820  $   130,326   $  156,557
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                                        (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
                    LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE WARRANTS, COMMON
                      STOCK AND OTHER SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   AUGUST 31,
                                                                            ------------------------
                                                                               1994         1995
                                                                            -----------  -----------  FEBRUARY 29,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long term debt.......................................  $     3,179  $     5,668   $      819
  Accounts payable........................................................        7,511        7,796        5,504
  Accrued liabilities.....................................................        6,312        7,449        6,521
  Accrued interest........................................................          709          796        4,973
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total current liabilities...........................................       17,711       21,709       17,817
Long-term debt, less current potion.......................................       74,288       86,244      116,979
Other long term obligations...............................................        3,126        3,911        4,905
Deferred income taxes.....................................................        7,247        8,103        7,946
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities...................................................      102,372      119,967      147,647
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)....................................
 
Redeemable warrants to purchase Class A common stock......................        3,055        3,665        4,088
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
Common stock and other shareholders' equity:
  Class A convertible common stock of $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 2,503 shares;.............................................
    Issued and outstanding: 2,135 at February 29, 1996; none at August 31,
     1995 and 1994........................................................                                      2
  Class B, Series 1, common stock of $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 17,715 shares;............................................
    Issued and outstanding: 8,679 shares in 1994, 9,225 shares in 1995 and
     8,492 shares in 1996.................................................            8            9            9
  Class B, Series 2, convertible common stock of $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 2,571 shares;.............................................
    Issued and outstanding: 2,571 shares in 1994 and 1995, and 1,171
     shares in 1996.......................................................            3            3            1
Additional paid-in capital................................................        7,351        9,205        9,213
Notes receivable from shareholders........................................         (286)        (362)        (362)
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments.......................                        (8)
Accumulated deficit.......................................................       (1,683)      (2,153)      (4,041)
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total common stock and other shareholders' equity...................        5,393        6,694        4,822
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
      Total liabilities, redeemable warrants, common stock and other
       shareholders' equity...............................................  $   110,820  $   130,326   $  156,557
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                            -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,       --------------------------
                                                         -------------------------------  FEBRUARY 28,  FEBRUARY 29,
                                                           1993       1994       1995         1995          1996
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Sales..................................................  $  58,286  $  70,284  $ 124,650   $   55,585    $   73,877
Cost of sales..........................................     42,679     51,670     91,972       41,530        55,857
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
    Gross profit.......................................     15,607     18,614     32,678       14,055        18,020
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Selling, general and administrative....................      7,207      8,821     16,649        6,986         8,245
Research and development...............................        820        764      1,682          521         1,007
Amortization of intangibles............................      1,400      2,025      3,724        1,565         2,194
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                             9,427     11,610     22,055        9,072        11,446
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
    Income from operations.............................      6,180      7,004     10,623        4,983         6,574
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Other (income) expense:
  Interest income......................................        (84)       (97)      (175)         (72)         (684)
  Interest expense.....................................      3,128      3,996      8,658        4,003         6,380
  Amortization of financing costs......................        479        433        447          269           261
  Financing costs......................................                   625
  Other (income) expense, net..........................        (62)      (148)       259         (178)           62
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                             3,461      4,809      9,189        4,022         6,019
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
    Income before extraordinary item, cumulative effect
     of change in accounting principle and income
     taxes.............................................      2,719      2,195      1,434          961           555
Income taxes...........................................      1,521      1,095      1,294          730           755
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
    Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
     cumulative effect of change in accounting
     principle.........................................      1,198      1,100        140          231          (200)
Extraordinary item -- loss on extinguishment of debt,
 net income tax benefit of $592, $539 and $844 (Note
 7)....................................................        889        790                                 1,265
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
 (Note 13).............................................                    85
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)......................................  $     309  $     225  $     140   $      231    $   (1,465)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss) for common shareholders..............  $     309  $    (230) $    (470)  $      (48)   $   (1,888)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle...........................................  $    0.10  $    0.06  $   (0.04)  $     0.00    $    (0.05)
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle...........................................             $    0.01
  Net income (loss)....................................  $    0.02  $   (0.02) $   (0.04)  $     0.00    $    (0.16)
Number of shares used in computing per share amount....     12,554     11,087     11,393       11,255        11,585
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,       ---------------------------
                                                         -------------------------------  FEBRUARY 28,   FEBRUARY 29,
                                                           1993       1994       1995         1995           1996
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)....................................  $     309  $     225  $     140    $     231     $   (1,465)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization......................      6,845      8,357     12,789        5,824          8,072
    Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt.......      1,481      1,329                                  2,109
    Deferred income taxes..............................        369       (320)      (707)        (605)            23
    Loss on property and equipment dispositions........          8                   147
    Provision for doubtful accounts....................         39         16        420           75           (154)
    Tax benefit of option exercise.....................        700
    Changes in working capital:
      Accounts receivable..............................     (1,143)    (1,526)    (3,953)      (2,969)           755
      Inventories......................................       (685)      (908)      (784)      (2,403)          (314)
      Other current assets.............................       (331)       600       (269)         768           (726)
      Accounts payable.................................     (1,165)      (712)      (585)      (2,675)        (2,876)
      Accrued liabilities..............................        309      1,987      1,137          (65)        (1,042)
      Accrued interest.................................         32        303         87           60          4,177
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
        Net cash provided by operating activities......      6,768      9,351      8,422       (1,759)         8,559
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property, plant and equipment...........     (9,564)    (6,159)   (11,302)      (4,703)       (16,372)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
   equipment...........................................         49         47        162
  Payments for acquisition of Nepco net of cash
   acquired of $173....................................               (30,774)
  Payments for Canadian acquisition net of cash
   acquired of $232....................................                          (11,506)
  Payments for UK acquisition, net of cash acquired of
   $18.................................................                                                       (1,445)
  Issuance of notes receivable.........................        (75)                 (237)
  Proceeds from short term investments.................                                                        1,000
  Repayment of notes receivable........................         13         31
  (Increase) decrease in other assets..................        458     (1,563)    (1,765)         198            807
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
        Net cash used in investing activities..........     (9,119)   (38,418)   (24,648)      (4,505)       (16,010)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Decrease in bank overdraft...........................       (349)
  Borrowings under debt arrangements...................     46,787     54,214     29,284       10,168          4,146
  Repayments of debt arrangements......................    (39,771)   (24,619)   (15,208)      (4,816)       (88,260)
  Payment of loan fees.................................     (2,410)    (2,472)                   (297)        (4,019)
  Prepayment penalty...................................                                                         (157)
  Issuance of warrants.................................        210
  Sales of common stock................................        843      3,025      1,855
  Proceeds from public debt offering...................                                                      110,000
  Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders......                     1         15
  Increase in other receivable from shareholders.......                              (91)
  Repurchase of common stock...........................     (1,722)
  Payments on covenants not to compete.................        (50)       (50)    (1,070)        (496)          (496)
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
        Net cash provided by financing activities......      3,538     30,099     14,785        4,559         21,214
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash................                              (15)
          Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
           equivalents.................................      1,187      1,032     (1,456)      (1,705)        13,763
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.......                 1,187      2,219        2,219            763
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.............  $   1,187  $   2,219  $     763    $     514     $   14,526
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
     (INFORMATION FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COMMON STOCK
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  CLASS B
                                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                 CLASS A                   SERIES 1           SERIES 2
                                                         ------------------------  ------------------------  -----------
                                                           SHARES       AMOUNT       SHARES       AMOUNT       SHARES
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balances, August 31, 1992..............................                                 7,183    $     720        2,571
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1 common stock at $1.00
   per share...........................................                                    11           11
  Exercise of stock options at $0.61 per share.........                                 1,363          832
  Repurchase of Class B, Series 1, common stock at
   $2.50 per share.....................................                                  (688)      (1,721)
  Tax benefit of stock option exercise.................                                                700
  Payment of note receivable from shareholders.........
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........
  Net income...........................................
                                                                                        -----   -----------  -----------
Balances, August 31, 1993..............................                                 7,869          542        2,571
  Issuance of Class B common stock at $3.75 per
   share...............................................                                   800        3,000
  Exercise of stock options at $2.50 per share.........                                    10           25
  Reincorporation into a Delaware corporation..........                                             (3,559)
  Payment of note receivable from shareholders.........
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........
  Net income...........................................
                                                                                        -----   -----------  -----------
Balances, August 31, 1994..............................                                 8,679            8        2,571
  Exercise of stock options at $0.61, $1.00 and $4.00
   per share...........................................                                    96            1
  Increase in notes and other receivable from
   shareholders........................................
  Issuance of Class B common stock at $4.00 per share,
   net of issuance costs of $23........................                                   450
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........
  Foreign currency translation adjustment..............
  Net income...........................................
                                                                                        -----   -----------  -----------
Balances, August 31, 1995..............................                                 9,225            9        2,571
  Conversion of Class B shares to Class A..............       2,135    $       2         (735)                   (1,400)
  Exercise of stock options at $4.50 per share.........                                     2
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........
  Foreign currency translation adjustment..............
  Net loss.............................................
                                                              -----          ---        -----   -----------  -----------
Balances, February 29, 1996............................       2,135    $       2        8,492    $       9        1,171
                                                              -----          ---        -----   -----------  -----------
                                                              -----          ---        -----   -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                      CUMULATIVE
                                                                                                        FOREIGN
                                                                      ADDITIONAL   NOTES AND OTHER     CURRENCY
                                                                        PAID-IN    RECEIVABLE FROM    TRANSLATION     ACCUMULATED
                                                           AMOUNT       CAPITAL     SHAREHOLDERS      ADJUSTMENTS       DEFICIT
                                                         -----------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                      <C>
Balances, August 31, 1992..............................   $   3,795                   $    (291)                       $  (1,755)
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1 common stock at $1.00
   per share...........................................
  Exercise of stock options at $0.61 per share.........
  Repurchase of Class B, Series 1, common stock at
   $2.50 per share.....................................
  Tax benefit of stock option exercise.................
  Payment of note receivable from shareholders.........                                       4
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........                                                                       (7)
  Net income...........................................                                                                      309
                                                         -----------                     ------                      -------------
Balances, August 31, 1993..............................       3,795                        (287)                          (1,453)
  Issuance of Class B common stock at $3.75 per
   share...............................................
  Exercise of stock options at $2.50 per share.........
  Reincorporation into a Delaware corporation..........      (3,792)   $   7,351
  Payment of note receivable from shareholders.........                                       1
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........                                                                     (455)
  Net income...........................................                                                                      225
                                                         -----------  -----------        ------                      -------------
Balances, August 31, 1994..............................           3        7,351           (286)                          (1,683)
  Exercise of stock options at $0.61, $1.00 and $4.00
   per share...........................................                       78
  Increase in notes and other receivable from
   shareholders........................................                                     (76)
  Issuance of Class B common stock at $4.00 per share,
   net of issuance costs of $23........................                    1,776
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........                                                                     (610)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment..............                                                $      (8)
  Net income...........................................                                                                      140
                                                         -----------  -----------        ------              ---     -------------
Balances, August 31, 1995..............................           3    $   9,205           (362)              (8)         (2,153)
  Conversion of Class B shares to Class A..............          (2)
  Exercise of stock options at $4.50 per share.........                        8
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........                                                                     (423)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment..............                                                        8
  Net loss.............................................                                                                   (1,465)
                                                         -----------  -----------        ------              ---     -------------
Balances, February 29, 1996............................   $       1    $   9,213      $    (362)       $      --       $  (4,041)
                                                         -----------  -----------        ------              ---     -------------
                                                         -----------  -----------        ------              ---     -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                         TOTAL COMMON
                                                           STOCK AND
                                                             OTHER
                                                         SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                            EQUITY
                                                         -------------
Balances, August 31, 1992..............................    $   2,469
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1 common stock at $1.00
   per share...........................................           11
  Exercise of stock options at $0.61 per share.........          832
  Repurchase of Class B, Series 1, common stock at
   $2.50 per share.....................................       (1,721)
  Tax benefit of stock option exercise.................          700
  Payment of note receivable from shareholders.........            4
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........           (7)
  Net income...........................................          309
                                                         -------------
Balances, August 31, 1993..............................        2,597
  Issuance of Class B common stock at $3.75 per
   share...............................................        3,000
  Exercise of stock options at $2.50 per share.........           25
  Reincorporation into a Delaware corporation..........       --
  Payment of note receivable from shareholders.........            1
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........         (455)
  Net income...........................................          225
                                                         -------------
Balances, August 31, 1994..............................        5,393
  Exercise of stock options at $0.61, $1.00 and $4.00
   per share...........................................           79
  Increase in notes and other receivable from
   shareholders........................................          (76)
  Issuance of Class B common stock at $4.00 per share,
   net of issuance costs of $23........................        1,776
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........         (610)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment..............           (8)
  Net income...........................................          140
                                                         -------------
Balances, August 31, 1995..............................        6,694
  Conversion of Class B shares to Class A..............           --
  Exercise of stock options at $4.50 per share.........            8
  Increase in value of stock purchase warrants.........         (423)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment..............            8
  Net loss.............................................       (1,465)
                                                         -------------
Balances, February 29, 1996............................    $   4,822
                                                         -------------
                                                         -------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-7

    
<PAGE>
   
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION:
    Portola  Packaging,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries  (the Company)  operates  in one
industry segment.  The Company  designs,  manufactures and  markets  proprietary
tamper  evident  plastic  closures  for containers  for  the  food  and beverage
industries and related capping and filling  equipment used on bottling lines  by
the food and beverage industries.
 
2.  ACQUISITIONS:
    On  September  1, 1995,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of  the 50%
interest it had not previously owned in Cap Snap (UK) Ltd, now known as  Portola
Packaging  Ltd. ("Cap  Snap (UK)")  for a  purchase price  of approximately $1.5
million. Cap Snap  (UK) is a  British corporation engaged  in manufacturing  and
distributing  small closures  in the  United Kingdom.  The transaction  has been
accounted for as  a purchase  and the results  of operations  subsequent to  the
acquisition date have been consolidated with the Company. Cap Snap (UK) is being
operated  as  an "unrestricted  subsidiary".  Accordingly, amounts  that  may be
invested by the Company in Cap Snap (UK) are subject to limitations pursuant  to
the terms of the Indenture pertaining to the senior notes issued in October 1995
(see Note 16).
 
    Consideration for the acquisition was allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                             -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Total consideration paid...................................................................   $   1,463
Fair value of net assets acquired..........................................................         159
                                                                                             -----------
    Goodwill...............................................................................   $   1,304
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Effective  June 16, 1995,  the Company completed  the acquisition of Alberta
Plastic Industries  Ltd.,  B.C.  Plastic  Industries  Ltd.,  the  remaining  50%
interest  of  the  Company's joint  venture,  Canada Cap  Snap  Corporation, and
certain production equipment  of Allwest Industries  Incorporated. The  acquired
companies and assets operate in Canada as Portola Packaging Canada Ltd.
 
    The  Canadian  acquisition has  been  accounted for  as  a purchase  and the
results of operations of  Portola Packaging Canada  Ltd. have been  consolidated
with  those of the Company  commencing June 16, 1995.  The total purchase price,
including cash consideration  and a noncompete  agreement, amounted to  $13,572.
Cash  consideration paid  by the Company  was $11,738. In  addition, the Company
entered into a  noncompete agreement  under which an  intangible asset  totaling
$2,560  was recorded at the present value of the payments (using a discount rate
of 8.75%). A liability was recorded of $1,834, which represents the net  present
value  of the  payments less the  initial payment  made upon the  closing of the
Canadian acquisition.
 
    Consideration for the acquisition was allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Total consideration paid.................................................   $  11,738
Fair value of net assets acquired........................................       5,464
                                                                           -----------
    Goodwill.............................................................   $   6,274
                                                                           -----------
                                                                           -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  ACQUISITIONS: (CONTINUED)
    Pro forma  financial statements  as if  the Canadian  acquisition had  taken
place at the beginning of each period presented is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                                                    1994         1995
                                                                                 -----------  -----------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Sales..........................................................................   $  74,853   $   132,165
Gross profit...................................................................      20,286        35,638
Operating income...............................................................       7,610        11,597
Net income (loss)..............................................................        (214)          400
Net income (loss) per share....................................................       (0.06)        (0.02)
</TABLE>
 
    Effective  June 30, 1994, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding stock
of Northern Engineering & Plastics  Corp. and Northern Engineering and  Plastics
Corp.  -- West (collectively "Nepco"). Concurrent with the acquisition of Nepco,
the Company also purchased, from parties related to the owners of Nepco, certain
real property located in Sumter, South Carolina.
 
    Nepco designs, manufactures and markets  tamper evident plastic closures  in
markets  similar to those served  by the Company. The  real property acquired in
Sumter,  South  Carolina  is  a  location  where  Nepco  maintains   substantial
manufacturing operations.
 
    The  acquisition  of Nepco  has been  accounted  for as  a purchase  and the
results of operations of Nepco have been consolidated with those of the  Company
commencing July 1, 1994. The total purchase price, including cash consideration,
repayment  of  existing  indebtedness  and  noncompete  agreements,  amounted to
$43,650. Cash consideration paid by the Company for the acquisition was $30,947.
In addition, the Company assumed, and subsequently repaid, Nepco indebtedness of
$9,058, and entered into a noncompete agreement under which an intangible  asset
and  a  liability totaling  $3,645 were  recorded  at the  present value  of the
payments (using a discount rate of 11%).
 
    The Company financed its payments for the acquisition and Nepco indebtedness
which aggregated $40,005, through a series of term senior and revolving notes as
described in Note 7.
 
    The cash consideration paid by the Company comprised the following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Cash paid to the former shareholders of Nepco.............................  $  28,500
Cash paid for the purchase of real property...............................      1,872
Cash paid for certain closing costs.......................................        575
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            $  30,947
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Cash consideration for the acquisition was allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Total consideration paid..................................................  $  30,947
Fair value of net assets acquired.........................................     14,482
                                                                            ---------
    Goodwill..............................................................  $  16,465
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In connection with the acquisition, the Company entered into noncompete  and
bonus  agreements  with the  former owners  of Nepco.  The noncompete  and bonus
agreements have  a  five-year  term  with annual  payments  of  $800  and  $200,
respectively.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  ACQUISITIONS: (CONTINUED)
    Pro  forma financial  statements as  if the  acquisition of  Nepco had taken
place at the beginning of each period presented is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                                                    1993         1994
                                                                                 -----------  -----------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Sales..........................................................................   $  89,143   $   101,415
Gross profit...................................................................      23,230        22,246
Operating income...............................................................       4,517         5,175
Net income (loss)..............................................................      (2,295)       (2,908)
Net income (loss) per share....................................................       (0.18)        (0.30)
</TABLE>
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:
 
    The consolidated financial  statements include the  financial statements  of
the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  All  material intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
 
    The interim financial statements included  herein have been prepared by  the
Company  without audit and in the opinion of management, include all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for  fair
presentation. Interim results are subject to significant seasonal variations and
the  results of operations for the six months period ended February 29, 1996 are
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION:
 
    The Company recognizes revenue upon product shipment.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS:
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities
of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORIES:
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method)  or
market.
 
    INVESTMENTS:
 
    Investments  at August 31, 1995 consisted  of a certificate of deposit whose
cost approximates fair market value. Investments are generally considered to  be
available-for-sale  and therefore are  carried at fair  market value. Unrealized
holding gains and losses on such securities, when material, are reported net  of
related  taxes as a  separate component of common  stock and other shareholders'
equity. Realized gains and losses on sales of all such investments are  reported
in earnings and computed using the specific cost identification method.
 
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Property,  plant and  equipment are  stated at  cost and  depreciated on the
straight-line basis  over estimated  useful  lives, which  range from  three  to
thirty-five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis
over   their   useful   lives  or   the   lease  term,   whichever   is  shorter
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
(generally five to ten years). When assets are disposed of, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from  the accounts and the resulting  gains
or losses are included in the results of operations.
 
    JOINT VENTURES:
 
    The Company maintains joint venture and license arrangements in Mexico. This
investment,  which is included in  other assets, is accounted  for by the equity
method. The  Company's  total  investment  and  related  income  have  not  been
significant and are not separately presented.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
 
    Patents and covenants not-to-compete are valued at cost and are amortized on
a  straight-line basis over the lesser  of their remaining useful or contractual
lives (generally five to thirteen  years). Goodwill recorded in connection  with
acquisitions of Nepco and of Portola Packaging Canada Ltd. (Note 2) is amortized
on a straight-line basis over 15 and 25 years, respectively.
 
    DEBT FINANCING COSTS:
 
    Debt  financing costs are amortized using  the interest method over the term
of the related loans.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURES:
 
    Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred.
 
    INCOME TAXES:
 
    Effective September  1, 1993,  the Company  adopted Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  109, "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes," which
requires recognition of  deferred tax  assets and liabilities  for the  expected
future  tax  consequences of  events that  have been  included in  the financial
statements  or  tax  returns.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets   and
liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the  difference  between  the financial
statement and tax bases of such  assets and liabilities using enacted tax  rates
in  effect for the  year in which  the differences are  expected to reverse (See
Note 13).
 
    Prior to September 1, 1993, the Company accounted for income taxes  pursuant
to  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion  No.  11, "Income  Taxes."  Prior year
financial statements have not been restated.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES:
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND OTHER RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES:
 
    Financial   instruments   which   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash  equivalents,
investments  and trade receivables. The Company's  cash and cash equivalents and
investments are concentrated in three United States banks and one Canadian bank.
At times, such deposits may be in excess of insured limits. Management  believes
that  the  financial  institutions  which  hold  the  Company's  investments are
financially sound and, accordingly, minimal  credit risk exists with respect  to
these financial instruments.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    The  Company's products  are principally  sold to  entities in  the food and
beverage industries in the United States and Canada. Ongoing credit  evaluations
of  customer financial condition  are performed and  collateral is generally not
required. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses which, on a
historical basis, have not been significant.
 
    The Company has made an accrual  of the estimated costs associated with  its
Scholle  patent infringement litigation (Note 9),  the final outcome of which is
uncertain. The  Company has  significant intangible  assets including  goodwill,
patents and covenants not to compete which are subject to periodic review by the
Company.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION:
 
    The   Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  use  the  local  currency  as  their
functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at year-end  exchange
rates.  Items of income and expense are translated at average exchange rates for
the relevant year. Translation gains and losses are not included in  determining
net  income (loss) but are accumulated  as a separate component of stockholders'
equity  (deficit).  Net   gains  and  losses   arising  from  foreign   currency
transactions were not material in fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995.
 
    COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARES:
 
    Earnings (loss) per common share and common equivalent share are computed by
dividing  income by the  weighted average number  of shares of  common stock and
common stock  equivalents outstanding  during the  period. Except  as  discussed
below, the number of common shares is increased by the number of shares issuable
on  the exercise  of options and  warrants when  the market price  of the common
stock exceeds the exercise price of  the options and warrants. This increase  in
the  number of common shares is reduced by the number of common shares which are
assumed to  have been  purchased with  the  proceeds from  the exercise  of  the
options  and warrants;  these purchases  are assumed  to have  been made  at the
average price of the common stock during that part of the period when the market
price of  the  common  stock exceeds  the  exercise  price of  the  options  and
warrants.
 
    Since  the Company's warrants include a  put provision, Emerging Issues Task
Force (EITF) Consensus 88-9  requires computation of  earnings (loss) per  share
using  the lower of the amount computed assuming conversion, as described above,
or the  amount computed  assuming exercise  of  the put  option feature  of  the
warrants. Earnings (loss) per share computed using the put option feature is the
more dilutive of the calculations in fiscal 1994 and 1995, and results in a loss
per  share since the accretion of the warrants  of $455 and $610 for fiscal 1994
and 1995, respectively, is deducted from earnings. Earnings (loss) per share for
fiscal 1994, as previously reported, has been restated to use the more  dilutive
of  the two calculations,  which resulted in  a decrease in  earnings (loss) per
share of  $.04  from  that originally  reported.  There  was no  impact  on  the
previously  reported earnings per  share for 1993 or  on the financial position,
net income or cash flows as previously reported for any period presented.
 
    CARRYING VALUE OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS:
 
    The Company reduces the carrying value of long-lived assets to the extent to
which future undiscounted operating cash flows are not sufficient to recover the
carrying value of such assets over their remaining estimated useful lives.
 
    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:
 
    During March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for  Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of"
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
(SFAS  121),  which requires  the Company  to  review for  impairment long-lived
assets, certain identifiable intangibles, and  goodwill related to those  assets
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
an asset may not be recoverable. This statement requires impairment losses to be
recognized for assets that do not have realizable carrying values. SFAS 121 will
be  effective  for the  Company's fiscal  year 1997.  (The Company  is currently
studying the  implications of  the  statement to  determine  its impact  on  the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.)
 
    During  October  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement No. 123  (SFAS No.  123), "Accounting  for Stock-Based  Compensation,"
which  establishes  a  fair value  based  method of  accounting  for stock-based
compensation plans. The Company is  currently following the requirements of  APB
Opinion  No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" while it studies the
implications of SFAS No. 123 and evaluates the effect, if any, on the  financial
condition  and  results of  operations  of the  Company.  SFAS No.  123  will be
effective for the Company's fiscal year 1997.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS:
 
    Certain prior  year balances  have  been reclassified  to conform  with  the
current  year financial  statement presentation. These  reclassifications had no
effect on net income.
 
4.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
    The Company paid $74, $835 and $1,688 in income taxes during the years ended
August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
    The Company paid  $3,257, $3,694  and $8,571  in interest  during the  years
ended August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
    During  fiscal year  1993, the  Company received 688  shares of  its Class B
common stock  from  an officer  and  director  in settlement  of  stock  options
exercised and related federal and state withholding tax obligations.
 
    During  fiscal  year  1994,  the  Company  reincorporated  into  a  Delaware
corporation, which resulted in a reclassification of $7,351 Class B common stock
into additional paid-in capital.
 
    During fiscal year 1994, the Company acquired $8 of equipment under  capital
lease.
 
    During  fiscal  1994, the  Company adopted  SFAS No.  109 under  which fixed
assets and patents were grossed  up $1,322 and $1,906, respectively,  consistent
with the gross-up of the deferred tax liability.
 
    During  fiscal  1994  and  1995, the  Company  wrote  off  fully depreciated
property, plant and equipment totaling $3,233 and $2,561, respectively.
 
5.  INVENTORIES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AUGUST 31,
                                                             --------------------
                                                               1994       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  FEBRUARY 29,
                                                                                       1996
                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Raw materials..............................................  $   3,695  $   4,850   $    5,800
Work in process............................................      1,667      1,455          929
Finished goods.............................................      3,079      3,528        3,464
                                                             ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                             $   8,441  $   9,833   $   10,193
                                                             ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
    
<PAGE>
   
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
6.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             AUGUST 31,
                                                                       ----------------------
                                                                          1994        1995
                                                                       ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                    <C>         <C>
Buildings and land...................................................  $   11,989  $   10,655
Machinery and equipment..............................................      53,831      66,628
Leasehold improvements...............................................       2,472       3,052
                                                                       ----------  ----------
                                                                           68,292      80,335
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................     (21,145)    (27,203)
                                                                       ----------  ----------
                                                                       $   47,147  $   53,132
                                                                       ----------  ----------
                                                                       ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation  charged to  operations was $4,946,  $5,903 and  $8,619 for the
years ended August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
7.  DEBT:
 
    CURRENT PORTION OF LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          AUGUST 31,
                                                                                     --------------------
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Term Loan Note A...................................................................  $   3,000  $   4,000
Equipment Note.....................................................................         85         63
Development Note...................................................................         15         17
Capital Lease Obligations..........................................................         64
Unsecured Notes....................................................................         15
Canadian Term Loan Note............................................................                   744
Canadian Revolver Loan Note........................................................                   844
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     $   3,179  $   5,668
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        AUGUST 31,
                                                                                   --------------------
                                                                                     1994       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Term Loan Note A.................................................................  $  27,000  $  23,000
Term Loan Note B.................................................................     30,000     30,000
Senior Subordinated Notes........................................................     10,000     10,000
Revolving Loan Note..............................................................      7,116     15,711
Canadian Term Loan Note..........................................................                 7,442
Equipment Note...................................................................         63
Development Note.................................................................        109         91
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   $  74,288  $  86,244
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    SUBSEQUENT DEBT ISSUANCE (UNAUDITED):
 
    In connection with the Company's Note offering in October 1995, as described
in  Note  16,  substantially  all   existing  indebtedness,  exclusive  of   the
Development Note and the Canadian Term Loan and Revolver, has been repaid by the
Company.  At  February 29,  1996,  long term  debt  totalled $117.0  million and
primarily consisted of $110.0 million of Senior Notes issued in October 1995 and
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
$6.9 million outstanding under the Canadian  Term Loan Note. Current portion  of
long  term debt totalled $819 and consisted primarily of $548 under the Canadian
Term Loan Note and $183 under the Canadian Revolver Loan Note.
 
    TERM LOAN NOTES:
 
    Principal payments for Term Loan Note A were due quarterly in the amount  of
$750  through  July 1,  1995,  then increasing  every  fifth quarter  to $1,000,
$1,500, $2,000 and $2,250 with the final  payment on July 1, 1999. Interest  was
payable  monthly based on  London Interbank Offered Rate  (LIBOR) or the highest
prime rate of selected reference banks, plus an applicable margin. At August 31,
1995, the interest rate was 9.14% (LIBOR, plus 3.25%).
 
    Principal payments for Term Loan B  were due quarterly beginning on  October
1, 1999 and ending on July 1, 2001 in the amount of $3,750. Interest was payable
monthly  based on LIBOR or  the highest prime rate  of selected reference banks,
plus an  applicable margin  At August  31,  1995, the  interest rate  was  9.64%
(LIBOR, plus 3.75%).
 
    The Term Loan Notes were subject to a Credit and Security Agreement in which
the  Company had granted a security interest in all of its assets. The Agreement
required the Company to maintain  certain specified coverage levels on  interest
expense  and total debt service requirements.  It also prohibited cash dividends
and principal payments on  subordinated debt, and  limited new indebtedness  and
investments.  The Company was  in violation of certain  covenants under the Term
Loan Notes in the last quarter of 1995. Waivers and amendments were not obtained
as the Company replaced all such  indebtedness with new long-term, senior  notes
as  described in  Note 16.  The Company's existing  debt has  been classified in
accordance with  its original  terms since  the new  long-term indebtedness  was
obtained prior to issuance of the Company's financial statements.
 
    SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES:
 
    The  Company's  Senior Subordinated  Notes  bore interest  at  13.5% payable
quarterly. The full principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes was due on
June 30, 2002; however the Senior Subordinated Notes could be prepaid in part or
in full  at  any time,  plus  a premium  based  on yield  differentials  if  the
prepayment occurred prior to June 30, 1996.
 
    REVOLVING LOAN NOTE:
 
    The  revolving  credit facility  was maintained  to finance  working capital
requirements, and expired no later than July 1, 2001. The facility provided  for
borrowings  based  on eligible  accounts receivable  and  inventories up  to the
commitment amount of $18,000.  No amounts were  due to be  repaid until July  1,
2001,  subject to collateral requirements; however  the Company was permitted to
prepay any portion thereof without  penalty. Interest was payable monthly  based
on the highest prime rate of selected reference banks, plus an applicable margin
and/or LIBOR plus an applicable margin. At August 31, 1995 the interest rate was
9.14%  (LIBOR rate plus 3.25%) for  approximately $14.0 million and 10.5% (prime
rate plus 1.75%)  for approximately $1.7  million. The Revolving  Loan Note  was
subject  to  the same  Credit  and Security  Agreement  as the  Term  Loan Notes
discussed above.
 
    EQUIPMENT NOTE:
 
    The Equipment Note was obtained to  acquire machinery and equipment for  the
Company's  Sumter, South Carolina facility. Interest is payable monthly based on
a variable rate established as
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
67% of the prime lending rate (8.75%  at August 31, 1995). Principal is  payable
monthly  in the amount of $7 with the final installment due on June 1, 1996. The
Equipment Note  is  collateralized  by  the machinery  and  equipment  that  was
purchased with the proceeds.
 
    DEVELOPMENT NOTE:
 
    The  Company has a  Development Note with  the Bi-State Regional Commission.
The Development Note bears interest at 4% with the final monthly payment due  in
May 2001.
 
    CANADIAN TERM LOAN NOTE:
 
    Principal  payments for  the Term Loan  Note are due  quarterly beginning on
November 30, 1995 in the amount of $186, then increasing every fifth quarter  to
$372,  $465, $512 and $512  with the final payment on  August 31, 2000. The note
agreement requires interest payments  monthly based on  the Canadian prime  rate
and/or Bankers Acceptances'. At August 31, 1995, the interest rate was 10.0%.
 
    The  note agreement, also  calls for mandatory  prepayments after August 31,
1996, based upon financial calculations including excess cash flow.
 
    CANADIAN REVOLVING LOAN NOTE:
 
    The revolving  credit  facility is  maintained  to finance  working  capital
requirements.  The facility provides  for borrowings based  on eligible accounts
receivable and inventories up to the commitment amount of $3,000. The  principal
is  payable upon demand. Interest is payable monthly based on the Canadian prime
rate overdraft and/or Bankers Acceptance. At  August 31, 1995, the interest  was
9.25%.
 
    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS:
 
    The  Company has a plant  located in New Castle,  Pennsylvania under a lease
agreement with the local Industrial  Development Authority. Lease payments  were
payable  monthly in the  amount of $5  through September 1994.  In addition, the
Company acquired  certain  equipment  under noncancelable  capital  leases.  The
balance sheet includes the following items held under capital lease obligations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               AUGUST 31,
                                                                                          --------------------
                                                                                            1994       1995
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
Building................................................................................  $     438  $     438
Land....................................................................................         65         65
Equipment...............................................................................         64         64
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                                567        567
Less accumulated amortization...........................................................         (6)       (63)
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                          $     561  $     504
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS FISCAL 1993 AND 1994:
 
    In  connection with the Company's early extinguishment of debt in June 1994,
certain costs, consisting primarily  of loan fees  of approximately $1,329  were
written-off.  These transactions have been reported  as an extraordinary item in
the statement of operations, net of an income tax benefit of approximately $539.
 
    In connection  with  the  Company's  October  1992  refinancing  activities,
certain  costs, consisting of advisory fees of approximately $373, were incurred
by the Company related to the early extinguishment of debt. In addition to these
amounts,  loan  fees   related  to  the   extinguished  debt  of   approximately
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
$694,  and the  unamortized portion  of the  warrant discount  attributed to the
original $10,000 Senior Subordinated Notes  of approximately $414 were  expensed
in  connection with this  early extinguishment of  debt. These transactions have
been reported as an extraordinary item in the statement of operations, net of an
income tax benefit of approximately $592.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEM FISCAL 1996 (UNAUDITED):
 
    In connection  with the  Company's Note  offering in  October 1995,  certain
costs  of approximately $2,109, consisting primarily  of loan fees were expensed
in connection with an  early extinguishment of debt.  This transaction has  been
reported  as an  extraordinary item  in the statement  of operations,  net of an
income tax benefit of approximately $844.
 
    FINANCING COSTS:
 
    In connection with debt  offerings which were  commenced but not  completed,
the Company expensed costs amounting to $625 in fiscal 1994.
 
    AGGREGATE MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
    The  aggregate maturities  of long-term  debt as of  August 31,  1995 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 TERM LOAN                  EQUIPMENT      CANADIAN
                                                 NOTES AND     SENIOR       NOTE AND      TERM LOAN
                                                 REVOLVING  SUBORDINATED   DEVELOPMENT   AND REVOLVER
FISCAL YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31                     LOAN NOTE     NOTES          NOTE        LOANS NOTE     TOTAL
- -----------------------------------------------  ---------  ------------  -------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
1996...........................................  $   4,000                  $      80     $    1,588   $   5,668
1997...........................................      6,000                         18          1,488       7,506
1998...........................................      8,000                         19          1,860       9,879
1999...........................................      9,000                         19          2,047      11,066
2000...........................................     30,711                         20          2,047      32,778
Thereafter.....................................     15,000   $   10,000            15                     25,015
                                                 ---------  ------------        -----    ------------  ---------
                                                 $  72,711   $   10,000     $     171     $    9,030   $  91,912
                                                 ---------  ------------        -----    ------------  ---------
                                                 ---------  ------------        -----    ------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
8.  OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:
    The Company has incurred certain  liabilities in connection with  agreements
entered into with former owners, which include provisions for guaranteed bonuses
and covenants not-to-compete, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          AUGUST 31,
                                                                                     --------------------
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Covenants under the acquisition of Nepco...........................................  $   3,694  $   3,068
Covenants under the purchase of Portola Packaging Canada Ltd.......................                 2,125
Other covenants....................................................................        100         50
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
    Total obligations..............................................................      3,794      5,243
Current portion (included in accrued liabilities)..................................        668      1,332
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     $   3,126  $   3,911
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
9.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
    The Company leases certain office, production and warehouse facilities under
operating  lease agreements  expiring on various  dates through  2007. Under the
terms of the  facilities' leases,  the Company  is responsible  for common  area
maintenance expenses which include taxes, insurance, repairs and other operating
costs.
 
    At  August 31, 1995 future minimum  rental commitments under agreements with
terms in excess of twelve months were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         LEASED FROM
                                                                        THREE SISTERS     OTHER
FISCAL YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,                                             (NOTE 15)      LEASES      TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>        <C>
1996.................................................................     $     719     $   1,062  $   1,781
1997.................................................................           276           961      1,237
1998.................................................................                         842        842
1999.................................................................                         853        853
2000.................................................................                         803        803
Thereafter...........................................................                       3,192      3,192
                                                                              -----     ---------  ---------
                                                                          $     995     $   7,713  $   8,708
                                                                              -----     ---------  ---------
                                                                              -----     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Base rent expense for the years ended August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 totaled
$886, $1,395 and $1,381, respectively, of which $619, $696 and $720, was paid to
Three Sisters (Notes 15 and  16) for the years ended  August 31, 1993, 1994  and
1995, respectively.
 
    The  Company is engaged in litigation related to alleged patent infringement
on five-gallon non-spill  caps. On  February 1995,  a jury  rendered an  adverse
verdict  against the Company, which verdict was  entered by the court on January
2, 1996. All further  motions were denied  by the court upon  entry of the  jury
verdict,  making the Company liable for damages  of $0.01 per closure unit sold.
The Company is likely to have to pay $0.01 per closure unit in damages, totaling
approximately $1,410  on sales  through August  31, 1995,  as well  as on  sales
occurring thereafter. These amounts have been and will continue to be accrued in
the  Company's financial  statements in  the period  in which  sales occurred or
continue to occur.
 
    The Company is also a party to a number of other lawsuits and claims arising
out of the  normal course  of business. Management  does not  believe the  final
disposition  of  these  matters  will  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
    The financial statements include costs related to the litigation,  including
accruals  for damages and attorney costs of  $410, $603 and $1,382 for the years
ended August 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively.
 
10. REDEEMABLE WARRANTS:
    The Company has outstanding two warrants  to purchase an aggregate of  2,493
shares  of its Class A common stock  which were issued to the Company's previous
subordinated and senior lenders.  A warrant to purchase  2,053 shares of  common
stock  is exercisable, in whole  or in part, through June  30, 2004 at sixty and
two-third cents per  share, subject  to certain  antidilution provisions.  After
June  30, 1999, if the  Company has not completed  an initial public offering of
its common stock, the lender may require the Company to purchase the warrant  at
a price equal to the higher of the current fair value per share of the Company's
common  stock or  an amount  computed under an  earnings formula  in the warrant
agreement. The purchase obligation may be suspended under certain  circumstances
including  restrictions  on  such  payments  as  specified  in  the  senior  and
subordinated credit
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
10. REDEEMABLE WARRANTS: (CONTINUED)
agreements. After December 31, 2001, the Company has the right to repurchase the
warrant at a  price equal  to the  higher of  the fair  value per  share of  the
Company's  common stock or an  amount computed under an  earnings formula in the
warrant agreement.  The earnings  formula is  based on  income before  interest,
taxes  and debt outstanding to calculate an estimated value per share. At August
31, 1994 and 1995, the accretion was  determined using the fair market value  of
the common stock.
 
    A  second warrant  to purchase  440 shares  of Class  A common  stock may be
exercised at any time  until its expiration  on June 30,  2004. After August  1,
2001,  if the Company has not completed an initial public offering of its common
stock, the senior lender may  require the Company to  purchase its warrant at  a
price  equal to  the higher  of the current  fair value  price per  share of the
Company's common stock or the  net book value price  per share of the  Company's
common  stock or  the net  book value  per share  as computed  under a valuation
formula set forth in the warrant. The purchase obligation may be suspended under
certain circumstances including restriction on such payments as specified in the
senior and subordinated credit agreements. After December 31, 1997, the  Company
has  the right to repurchase the  warrant at a price equal  to the higher of the
current fair value per share of the Company's common stock or the net book value
per share. The earnings formula is  based on earnings before interest and  taxes
and  debt outstanding to calculate  an estimated value per  share. At August 31,
1994 and 1995, the put value was determined using the current fair value of  the
common stock.
 
    Both  warrants were  amended and restated  in connection  with the Company's
June 1994 refinancing activities, which resulted in no change to their  carrying
value.
 
    Generally  accepted accounting principles require  that an adjustment of the
warrant from  the  value  assigned  at  the date  of  issuance  to  the  highest
redemption  price of the warrant be accreted  over the period of the warrant. At
August 31, 1995, the  estimated redemption value of  the warrants exceeds  their
carrying  value. The difference is being charged to accumulated deficit over the
period from the  date of  issuance to  the earliest  put date  of the  warrants.
Charges  to accumulated deficit related to the warrants amounted to $7, $455 and
$610 during the years ended August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
    REINCORPORATION:
    In June 1994, the Company was reincorporated from California to Delaware, at
which time the Company's outstanding common  stock was exchanged on a one  share
of  the  California  corporation common  stock  for  one share  of  the Delaware
corporation common stock.
 
    CLASS A AND B COMMON STOCK:
 
    The Company has  authorized 2,503  shares of Class  A common  stock for  the
warrants  described in Note 10. Class A  common shareholders are not entitled to
elect members of the  Board of Directors.  In the event  of an aggregate  public
offering  exceeding $10,000, the Class  A and Class B,  Series 2 common stock is
automatically converted  into Class  B,  Series 1  common  stock, based  on  the
appropriate  conversion formula. The Class B  common shareholders have the right
to elect members of the Board of Directors, with the holders of Series 1  having
one  vote per share, and the holders of  Series 2 having a number of votes equal
to the number  of shares into  which the  Series 2 shares  are convertible  into
Series 1 shares.
 
    In the event of liquidation or dissolution in which the value of the Company
is  less than $1.75 per share of common  stock, the holders of Class B, Series 2
will receive 60% of the proceeds until they have
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: (CONTINUED)
received $1.75 per share. All other amounts available for distribution shall  be
distributed  to the Class B, Series 1 and Series 2 holders pro rata based on the
number of shares outstanding.  If the value  of the Company  is greater than  or
equal  to  $1.75 per  share,  the holders  of all  classes  of common  stock are
entitled to a pro rata distribution based on the number of shares outstanding.
 
    The Company is required to reserve shares of Class B, Series 1 stock for the
conversion of Class A and Class B, Series 2 into Class B, Series 1 common stock.
 
    DIRECTORS' AGREEMENTS:
 
    The Company entered into the Directors' Agreements dated September 1989  and
amended in January 1990, with certain directors who are also shareholders of the
Company.  The agreements provided that the Company is  to pay up to $22 per year
to each individual  for serving  as a director,  and granted  each director  the
right  to purchase up to 22 shares per year of Class B, Series 1 common stock at
$1.00 per  share.  In  October  1990, the  Company  entered  into  a  Director's
Agreement  with another director, who is also  a shareholder of the Company. The
agreement provided that the  Company pay up  to $22 per year  for services as  a
director.  During the years  ended August 31,  1993, 1994 and  1995, the Company
paid $81, $82  and $64,  respectively, in  director fees  and related  expenses.
During  the year ended August 31, 1993, the Company issued 11 shares of Class B,
Series 1 common stock pursuant to the stock purchase agreements.
 
    STOCK OPTION PLANS:
 
    The Company has reserved 2,866 and 1,000 shares of Class B, Series 1  common
stock  for  issuance  under the  Company's  1988  and 1994  stock  option plans,
respectively. Under  both plans,  stock  options are  granted  by the  Board  of
Directors  at prices  not less that  85% of  fair market value  of the Company's
stock at the date of grant.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                OPTION PRICE    AVAILABLE   OUTSTANDING
                                                                 PER SHARE      FOR GRANT     SHARES      AMOUNT
STOCK OPTIONS                                                  --------------  -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                                    (NOT
                                                                 THOUSANDS)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
August 31, 1992..............................................   $0.61-$2.50           300        2,415   $   1,945
  Granted....................................................      $2.50             (160)         160         400
  Exercised..................................................   $0.61-$1.00                     (1,363)       (832)
                                                                                    -----   -----------  ---------
August 31, 1993..............................................   $0.61-$2.50           140        1,212       1,513
  Granted....................................................      $2.50              (70)          70         175
  Exercised..................................................      $2.50                           (10)        (25)
  Canceled...................................................      $1.75               25          (25)        (44)
                                                                                    -----   -----------  ---------
August 31, 1994..............................................   $0.61-$2.50            95        1,247       1,619
  Reservation of shares......................................                       1,000
  Granted....................................................   $3.75-$4.00          (370)         370       1,456
  Exercised..................................................   $0.61-$4.00                        (96)        (78)
  Canceled...................................................      $4.00                9           (9)        (36)
                                                                                    -----   -----------  ---------
August 31, 1995..............................................   $0.61-$4.00           734        1,512   $   2,961
                                                                                    -----   -----------  ---------
                                                                                    -----   -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At August  31, 1995,  approximately  1,011 options  were exercisable  at  an
average exercise price of $1.24 per share.
 
                                      F-20
    
<PAGE>
   
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
    On  December 31, 1994,  the Company merged  its Profit Sharing  Plan and its
Retirement and Savings Plan with those  of a subsidiary company, establishing  a
single  defined contribution  plan. The employee  benefits plan  covers all full
time employees of the Company  who are age twenty  one or older, have  completed
one  year of service and  are not covered by  a collective bargaining agreement.
Contributions are at the  discretion of the Board  of Directors and amounted  to
$360  for the year  ended August 31,  1995. Expense in  connection with the Plan
amounted to $23 for the year ended August 31, 1995.
 
    The Company incurred expense related to prior employee benefit plans of $224
and $248 for the years ended August 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
13. INCOME TAXES:
    The provision for income taxes, excluding extraordinary items, for the three
years ended August 31, 1995 consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                   1993       1994       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal......................................................  $     721  $   1,013  $   1,677
  State........................................................        260        344        300
  Foreign......................................................                              (29)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       981      1,357      1,948
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Federal......................................................        456       (176)      (605)
  State........................................................         84        (86)       (86)
  Foreign......................................................                               37
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       540       (262)      (654)
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 $   1,521  $   1,095  $   1,294
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    As discussed in Note  3, "Summary of  Significant Accounting Policies,"  the
Company adopted SFAS No. 109 effective September 1, 1993. Prior years' financial
statements  have not  been restated  to apply  the provisions  of SFAS  No. 109;
however, prior year business combinations have been restated as of September  1,
1993 under SFAS No. 109.
 
    A  reconciliation setting  forth the  differences between  the effective tax
rate of the Company and the U.S. federal statutory tax rate is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                      1993         1994         1995
                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Federal statutory rate...........................................       34.0%        34.0%        34.0%
State taxes......................................................        8.4          6.6         14.9
Nondeductible amortization and depreciation......................       13.3          7.4         26.0
Nondeductible permanent items....................................                                  7.0
Other............................................................        0.2          1.9          8.3
                                                                         ---          ---          ---
Effective income tax rate........................................       55.9%        49.9%        90.2%
                                                                         ---          ---          ---
                                                                         ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
13. INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
    The components of the net deferred tax liabilities:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AUGUST 31,
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                             1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Federal credits........................................................  $     651  $     651
  State tax credits......................................................        360        360
Accounts receivable......................................................        158        313
Other liabilities........................................................        580        924
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total assets.........................................................      1,749      2,248
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Property, plant, and equipment.........................................      7,227      7,354
  Intangible assets......................................................      1,031        712
  Foreign taxes, net.....................................................                    37
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities....................................................      8,258      8,103
                                                                           ---------  ---------
      Net deferred tax liabilities.......................................  $   6,509  $   5,855
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
14. EXPORT SALES:
    Export sales to unaffiliated customers  were $6,674, $8,071 and $18,658  for
the  years ended August 31, 1993, 1994  and 1995, respectively. Export sales are
predominantly to North  America, the  Middle East  and the  Pacific Rim.  During
fiscal  1995, export sales to North America, the Middle East and the Pacific Rim
accounted for 46%, 7%, and 16% of total export sales, respectively.
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
    The Company paid $183, $162 and $5 for the years ended August 31, 1993, 1994
and 1995, respectively,  to a company  for prototype mold  development and  mold
engineering work. A director and officer of the aforementioned company is also a
director of the Company.
 
    The  Company paid $451, $420  and $333 for the  years ended August 31, 1993,
1994 and  1995, respectively,  to a  law  firm for  legal services  rendered.  A
general partner of the aforementioned firm is also a director of the Company.
 
    The Company paid $42 for the years ended August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 to a
corporation for management fees. A shareholder of the aforementioned corporation
is also a director and significant shareholder of the Company.
 
    The  Company paid $211 for  the year ended August  31, 1993 to an investment
banking firm for fees  and expenses, a  director of which is  a director of  the
Company.
 
    The  Company had debt outstanding with a financial institution of $10,000 at
August  31,  1993,  1994  and  1995  on  which  the  Company  paid  interest  of
approximately  $1,350 for each of the last  three fiscal years. The Company also
paid $220 and $258 for the years  ended August 31, 1993 and 1994,  respectively,
to the same financial institution for ongoing corporate advice and in connection
with the refinancing in fiscal years 1993 and 1994.
 
    The   Company  has  amounts   receivable  from  non-consolidated  affiliated
companies which amounted to $156, $421 and $736 as of August 31, 1993, 1994  and
1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: (CONTINUED)
    The  Company leases certain office, production and warehouse facilities from
Three Sisters Ranch  Enterprises (Three  Sisters). Certain  general partners  in
Three  Sisters are also  minority shareholders in the  Company. The Company owed
$156 and $15 at August 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively, in the form of unsecured
notes due to Three Sisters. The notes were repaid in fiscal 1995.
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
    On October 2, 1995 the Company  completed an offering of $110,000 of  senior
notes  that mature on October  1, 2005 and bear  interest at 10.75%. Interest is
payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April
1, 1996. In connection  with the offering, the  Company repaid outstanding  debt
under  its Term Loan Notes A and B, Senior Subordinated Notes and Revolving Loan
Note. The  Company  incurred an  extraordinary  loss  due to  the  write-off  of
approximately $1.9 million of unamortized debt financing costs. The senior notes
have  restrictive covenants  which limit the  payment of  dividends and restrict
certain investment transactions.
 
    Concurrently with the  offering, the  Company entered into  a new  five-year
senior  revolving credit facility of  up to $35 million,  subject to a borrowing
base of eligible  receivables, inventory, property,  plant and equipment,  which
serve  as collateral for  the line. The credit  facility contains convenants and
provisions that  restrict, among  other things,  the Company's  ability to:  (i)
incur  additional indebtedness,  (ii) incur  liens on  its property,  (iii) make
investments, (iv) enter  into guarantees and  other contingent obligations,  (v)
merge  or  consolidate  with  or  acquire  another  person  or  engage  in other
fundamental changes, (vi)  engage in certain  sales of assets,  (vii) engage  in
certain transactions with affiliates and (viii) make restricted junior payments.
 
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED):
 
    Of  the approximately $106 million net proceeds of the offering, $83 million
was used to retire the Company's  outstanding debt under its senior term  loans,
revolving  facility and senior subordinated notes.  Subsequent to the closing of
the offering, $7.2 million  of the proceeds was  used to purchase the  Company's
San Jose facilities, $10.8 million was used to purchase machinery and equipment,
$3 million was used to make a loan to the Company's 50% joint venture in Mexico,
and $2 million was used for working capital needs.
 
                                      F-23
    
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
                                  $110,000,000
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
                         10 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
 [LOGO]
                               ------------------
    The 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Notes") are being offered by Portola
Packaging,  Inc. (the  "Company" or  "Portola"). Interest  on the  Notes will be
payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April  1,
1996.  The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, at any  time on or  after October 1,  2000, at the  redemption prices  set
forth  herein, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
redemption. In addition, on or prior to October 1, 1998, the Company may  redeem
up  to $33.0 million principal  amount of the Notes with  the proceeds of one or
more Public  Equity  Offerings at  110.75%  of the  aggregate  principal  amount
thereof,  together with  accrued and  unpaid interest,  if any,  to the  date of
redemption; PROVIDED that Notes having an aggregate principal amount of at least
$77.0 million remain outstanding immediately after any such redemption. Upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of Notes may require the  Company
to  repurchase all or a portion of such  holder's Notes at 101% of the principal
amount thereof, together with accrued and  unpaid interest, if any, to the  date
of  repurchase. Under certain  circumstances, an event  constituting a Change of
Control will  result in  an event  of  default under  the Company's  New  Credit
Facility. See "Description of the Notes."
    The  Notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the Company and will rank
PARI PASSU  in  right of  payment  with all  other  existing and  future  senior
indebtedness  of  the Company  and  senior in  right  of payment  to  any future
subordinated  indebtedness  of  the  Company.   The  Notes,  however,  will   be
effectively  subordinated  to senior  secured indebtedness  of the  Company with
respect to the  assets securing  such indebtedness,  including any  indebtedness
that  may be incurred from time to time under the Company's New Credit Facility.
As of May 31, 1995, after giving effect to the sale of the Notes offered  hereby
and  the application of net proceeds  to repay certain indebtedness, the Company
would have had $0.2 million of  senior indebtedness outstanding (other than  the
Notes)  and would have had, subject to certain restrictions, the ability to draw
up to  $23.7  million  of the  $35.0  million  committed under  the  New  Credit
Facility.
 
    FOR  INFORMATION  CONCERNING CERTAIN  FACTORS THAT  SHOULD BE  CONSIDERED BY
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS, SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 10.
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION, NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED UPON
       THE ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY  REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                           --------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PRICE TO             UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO
                                                              PUBLIC(1)             DISCOUNT(2)           COMPANY(1)(3)
                                                        ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Per Note..............................................         100.0%                 2.875%                 97.125%
Total.................................................      $110,000,000            $3,162,500            $106,837,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Plus accrued interest, if any, from October 2, 1995.
 
(2)  The  Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  several  Underwriters against
     certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under  the Securities  Act  of
     1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
 
(3)  Before deducting expenses estimated at $750,000, payable by the Company.
                         ------------------------------
 
    The  Notes are offered  by the several Underwriters,  subject to prior sale,
when, as and  if issued  to and  accepted by them,  and subject  to approval  of
certain  legal matters by counsel for the several Underwriters and certain other
conditions. The Underwriters  reserve the  right to withdraw,  cancel or  modify
such  offer  and to  reject orders  in whole  or  in part.  It is  expected that
delivery will be made in New York, New York on or about October 2, 1995.
 
    This Prospectus may  be used by  Chase Securities, Inc.  in connection  with
offers  and  sales related  to market  making transactions  in the  Notes. Chase
Securities, Inc. may act as principal or agent in such transactions. Such  sales
will  be made at prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale.
Chase Securities, Inc. will not confirm such sales to any accounts over which it
exercises discretionary authority without the prior specific written approval of
the customer.
 
CHASE SECURITIES, INC.                                      SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
September 27, 1995.
<PAGE>
The Company's  small and  widemouth closures  are used  to cap  many well  known
beverage and food products.
 
The  Company's five gallon  and five gallon  non-spill closures are  used to cap
glass and plastic returnable water cooler bottles.
 
New products  added by  the Company  to its  product line  include fitments  and
push-pull closures used to cap a variety of beverage products.
 
This  page contains three color photographs displaying the Company's products on
various types of plastic bottles and other plastic containers.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Cap Snap-Registered  Trademark-, Snap  Cap-Registered Trademark-,  Cap  Snap
Seal-Registered Trademark-, Portola Packaging-Registered Trademark-,
Nepco-Registered  Trademark-,  Non-Spill-Registered Trademark-  and  the Portola
logo are registered trademarks  of the Company. All  other product names of  the
Company  are trademarks of the Company. The use of any trademark herein is in an
editorial fashion  only,  and to  the  benefit of  the  owner thereof,  with  no
intention of commercial use or infringement of the trademark.
 
    IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THIS  OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY  OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE  OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET  PRICE OF THE  NOTES
OFFERED  HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  IN THE  OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET  OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION   WITH,  THE  MORE   DETAILED  INFORMATION,  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND PRO FORMA AND AS  ADJUSTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE  COMPANY,
INCLUDING  THE NOTES THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. UNLESS THE
CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, THE TERMS  "COMPANY" AND "PORTOLA" REFER TO  PORTOLA
PACKAGING,  INC., A  DELAWARE CORPORATION,  ITS PREDECESSOR,  PORTOLA PACKAGING,
INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES. THE COMPANY CURRENTLY  HAS
TWO OPERATING SUBSIDIARIES, ONE IN CANADA AND ONE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, BOTH OF
WHICH ARE UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES UNDER THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES (THE
"INDENTURE").  ALL REFERENCES HEREIN TO FISCAL  YEAR ARE TO THE COMPANY'S FISCAL
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company  is a  leading  designer, manufacturer  and marketer  of  tamper
evident  plastic closures and related  equipment used for packaging applications
in dairy, fruit juice, bottled water, sports drinks, institutional food products
and other  non-carbonated beverage  products.  The Company's  principal  closure
product  lines include (i) small closures used to cap blowmolded plastic bottles
("small closures"), (ii) closures for  five gallon returnable glass and  plastic
water  cooler bottles ("five gallon closures")  and (iii) widemouth closures for
institutional  food  products  ("widemouth  closures").  Portola  also  designs,
manufactures  and  supplies high  speed capping  equipment and  complete turnkey
water bottling systems, which  are marketed by the  Company primarily under  the
name  "PortaPlant."  Portola's  closure products  are  manufactured domestically
through a technologically advanced, high speed injection molding process at  ten
modern  strategically located manufacturing facilities. Management believes that
the Company is a leader in  a majority of the markets  it serves and that it  is
the  sole or  the largest  supplier of  plastic closures  for a  majority of its
customers. The Company sells  over 8 billion closures  annually under the  names
Cap  Snap, Nepco, Portola and other brand names to over 3,000 customers. Most of
the Company's customers have been doing business with the Company for more  than
ten  years. The  Company's products  are used  to cap  such well  known consumer
products as Borden  milk, Dole juices,  Procter & Gamble's  Sunny Delight  juice
drink,  Poland  Spring  bottled  water,  Pepsi-Cola  fountain  syrups  and Kraft
barbecue sauce. Many features of the Company's closure products are proprietary,
and Portola holds more than 50 patents  on the design of container closures  and
compatible bottle necks.
 
    During the past decade, the plastic closure market has grown faster than the
overall closure market in the United States. This growth is primarily due to the
distinct  advantages that plastic  closures have over  metal closures, including
greater performance  and  design  flexibility, the  growing  demand  for  tamper
evident packaging and the comparatively lower cost and lighter weight of plastic
closures,  an important factor  in the packaging  industry, where transportation
costs are a  significant portion of  overall product costs.  Demand for  plastic
closures  has also grown  with the increased  use of plastic  containers and the
conversion of  paperboard containers  to  plastic containers.  A 1994  study  by
Technomic  Consultants International, an international marketing consulting firm
which specializes  in the  food  and packaging  industries, indicates  that  the
market  for plastic closures in the United States grew from approximately 48% of
total closures in 1990 to approximately 59% of total closures in 1993. The study
also indicates that the  average annual growth rate  from 1993 through 1996  for
plastic  closures is expected to be 4.4%, while demand for metal closures during
this period is expected to increase at a significantly lower rate.
 
    Since Portola was acquired from the founding  family in 1986 by a group  led
by  Jack  L.  Watts, the  Company's  current  Chairman of  the  Board  and Chief
Executive Officer, the size of the Company as measured by sales and closure unit
volume has increased from $26.1 million in  sales and 2.1 billion in units  sold
for fiscal 1987 to $112.1 million in sales and 8.1 billion in units sold for the
twelve  months ended May 31, 1995, respectively.  Mr. Watts and other members of
senior management own or control 34.3%, on a fully diluted basis, of the  common
stock  of the Company. Portola's senior management has significant experience in
the plastic  packaging business  and an  average tenure  of eight  years at  the
Company.
 
    The  Company's principal  offices are  located at  890 Faulstich  Court, San
Jose, California 95112. The Company's telephone number is (408) 453-8840.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                             COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
    The Company believes that it has a strong competitive position  attributable
to a number of factors, including the following:
 
    -HIGH  QUALITY,  INNOVATIVE  PRODUCTS.  Management  believes  that Portola's
     leading position in niche product applications is in part the result of the
     Company's long-standing commitment to  research and development, which  has
     led   to  innovative  product  development  and  application  improvements,
     including designs for tamper evident tear strips and breakaway bands  which
     have become industry standards.
 
    -STRONG  REPUTATION FOR  CUSTOMER SERVICE  AND SUPPORT.  Portola markets its
     products together  with  ongoing  service and  support  as  "total  product
     solutions"  designed to meet its  customers' complete capping requirements,
     enabling it to develop a reputation as a leader in quality and service.
 
    -LOW COST MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES. The Company's manufacturing operations
     emphasize minimizing  raw  material  and production  costs  and,  with  the
     acquisition  and integration of  Northern Engineering &  Plastics Corp. and
     certain related companies and  assets (collectively, "Nepco"), the  Company
     has  also derived  significant cost  savings through  improved raw material
     purchasing and increased production efficiencies.
 
                               BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's primary strategy is to  increase cash flow by maintaining  and
extending  its leading position in niche product applications within the plastic
closure and bottling industry. To support this strategy, the Company focuses  on
(i)  advancing research and development  and product engineering, (ii) providing
dedicated customer  support and  total product  solutions for  customers,  (iii)
continuing  to enhance its  low cost manufacturing  capabilities, (iv) expanding
sales in international markets where significant growth opportunities exist  and
(v)  where appropriate, seeking strategic  acquisitions that will strengthen the
Company's competitive position.
 
    Consistent  with  the  Company's  objective  to  expand  through   strategic
acquisitions,  on June 30, 1994, the Company acquired Nepco for a purchase price
of $40.0 million (plus $3.6  million related to noncompetition agreements).  The
acquisition  of  Nepco  has  enabled  the  Company  to  establish  new  customer
relationships, diversify and expand its  product offering and customer base  and
benefit  from Nepco's proprietary product designs.  The Company has realized and
expects to achieve  additional cost  savings and synergies  associated with  the
integration  of Nepco, primarily from reduced costs achieved through sharing and
adoption of improved technology and manufacturing processes, lower raw  material
costs   through   volume  purchasing   economies,  marketing   efficiencies  and
elimination of duplicative administrative and financial staff positions. On June
16, 1995, the Company purchased for  C$14.6 million (plus C$3.4 million  related
to  noncompetition agreements) the  50% interest it had  not previously owned in
Canada  Cap  Snap  Corporation,  a  British  Columbia  corporation  engaged   in
manufacturing  and distributing small closures  in western Canada, together with
all the  capital  stock of  two  affiliated plastic  bottle  manufacturers  (the
"Canadian  Acquisition"). Management  anticipates that  the Canadian Acquisition
will enable  the  Company  to  establish  a  position  in  the  Canadian  bottle
manufacturing  marketplace and to  advance its position  in the Canadian closure
marketplace.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>
Securities Offered......  $110,000,000 aggregate principal  amount of 10  3/4% Senior  Notes
                          due 2005.
Maturity Date...........  October 1, 2005.
Interest Payment
 Dates..................  April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 1996.
Optional Redemption.....  The  Notes will  be redeemable  at the  option of  the Company, in
                          whole or in part, at any time on or after October 1, 2000, at  the
                          redemption  prices  set forth  herein,  together with  accrued and
                          unpaid interest, if any, to  the date of redemption. In  addition,
                          on or prior to October 1, 1998, the Company may redeem up to $33.0
                          million  principal amount of the Notes with the proceeds of one or
                          more Public Equity  Offerings at 110.75%  of the principal  amount
                          thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
                          date  of  redemption;  PROVIDED  that  Notes  having  an aggregate
                          principal amount  of at  least  $77.0 million  remain  outstanding
                          immediately  after any  such redemption.  See "Description  of the
                          Notes -- Optional Redemption."
Change of Control.......  Upon the occurrence of a Change  of Control, each holder of  Notes
                          may  require the  Company to repurchase  all or a  portion of such
                          holder's Notes at 101% of  the principal amount thereof,  together
                          with  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to  the  date  of
                          repurchase. There can be no  assurance that the Company will  have
                          sufficient  funds to pay  the repurchase price  for Notes tendered
                          upon a  Change of  Control. See  "Risk Factors  -- Limitations  on
                          Repurchase  of Notes"; "Description of  the Notes -- Repurchase at
                          the Option of Holders -- Change of Control."
Ranking.................  The Notes will be unsecured senior obligations of the Company  and
                          will  rank PARI PASSU in right  of payment with all other existing
                          and future senior indebtedness of the Company and senior in  right
                          of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness of the Company.
                          The  Notes, however,  will be  effectively subordinated  to senior
                          secured indebtedness of  the Company  with respect  to the  assets
                          securing such indebtedness, including any indebtedness that may be
                          incurred  from  time  to  time  under  the  Company's  New  Credit
                          Facility. As of May 31, 1995,  after giving effect to the sale  of
                          the  Notes and  the application of  net proceeds  to repay certain
                          indebtedness, the Company  would have had  $0.2 million of  senior
                          indebtedness  outstanding (other  than the  Notes) and  would have
                          had, subject to certain  restrictions, the ability  to draw up  to
                          $23.7  million of the $35.0 million committed under the New Credit
                          Facility. See "Capitalization" and "Description of the New  Credit
                          Facility."
Certain Covenants.......  The   Indenture   will   contain   certain   covenants,  including
                          limitations on  the  incurrence  of indebtedness,  the  making  of
                          restricted  payments, transactions with  affiliates, the existence
                          of liens, disposition  of proceeds of  asset sales, transfers  and
                          issuances  of  stock of  subsidiaries,  the imposition  of certain
                          payment  restrictions  on  restricted  subsidiaries  and   certain
                          mergers  and sales  of assets.  See "Description  of the  Notes --
                          Certain Covenants."
Use of Proceeds.........  The net  proceeds from  the sale  of the  Notes (estimated  to  be
                          approximately  $106.1  million)  will  be used  (i)  to  repay all
                          outstanding indebtedness  under  the Company's  current  revolving
                          credit   and  term  loan  facilities,   (ii)  to  redeem  existing
                          subordinated  indebtedness  and  (iii)  for  working  capital  and
                          general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and the
                          possible  purchase of certain facilities currently leased (as well
                          as certain real property adjacent thereto) by the Company.
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED COMPANY-ONLY FINANCIAL
                                      DATA
 
    The following table sets forth certain  summary historical and pro forma  as
adjusted  condensed  financial data  for the  Company, giving  no effect  to the
Canadian Acquisition ("Company-only" data). The summary historical statement  of
operations and balance sheet data for each of the fiscal years in the three year
period  ended August 31, 1994 and at the  end of each such fiscal year have been
derived  from,  and  are  qualified  by  reference  to,  the  Company's  audited
consolidated   financial  statements.   The  summary   historical  statement  of
operations and balance sheet  data for the  nine months ended  May 31, 1994  and
1995  and  at such  dates,  have been  derived  from the  unaudited consolidated
financial statements of  the Company. The  table should be  read in  conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations,"  the consolidated financial  statements of the  Company and related
notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    The summary unaudited pro forma as adjusted condensed Company-only statement
of operations data for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 give effect to  (i)
the  acquisition of Nepco and (ii) the sale  of the Notes and the application of
net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness, as if such transactions had occurred
on September 1, 1993. The  summary unaudited as adjusted condensed  Company-only
statement  of operations data for the nine months ended May 31, 1995 and for the
twelve months ended May 31,  1995 give effect to the  sale of the Notes and  the
application   of  net  proceeds  to  repay   certain  indebtedness  as  if  such
transactions had occurred on September 1,  1994 and June 1, 1994,  respectively.
The  summary unaudited as adjusted condensed  Company-only balance sheet data at
May 31, 1995 give effect to the sale of the Notes and the application of the net
proceeds to  repay certain  indebtedness  and for  working  capital as  if  such
transactions  had  occurred on  such  date. The  pro  forma as  adjusted  and as
adjusted Company-only data  should be  read in conjunction  with "Unaudited  Pro
Forma  As Adjusted Condensed Consolidated Financial Data" appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Such data  are not necessarily indicative  of the results  that
would  have occurred if the Nepco acquisition and the sale of the Notes had been
consummated on the assumed  dates and are not  necessarily indicative of  future
results.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COMPANY-ONLY
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,        AS ADJUSTED        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED          MAY 31,
                                            --------------------------------       AUGUST 31,       --------------------
                                              1992       1993        1994          1994(A)(B)        1994(C)    1995(C)
                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  --------------------  ---------  ---------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>                   <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales.....................................  $  52,152  $  58,286  $   70,284    $    101,415        $  44,624  $  86,462
Gross profit..............................     14,476     15,607      18,614          22,246           11,641     20,788
Income from operations....................      6,094      6,180       7,004           5,175            4,540      7,325
Interest expense, net.....................      3,147      3,044       3,899          11,904            2,464      6,131
Amortization of debt financing costs......        365        479         433             390              309        360
Income (loss) before extraordinary item,
 cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle and income taxes...............      1,950      2,719       2,195          (7,360)           1,773        894
Net income (loss).........................        663        309         225          (7,062)             915        377
Earnings (loss) per share.................  $    0.05  $    0.02  $     0.02    $      (0.53)       $    0.07  $    0.03
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital...........................  $   2,920  $   7,109  $   11,049              --        $   4,633  $  14,776
Total assets..............................     44,031     50,896     110,820              --           54,706    112,422
Total debt................................     30,611     38,140      77,467              --           35,634     82,335
Redeemable warrants(f)....................      2,483      2,600       3,055              --            2,747      3,512
Total shareholders' equity................      2,719      2,597       5,393              --            3,366      5,395
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by operating
 activities...............................  $   7,699  $   6,768  $    9,351              --        $   7,450  $   2,920
Net cash used in investing activities.....     (8,947)    (9,119)    (38,418)             --           (5,458)    (8,989)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
 activities...............................        229      3,538      30,099              --           (2,556)     4,355
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA:
Closure unit volume (in millions).........      3,763      3,980       4,893           7,967            2,953      6,170
Closure unit volume growth(h).............       11.5%       5.8%       22.9%           11.6%(i)          2.1%     108.9%
EBITDA(j).................................  $  11,085  $  12,883  $   14,728    $     16,432        $   9,763  $  16,960
Depreciation and amortization.............      5,920      6,845       8,357          11,611            5,271      9,089
Capital expenditures......................      8,089      9,564       6,159          11,550            4,212      8,247
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(k).....       1.4x       1.3x        1.2x              --             1.6x       1.1x
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense,
 net......................................
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA.............
                                                                                                           (FOOTNOTES ON
                                                                                                         FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                              COMPANY-ONLY AS
                                            COMPANY-ONLY AS   ADJUSTED TWELVE
                                             ADJUSTED NINE    MONTHS ENDED MAY
                                            MONTHS ENDED MAY        31,
                                             31, 1995(A)(D)    1995(A)(D)(E)
                                            ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales.....................................     $   86,462        $  112,122
Gross profit..............................         20,788            27,761
Income from operations....................          7,325             9,789
Interest expense, net.....................          8,973            11,865
Amortization of debt financing costs......            292               390
Income (loss) before extraordinary item,
 cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle and income taxes...............         (1,880)           (2,889)
Net income (loss).........................         (3,335)           (3,233)
Earnings (loss) per share.................     $    (0.24)       $    (0.23)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital...........................     $   42,900        $   42,900
Total assets..............................        137,722           137,722
Total debt................................        110,197           110,197
Redeemable warrants(f)....................          3,512             3,512
Total shareholders' equity................          3,858(g)          3,858(g)
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by operating
 activities...............................             --                --
Net cash used in investing activities.....             --                --
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
 activities...............................             --                --
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA:
Closure unit volume (in millions).........             --             8,110
Closure unit volume growth(h).............             --             100.6%
EBITDA(j).................................     $   16,960        $   21,924
Depreciation and amortization.............          9,021            12,081
Capital expenditures......................          8,247            10,194
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(k).....              --                --
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense,
 net......................................            1.9x              1.8x
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA.............              --              5.0x
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
(a)  The  Company  believes that  "Company-only" data  is relevant  to potential
     investors in the  Notes because  (i) the Company's  Canadian subsidiary  is
     separately  financed by  indebtedness that  is non-recourse  to the Company
     (except that the  Company has  pledged the  capital stock  of the  Canadian
     subsidiary  as security  for the  loans), (ii)  the Canadian  subsidiary is
     subject to significant restrictions on its ability to pay dividends or make
     other cash distributions or payments to the Company and (iii) the  Canadian
     subsidiary  will be operated as an  Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of
     the Indenture and,  as a result,  amounts permitted to  be invested by  the
     Company   in  its  Canadian  subsidiary  will  be  subject  to  significant
     limitation.
 
(b)  The  Company-only  pro  forma  as  adjusted  data  reflect  the  historical
     operating  data for the fiscal  year ended August 31,  1994 as if the Nepco
     acquisition, the sale of the Notes  and the application of net proceeds  to
     repay certain indebtedness had occurred at the beginning of the period. For
     information regarding the pro forma adjustments, see "Pro Forma As Adjusted
     Condensed  Consolidated Statement of Operations  (Unaudited) for the Fiscal
     Year Ended August 31, 1994."
 
(c)  The nine months  ended May  31, 1994  reflect operations  before the  Nepco
     acquisition  on  June 30,  1994, and  the  nine months  ended May  31, 1995
     reflect operations after the acquisition.
 
(d)  The Company-only  as adjusted  statement of  operations and  operating  and
     other  data give effect to the sale of the Notes and the application of net
     proceeds to repay certain indebtedness as if such transactions had occurred
     at the  beginning of  the  period. See  "Pro  Forma As  Adjusted  Condensed
     Consolidated  Statement of Operations (Unaudited) for the Nine Months Ended
     May 31, 1995." The Company-only as adjusted balance sheet data are adjusted
     as if  the sale  of  the Notes  and the  application  of the  net  proceeds
     therefrom  to  repay  certain  indebtedness  and  for  working  capital had
     occurred on May 31, 1995.
 
(e)  Includes one month of operations before  the Nepco acquisition on June  30,
     1994   and  eleven  months   of  operations  after   the  acquisition.  The
     Company-only as adjusted  statement of operations  and operating and  other
     data  for the twelve month  period ended May 31,  1995 are included because
     this is the first  twelve month period for  which data is available  during
     which  substantially  all  the  Company's actual  (rather  than  pro forma)
     results reflect the Company's operation of the business conducted by  Nepco
     prior  to  the  acquisition. The  data  for  the twelve  month  period were
     calculated by combining (i) unaudited data for the three month period ended
     August 31, 1994,  and (ii)  the unaudited data  for the  nine month  period
     ended May 31, 1995 set forth elsewhere herein.
 
(f)  The  redeemable  warrants  entitle  the  holders  thereof  to  purchase  an
     aggregate of 2,492,741 shares of the Company's common stock. If the Company
     does not complete an  initial public offering of  its common stock by  June
     30, 1999 (for certain warrants) or August 1, 2001 (for other warrants), the
     holders may require the Company to repurchase the warrants at the higher of
     current market value or an amount computed under the warrant agreement.
 
(g)  Total  shareholders' equity, on an as adjusted basis, has been decreased to
     reflect the  prepayment premium  and the  write-off of  deferred  financing
     costs  associated with the repayment of the Company's existing subordinated
     indebtedness and the write-off of deferred financing costs associated  with
     the  repayment  of the  Company's current  revolving  credit and  term loan
     facilities, all of which will be accounted for as an extraordinary loss  on
     early extinguishment of debt.
 
(h)  Except  as indicated in note (i)  below, these results reflect closure unit
     volume growth of the Company including Nepco after June 30, 1994. On a  pro
     forma  combined basis, the closure unit volume growth for Portola and Nepco
     was 11.6%, 7.1% and  4.1% for the  fiscal year ended  August 31, 1994,  the
     nine  months ended May 31,  1995 and the twelve  months ended May 31, 1995,
     respectively.
 
(i)  Reflects the  percentage increase  in the  sales of  closure units  by  the
     Company for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 as compared to the fiscal
     year  ended August 31, 1993, computed on a  pro forma basis as if the Nepco
     acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the respective fiscal years.
 
(j)  EBITDA represents, for  any relevant  period, income  (loss) before  income
     taxes,  extraordinary  item,  cumulative  effect  of  change  in accounting
     principle, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, interest expense,
     net, amortization  of intangible  assets and  non-recurring legal  expenses
     associated  with  the Company's  litigation  with Scholle  Corporation. See
     "Business -- Litigation." EBITDA  is not intended  to represent and  should
     not  be considered more meaningful than,  or an alternative to, net income,
     cash flow or  other measures  of performance in  accordance with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles. EBITDA  data and  the related  ratios are
     included because the Company understands  that such information is used  by
     certain  investors  as one  measure of  an  issuer's historical  ability to
     service debt and  because certain  restrictive covenants  in the  Indenture
     will be based on the Company's EBITDA.
 
(k)  For  the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed charges,
     "earnings" represents income  before provision for  income taxes and  fixed
     charges.  "Fixed charges" consist of interest expense, amortization of debt
     financing costs and the portion of lease expense which management  believes
     is  representative of  the interest  component of  lease expense.  On a pro
     forma basis, as adjusted for (i) the acquisition of Nepco and (ii) the sale
     of the Notes offered  hereby and the application  of net proceeds to  repay
     certain  indebtedness, as if such transactions had occurred on September 1,
     1993, September  1, 1994  and  June 1,  1994,  respectively, the  ratio  of
     earnings  to fixed charges for  the fiscal year ended  August 31, 1994, the
     nine months ended May  31, 1995 and  the twelve months  ended May 31,  1995
     would  result in a deficiency of earnings to fixed charges in the amount of
     $10.6 million, $5.3 million and $4.9 million, respectively.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
                                      DATA
 
    The following table sets forth certain  summary historical and pro forma  as
adjusted  condensed consolidated financial data of the Company, giving effect to
the Canadian Acquisition ("consolidated" data). The summary unaudited pro  forma
as  adjusted consolidated statement of operations  and other data for the fiscal
year ended August 31, 1994 give effect to (i) the acquisition of Nepco, (ii) the
sale of  the  Notes  and  the  application of  net  proceeds  to  repay  certain
indebtedness  and (iii)  the Canadian Acquisition,  as if  such transactions had
occurred on September 1, 1993. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated  statement
of  operations and other data for the nine months ended May 31, 1995 give effect
to (i)  the sale  of the  Notes and  the application  of net  proceeds to  repay
certain  indebtedness and (ii) the Canadian Acquisition, as if such transactions
had occurred  on September  1,  1994. The  pro  forma as  adjusted  consolidated
balance sheet data for the nine months ended May 31, 1995 give effect to (i) the
sale  of the  Notes and  the application  of the  net proceeds  to repay certain
indebtedness and for working  capital and (ii) the  Canadian Acquisition, as  if
such transactions had occurred on such date. The pro forma as adjusted condensed
consolidated  financial data should  be read in  conjunction with "Unaudited Pro
Forma As Adjusted Condensed Consolidated Financial Data" appearing elsewhere  in
this  Prospectus. Such data  are not necessarily indicative  of the results that
would have occurred if the acquisition of  Nepco, the sale of the Notes and  the
Canadian  Acquisition  had been  consummated on  the assumed  dates and  are not
necessarily indicative of future results.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CONSOLIDATED                           CONSOLIDATED
                                                                               PRO FORMA AS                             PRO FORMA
                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,      ADJUSTED     NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                FISCAL YEAR            31,             NINE MONTHS
                                              -------------------------------  ENDED AUGUST   ----------------------  ENDED MAY 31,
                                                1992       1993       1994      31, 1994(A)     1994(B)     1995(B)      1995(C)
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER DATA:
Sales.......................................  $  52,152  $  58,286  $  70,284   $ 107,658      $  44,624   $  86,462    $  93,964
Gross profit................................     14,476     15,607     18,614      24,155         11,641      20,788       23,099
Income from operations......................      6,094      6,180      7,004       6,011          4,540       7,325        7,985
Interest expense, net.......................      3,147      3,044      3,899      13,055          2,464       6,131        9,817
Amortization of debt financing costs........        365        479        433         390            309         360          292
Income (loss) before extraordinary item,
 cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle and income taxes.................      1,950      2,719      2,195      (7,599)         1,773         894       (1,367)
Net income (loss)...........................        663        309        225      (7,286)           915         377       (3,415)
Net income (loss) per share.................  $    0.05  $    0.02  $    0.02   $   (0.55)     $    0.07   $    0.03    $   (0.25)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (d)......       1.4x       1.3x       1.2x          --           1.6x        1.1x           --
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital.............................  $   2,920  $   7,109  $  11,049          --      $   4,633   $  14,776    $  43,718
Total assets................................     44,031     50,896    110,820          --         54,706     112,422      152,349
Total debt..................................     30,611     38,140     77,467          --         35,634      82,335      119,952
Redeemable warrants(e)......................      2,483      2,600      3,055          --          2,747       3,512        3,512
Total shareholders' equity..................      2,719      2,597      5,393          --          3,366       5,395        5,658(f)
 
                                                                                                      (FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
(a)  The pro forma as  adjusted data reflect the  historical operating data  for
     the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 as if (i) the Nepco acquisition, (ii)
     the  sale of the Notes and the application of net proceeds to repay certain
     indebtedness and  (iii)  the  Canadian  Acquisition  had  occurred  at  the
     beginning   of  the  period.  For   information  regarding  the  pro  forma
     adjustments, see "Pro Forma As Adjusted Condensed Consolidated Statement of
     Operations (Unaudited) for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 1994."
 
(b)  The nine months  ended May  31, 1994  reflect operations  before the  Nepco
     acquisition  on  June 30,  1994, and  the  nine months  ended May  31, 1995
     reflect operations after the acquisition.
 
(c)  The consolidated pro forma  as adjusted statement  of operations data  give
     effect  to (i) the sale of the Notes and the application of net proceeds to
     repay certain indebtedness  and (ii)  the Canadian Acquisition  as if  such
     transactions  had occurred at the beginning of the period. See "As Adjusted
     Condensed Consolidated  Statement of  Operations (Unaudited)  for the  Nine
     Months  Ended May 31, 1995." The consolidated pro forma as adjusted balance
     sheet data are adjusted as if (i) the sale of the Notes and the application
     of the net proceeds therefrom to repay certain indebtedness and for working
     capital and (ii) the Canadian Acquisition,  as if each had occurred on  May
     31, 1995.
 
(d)  For  the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed charges,
     "earnings" represents income  before provision for  income taxes and  fixed
     charges.  "Fixed charges" consist of interest expense, amortization of debt
     financing costs and the portion of lease expense which management  believes
     is  representative of  the interest  component of  lease expense.  On a pro
     forma basis as adjusted for (i) the acquisition of Nepco, (ii) the sale  of
     the Notes and the application of net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness
     and  (iii) the Canadian Acquisition, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges
     for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 and the nine months ended May 31,
     1995 would  result in  a deficiency  of earnings  to fixed  charges in  the
     amount of $10.8 million and $5.3 million, respectively.
 
(e)  The  redeemable  warrants  entitle  the  holders  thereof  to  purchase  an
     aggregate of 2,492,741 shares of the Company's common stock. If the Company
     does not complete an  initial public offering of  its common stock by  June
     30, 1999 (for certain warrants) or August 1, 2001 (for other warrants), the
     holders may require the Company to repurchase the warrants at the higher of
     current market value or an amount computed under the warrant agreement.
 
(f)  Total  shareholders' equity,  on a  pro forma  as adjusted  basis, has been
     adjusted to reflect  the sale  for $1.8 million  of 450,000  shares of  the
     Company's  common stock to finance in  part the Canadian Acquisition and to
     reflect the  prepayment premium  and the  write-off of  deferred  financing
     costs  associated with the repayment of the Company's existing subordinated
     indebtedness and the write-off of deferred financing costs associated  with
     the  repayment  of the  Company's current  revolving  credit and  term loan
     facilities, all of which will be accounted for as an extraordinary loss  on
     early extinguishment of debt.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN   ADDITION  TO  THE  OTHER  INFORMATION  CONTAINED  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS,
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER THE  FOLLOWING FACTORS  BEFORE
PURCHASING THE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; LIMITATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
 
    As  of May 31,  1995, after giving effect  to the sale of  the Notes and the
application of the  net proceeds therefrom,  the Company would  have had  $110.2
million in indebtedness outstanding (including the indebtedness under the Notes)
and  would have had, subject to certain  restrictions, the ability to draw up to
$23.7 million of the $35.0 million committed under the New Credit Facility. Such
indebtedness would  have been  substantially in  excess of  the Company's  total
shareholders'   equity   of   $3.9   million.   See   "Use   of   Proceeds"  and
"Capitalization." As of May 31, 1995,  approximately 16% of the Company's  total
assets  was comprised of covenants not to compete and goodwill, and there can be
no assurance that the carrying values of these assets will be recoverable.
 
    The  degree  to  which  the  Company  is  leveraged  could  have   important
consequences to the holders of Notes, including the following: (i) the Company's
ability to obtain financing for future working capital needs or for acquisitions
or  other purposes may be  limited; (ii) a substantial  portion of the Company's
cash flow from operations  will be dedicated to  debt service, thereby  reducing
funds  available  for operations;  (iii)  certain of  the  Company's borrowings,
including borrowings  under  the  Company's  New Credit  Facility,  will  be  at
variable  rates of interest, which  could cause the Company  to be vulnerable to
increases in  interest rates;  and  (iv) the  substantial indebtedness  and  the
restrictive  covenants to which  the Company is  subject under the  terms of its
indebtedness may make  the Company  more vulnerable to  economic downturns,  may
reduce   its  flexibility  to  respond   to  changing  business  conditions  and
opportunities and may limit its ability to withstand competitive pressures.  The
Company's  ability to make  scheduled payments of the  principal of and interest
on, or to  refinance, its  indebtedness will  depend upon  its future  operating
performance  and cash flows which are subject to prevailing economic conditions,
market conditions  in  the packaging  industry,  prevailing interest  rates  and
financial,  competitive, business and other factors, many of which may be beyond
the Company's control.
 
    The New Credit Facility will contain numerous restrictive covenants that may
limit the Company's operational and  financing flexibility. A failure to  comply
with the obligations contained in the New Credit Facility or any agreements with
respect  to future indebtedness could  result in an event  of default under such
agreements that could permit acceleration  of the related debt and  acceleration
of   debt  under  other  agreements   that  may  contain  cross-acceleration  or
cross-default provisions. Other indebtedness of the Company that may be incurred
in the future  may contain financial  or other covenants  more restrictive  than
those  applicable to the Notes  or the New Credit  Facility. See "Description of
the New Credit Facility" and "Description of the Notes."
 
EFFECTIVE SUBORDINATION OF NOTES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
 
    The Notes will not be secured by any of the Company's assets. The  Indenture
will  permit  the  Company  to  incur  certain  secured  indebtedness, including
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility. If the Company becomes insolvent  or
is  liquidated, or  if payment  under the New  Credit Facility  or other secured
indebtedness is accelerated, the lenders under  the New Credit Facility and  the
holders  of any  other secured  indebtedness would  be entitled  to exercise the
remedies available  to  them as  secured  creditors under  applicable  laws  and
pursuant  to instruments governing such  indebtedness. Accordingly, such secured
indebtedness would have a prior claim on the collateral and would effectively be
senior to  the  Notes  to the  extent  that  the value  of  such  collateral  is
sufficient  to satisfy the indebtedness secured  thereby. To the extent that the
value of such collateral is not sufficient to satisfy the secured  indebtedness,
amounts  remaining outstanding on  such indebtedness would  be entitled to share
with holders of Notes and other claims on the Company with respect to any  other
assets of the Company. In either event, because the Notes will not be secured by
any  of the Company's  assets, it is  possible that there  would be insufficient
assets remaining  from  which  claims of  the  holders  of the  Notes  could  be
satisfied.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    In  addition, as of the date of  the Indenture the Notes will be obligations
of the Company and  not of any subsidiary,  although the Indenture does  require
that  any Restricted Subsidiary  of the Company having  assets with an aggregate
fair market value in excess  of $100,000 execute a  guarantee in respect of  the
Notes.  Currently,  the  Company's  only material  operating  subsidiary  is its
Canadian subsidiary, which is being  operated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary  and
which,  as  a result,  will not  guarantee the  Company's obligations  under the
Notes. Upon  liquidation  of the  Canadian  subsidiary,  as well  as  any  other
Unrestricted  Subsidiary, such obligations would  be effectively subordinated to
claims of such subsidiary's  creditors upon its  assets. Moreover, the  Canadian
subsidiary  is separately financed  by indebtedness that  is non-recourse to the
Company (except that the Company has  pledged the capital stock of the  Canadian
subsidiary as security for the loans) and, under the terms of such indebtedness,
the Canadian subsidiary is subject to significant restrictions on its ability to
pay dividends or make other cash distributions or payments to the Company. It is
likely  that this will also be the case for other Unrestricted Subsidiaries that
the Company may form in the future. If in the future a Restricted Subsidiary  is
formed  that guarantees the Company's obligations  under the Notes, there can be
no assurance  that  the  guarantee  would  not be  subject  to  avoidance  as  a
fraudulent transfer or for other reasons.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  Company faces direct  competition in each  of its product  lines from a
number of companies, some of which  have financial and other resources that  are
substantially  greater than  those of the  Company. As the  Company broadens its
product offerings, it can expect  to meet increased competition from  additional
competitors  with entrenched positions in those  product lines. The Company also
faces some  direct  competition  from  bottling companies  and  other  food  and
beverage providers that elect to produce their own closures rather than purchase
them  from outside  sources. In  addition, the  packaging industry  has numerous
well-capitalized competitors,  and there  is a  risk that  these companies  will
expand  their product offerings, either  through internal product development or
acquisitions of any of the Company's direct competitors, to compete in the niche
markets that are currently served by the Company. These competitors, as well  as
existing  competitors, could  introduce products  or establish  prices for their
products in  a manner  that  could adversely  affect  the Company's  ability  to
compete.  Because  of  the  Company's  product  concentration,  an  increase  in
competition or  any  technological innovations  with  respect to  the  Company's
specific   product  applications,  such  as  the  introduction  of  lower-priced
competitive products or products containing technological improvements over  the
Company's  products, could  have a significant  adverse effect  on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations.
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
 
    The Company's  products are  subject to  governmental regulation,  including
regulation  by the Federal Food and  Drug Administration and other agencies with
jurisdiction over effectiveness of  tamper-resistant devices and other  closures
for  dairy  and  other  food  and  beverage  products.  A  change  in government
regulation could adversely affect the  Company. For example, certain  regulators
have considered developing test protocols to determine whether closures for milk
bottles  conform to specific regulatory requirements.  There can be no assurance
that federal or state authorities will not develop protocols in the future  that
would  materially increase the  Company's costs of  manufacturing certain of its
products.
 
    The Company's plastic  closures and  most of  the containers  for which  the
Company's  closures  are  designed  are  made  of  non-biodegradable  materials.
Federal, state and local  governments may enact  laws or regulations  concerning
environmental  matters that would  increase the cost  of producing, or otherwise
adversely affect  the  demand for,  plastic  products, including  those  of  the
Company.  If  widely adopted,  such prohibitions  and restrictions  could impose
substantial additional  costs  on the  Company.  Moreover,  if as  a  result  of
pressure  from consumers or  legislative action, the  packaging industry were to
shift  to  different  types  of  packaging  materials  or  different  styles  of
containers, the Company's results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
PATENT INFRINGEMENT LITIGATION
 
    The  Company has  recently received  an adverse  jury verdict  in litigation
brought by Scholle  Corporation ("Scholle")  asserting that  the Company's  five
gallon  non-spill closure product  infringed upon certain  of Scholle's patents.
The jury verdict, if  entered by the  court, would hold  the Company liable  for
damages  in the amount  of $0.01 per  closure. For the  period beginning January
1992, when the product was introduced, through May 31, 1995, such damages  would
be approximately $800,000, which amount the Company has accrued in its financial
statements.  In addition, the Company incurred during this period legal fees and
other legal  expenses  of approximately  $1.5  million in  connection  with  the
Scholle  litigation. The  Company's total sales  of the product  involved in the
litigation were $4.0 million during the twelve month period ended May 31,  1995.
The  Company is continuing to produce and sell the product and accrue damages in
the amount of $0.01 per closure. There is a risk that Scholle may seek to enjoin
the Company from producing and selling the product in the future and may seek to
recover damages in excess  of $0.01 per  closure (up to  $0.03 per closure)  for
sales  of the product after May 31, 1995. If such an injunction were granted, or
if the  Company  were required  to  pay treble  damages  (thereby  substantially
reducing  or eliminating the  Company's profit on the  product in question), the
Company anticipates that it would change its five gallon non-spill product to  a
design  that the  Company believes  will not  infringe upon  any Scholle patent,
although it can be  anticipated that additional tooling  costs will be  incurred
and  market disruption may result  from changing to the  new product design. See
"Business -- Litigation."  In addition,  there can  be no  assurance that  other
infringement  litigation will not be brought  in the future against the Company,
that any such  litigation will not  be expensive  and protracted or  that, as  a
result  of such  litigation, the  Company will  not be  required to  terminate a
business practice or seek  to obtain a license  to the intellectual property  of
others.
 
LIMITED PROTECTION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The  Company has a number of patents  covering various aspects of the design
and construction of its products. The Company believes that protection  afforded
by  its patents is less  significant to its future  success than factors such as
the knowledge, ability and experience of its personnel, new product development,
product enhancements and  ongoing customer  service. There can  be no  assurance
that  the Company's patents will withstand  challenge in litigation, and patents
do not ensure that competitors will  not develop competing products or  infringe
upon   the   Company's   patents.   The  Company   now   markets   its  products
internationally, and  the  protection offered  by  the patent  laws  of  foreign
countries  may be less than  the protection offered by  the United States patent
laws. The Company  also relies  on trade secrets  and know-how  to maintain  its
competitive  position. While the Company  enters into confidentiality agreements
with employees and consultants who have access to proprietary information, there
can be no assurance that these measures will prevent the unauthorized disclosure
or use of such trade secrets and know-how.
 
POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF CHANGES IN RESIN PRICES
 
    The Company's products are molded from various plastic materials,  primarily
low  density polyethylene ("LDPE") resin.  LDPE resin accounts for approximately
30% of the Company's cost of sales for closures. Plastic resins, including LDPE,
are subject  to  substantial price  fluctuations,  resulting from  shortages  in
supply,  changes in the prices of natural gas, crude oil and other petrochemical
products from which resins are produced and other factors. Significant increases
in resin prices, coupled with an inability to promptly pass such increases on to
customers, would  have a  material  adverse effect  on the  Company's  financial
condition  and results of operations. Moreover, even  if the full amount of such
price increases are passed on to customers, the increases would have the  effect
of  reducing gross margins. Similarly, if resin prices decrease, customers would
typically expect  rapid  pass-through of  the  decrease,  and there  can  be  no
assurance  that the Company would be able to maintain its margins. See "Business
- -- Raw Materials and Production."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
UNCERTAINTY WITH RESPECT TO NEW PRODUCTS AND MARKETS
 
    The Company believes that the domestic markets for its traditional  products
have become relatively mature and that, in order to continue to grow in a manner
consistent  with  recent  results, the  Company  will increasingly  rely  on new
products, such as the fitment and 28mm push-pull cap, as well as expansion  into
international  markets. Developing new  products and expanding  into new markets
will require a substantial  investment and involve  additional risks, and  there
can  be no assurance that the Company's  efforts to achieve such development and
expansion will be successful.
 
    The  Company's  international  operations  are  subject  to  certain   risks
associated  with doing business in  foreign countries, including the possibility
of adverse  governmental  regulation,  additional  taxation  and  exchange  rate
fluctuations.  Having recently  acquired two  bottle manufacturing  companies in
Canada, the Company is now embarking  upon the plastic bottle manufacturing  and
distribution business in western Canada, a business in which the Company has not
previously  engaged, and one that may  present new and unanticipated challenges.
There can be  no assurance that  the Canadian operations  will be successful  or
will  not require  additional funding.  Since the  Company's Canadian operations
will be conducted through an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Indenture will  impose
significant limitations upon the Company's ability to fund those operations.
 
DEPENDENCE UPON MANAGEMENT
 
    The  Company's success depends in part  on certain key management employees.
If, for any  reason, such  key personnel  do not continue  to be  active in  the
Company's management, operations could be adversely affected. See "Management --
Executive Officers and Directors."
 
INTEREST OF UNDERWRITER'S AFFILIATE IN SALE OF NOTES
 
    A  portion of the net proceeds  from the sale of the  Notes is being used to
redeem existing subordinated indebtedness of the Company in the principal amount
of $10.0 million,  plus an applicable  prepayment premium ($613,000  at May  31,
1995). This subordinated indebtedness is held by The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.,
an  affiliate  of  Chase  Securities,  Inc.  (one  of  the  Underwriters). Chase
Manhattan Capital Corporation, which is  also an affiliate of Chase  Securities,
Inc.,  holds, together with related parties,  approximately 20% of the Company's
outstanding  voting  capital  stock.  See  "Certain  Transactions,"   "Principal
Stockholders" and "Underwriting."
 
LIMITATIONS ON REPURCHASE OF NOTES
 
    Upon  a  Change of  Control (as  defined),  each holder  of Notes  will have
certain rights to require  the Company to  repurchase all or  a portion of  such
holder's  Notes. If a Change of Control were to occur, there can be no assurance
that the Company would have sufficient funds to pay the repurchase price for all
Notes tendered by the  holders thereof. In addition,  a Change of Control  would
constitute a default under the New Credit Facility and, since indebtedness under
the New Credit Facility will effectively rank senior in priority to indebtedness
under  the Notes, the Company would be obligated to repay indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility in advance of  indebtedness under the Notes. See  "Effective
Subordination  of Notes in  Certain Circumstances." The  Company's repurchase of
Notes as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control may be prohibited  or
limited  by, or create an event of  default under, the terms of other agreements
relating to  borrowings which  the Company  may enter  into from  time to  time,
including agreements relating to secured indebtedness. Failure by the Company to
make or consummate a Change of Control offer would constitute an immediate Event
of  Default under the Indenture, thereby entitling  the Trustee or holders of at
least 25% in principal amount  of the then outstanding  Notes to declare all  of
the  Notes  to be  due and  payable immediately;  provided that  so long  as any
indebtedness permitted to  be incurred pursuant  to the New  Credit Facility  is
outstanding,  such acceleration shall not be  effective until the earlier of (i)
an acceleration of any such indebtedness  under the New Credit Facility or  (ii)
five  business  days after  receipt by  the  Company of  written notice  of such
acceleration. In the event all  of the Notes are  declared due and payable,  the
Company's  ability  to  repay the  Notes  would  be subject  to  the limitations
referred to above.  See "Description  of the Notes  -- Repurchase  at Option  of
Holders -- Change of Control."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
 
    There  has been no prior market for the Notes, and there can be no assurance
that a market will develop. The Company does not intend to apply for listing  of
the  Notes on  any national  securities exchange or  for quotation  of the Notes
through the  National  Association  of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation
System  ("Nasdaq").  The  Company has  been  advised by  the  Underwriters that,
following the completion of the  Offering, the Underwriters presently intend  to
make  a market in the Notes; however, they  are under no obligation to do so and
may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice. If  the
Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from
their  initial  offering price,  depending upon  prevailing interest  rates, the
market for similar securities, the performance of the Company and other factors.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Company intends  to use  the net  proceeds from  the sale  of the  Notes
offered  hereby, estimated to  be $106.1 million  (after deducting approximately
$3.9 million in  underwriting discount and  other estimated offering  expenses),
(i)  to repay all outstanding indebtedness under the Company's current revolving
credit facilities (the "Current Revolving  Credit Facility") and under its  term
loans (the "Current Term Loan Facility" and, together with the Current Revolving
Credit Facility, the "Current Credit Facility") in the aggregate amount of $72.1
million  and  (ii) to  redeem  existing subordinated  indebtedness  (the "Senior
Subordinated Notes")  in  the  amount  of  $10.0  million,  plus  an  applicable
prepayment  premium ($613,000 at May 31, 1995).  The balance of the net proceeds
will be available for working capital and general corporate purposes,  including
capital  expenditures and the possible  purchase of certain facilities currently
leased (as well as certain real property adjacent thereto) by the Company.
 
    At May 31, 1995, the weighted average interest rate on the Current Revolving
Credit Facility was 9.55% per annum,  and the weighted average interest rate  on
the  Current  Term Loan  Facility was  9.57% per  annum. Availability  under the
Current Revolving Credit Facility expires no  earlier than July 1, 1999. At  May
31,  1995, the  Company had  drawn $14.4  million against  the Current Revolving
Credit Facility and had the  ability to draw up  to an additional $3.6  million.
The  Current Term  Loan Facility  requires quarterly  principal payments through
July 1, 2001.
 
    The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest  at 13.5% per annum and are  due
June   30,  2002.  See  "Certain  Transactions,"  "Principal  Stockholders"  and
"Underwriting."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth  the historical current portion of  long-term
debt  and capitalization of the  Company as of May 31,  1995 and the as adjusted
capitalization of the Company as of such date after giving effect to the sale of
the Notes and the application of net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness. See
"Use of Proceeds." The table should  be read in conjunction with the  "Unaudited
Pro  Forma As Adjusted Combined Consolidated  Financial Data" and the historical
financial statements and related notes thereto of the Company included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            AS OF MAY 31, 1995
                                                                                       ----------------------------
                                                                                       HISTORICAL   AS ADJUSTED(A)
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>          <C>
                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
Current portion of long-term debt....................................................   $   3,851     $       101
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
Long-term debt, excluding current portion:
  Current Revolving Credit Facility..................................................   $  14,388     $        --
  Current Term Loan Facility.........................................................      54,000              --
  New Credit Facility (b)............................................................          --              --
  10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2005......................................................          --         110,000
  Senior Subordinated Notes..........................................................      10,000              --
  Note payable.......................................................................          96              96
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
    Total long-term debt, excluding current portion..................................      78,484         110,096
Redeemable warrants (c)..............................................................       3,512           3,512
Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value; 2,503,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
 and outstanding.....................................................................          --              --
Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value; 20,285,715 shares authorized; 11,343,762
 shares issued and outstanding.......................................................          11              11
Additional paid-in-capital...........................................................       7,418           7,418
Notes receivable from shareholders...................................................        (271)           (271)
Accumulated deficit (d)..............................................................      (1,763)         (3,300)
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
    Total shareholders' equity.......................................................       5,395           3,858
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
      Total capitalization...........................................................   $  87,391     $   117,466
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
                                                                                       -----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(a) Does not  include pro  forma  adjustments to  give  effect to  the  Canadian
    Acquisition.  For  information as  to such  adjustments, see  "Unaudited Pro
    Forma As  Adjusted Condensed  Consolidated Financial  Data --  Pro Forma  As
    Adjusted Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet."
 
(b) Concurrently with the sale of the Notes, the Company will enter into the New
    Credit  Facility under which the Company will have the ability to draw up to
    $35.0 million of senior  secured indebtedness, subject  to a borrowing  base
    and  certain other restrictions. As of May  31, 1995, after giving effect to
    the sale of the Notes offered hereby and the application of net proceeds  to
    repay  certain indebtedness, the Company would  have had the ability to draw
    up to $23.7 million under the  New Credit Facility. The New Credit  Facility
    will have a term of five years and will bear interest at a rate equal to the
    London  Interbank Offered  Rate ("LIBOR") plus  2.25% or the  Base Rate plus
    1.25%.  For  additional  information  on   the  New  Credit  Facility,   see
    "Description of the New Credit Facility."
 
(c) The redeemable warrants entitle the holders thereof to purchase an aggregate
    of  2,492,741 shares of the Company's common  stock. If the Company does not
    complete an initial  public offering of  its common stock  by June 30,  1999
    (for  certain warrants) or August 1,  2001 (for other warrants), the holders
    may require the Company to repurchase the warrants.
 
(d) Accumulated deficit on an  as adjusted basis has  been increased to  reflect
    prepayment  premiums and  write-off of  deferred financing  costs associated
    with the repayment of the  Company's existing Senior Subordinated Notes  and
    write-off  of deferred financing costs associated  with the repayment of the
    Current Revolving Credit Facility and the Current Term Loan Facility, all of
    which will be accounted for as an extraordinary loss on early extinguishment
    of debt.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following  unaudited  pro  forma  as  adjusted  condensed  consolidated
financial  data has  been derived  by making  certain pro  forma adjustments and
other adjustments to the financial statements of the Company. The unaudited  pro
forma  as adjusted condensed  consolidated statement of  operations data for the
fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 give  effect to (i) the acquisition of  Nepco,
(ii)  the sale of the Notes and the application of net proceeds to repay certain
indebtedness and (iii)  the Canadian  Acquisition, as if  such transactions  had
occurred  on September  1, 1993. The  unaudited pro forma  as adjusted condensed
consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended May 31, 1995
give effect to (i) the sale of the Notes and the application of net proceeds  to
repay  certain  indebtedness  and  (ii) the  Canadian  Acquisition,  as  if such
transactions had  occurred on  September 1,  1994. The  unaudited pro  forma  as
adjusted condensed consolidated balance sheet data for the nine months ended May
31, 1995 give effect to (i) the sale of the Notes and the application of the net
proceeds  to repay  certain indebtedness  and for  working capital  and (ii) the
Canadian Acquisition, as  if such transactions  had occurred on  such date.  The
unaudited   pro  forma  and  other  adjustments   which  are  described  in  the
accompanying notes are  based on available  information and certain  assumptions
that the Company believes are reasonable.
 
    Although   the  unaudited  pro  forma  as  adjusted  condensed  consolidated
financial data give effect to  the Canadian Acquisition, the Company's  Canadian
subsidiary  will  be  operated as  an  Unrestricted Subsidiary  pursuant  to the
Indenture. As a result, amounts permitted to  be invested by the Company in  its
Canadian subsidiary will be subject to significant limitations. See "Description
of  the Notes --  Restricted Payments." In addition,  the Canadian subsidiary is
separately financed by indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Company  (except
that  the Company has  pledged the capital  stock of the  Canadian subsidiary as
security for the loans) and, under the terms of such indebtedness, the  Canadian
subsidiary  is  subject  to  significant  restrictions  on  its  ability  to pay
dividends or  make other  cash distributions  or payments  to the  Company.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    The unaudited pro forma as adjusted statements should be read in conjunction
with the separate historical  financial statements of  the Company, the  related
notes  and  "Management's Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited pro
forma as  adjusted statements  are based  on available  information and  certain
assumptions  that the  Company believes are  reasonable. Such  statements do not
purport to  represent  what  the  Company's financial  position  or  results  of
operations  would actually have been if  the aforementioned transactions in fact
had occurred on such  dates or at  the beginning of the  period indicated or  to
project  the Company's financial position or results of operations at any future
date or for any future period.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
      PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NEPCO         PRO FORMA
                                        COMPANY         TEN MONTHS      ADJUSTMENTS     COMPANY-     ADJUSTMENTS    COMPANY- ONLY
                                   YEAR ENDED AUGUST       ENDED         FOR NEPCO      ONLY PRO     FOR SALE OF    PRO FORMA AS
                                       31, 1994        JUNE 30, 1994     ACQUISTION       FORMA         NOTES         ADJUSTED
                                   -----------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                <C>                <C>              <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>
                                       $  70,284         $  31,131      $      --       $ 101,415    $      --       $  101,415
Sales............................
 
                                          51,670            27,313            186(a)       79,169           --           79,169
Cost of sales....................
                                        --------      ---------------     -------      -----------     -------      ------------
                                          18,614             3,818           (186)         22,246           --           22,246
  Gross profit...................
                                           8,821             4,281             46(a)       12,638           --           12,638
Selling, general and
 administrative..................
                                                                             (510)(b)
 
                                             764               142             --             906           --              906
Research and development.........
                                           2,025                 5            890(c)        3,527           --            3,527
Amortization of intangibles......
                                                                              607(d)
                                        --------      ---------------     -------      -----------     -------      ------------
                                           7,004              (610)        (1,219)          5,175           --            5,175
  Income (loss) from
   operations....................
                                           3,899               380          2,100(e)        6,605        5,299(i)        11,904
Interest (income) expense, net...
                                                                              226(d)
                                             433                --           (124)(f)         309           81(j)           390
Amortization of debt financing
 costs...........................
                                             477              (236)            --             241           --              241
Other (income) expense, net......
                                        --------      ---------------     -------      -----------     -------      ------------
                                           2,195              (754)        (3,421)         (1,980)      (5,380)          (7,360)
  Income (loss) before income
   taxes, extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle..........
                                           1,095              (240)        (1,012)(g)        (157)      (2,152)(k)       (2,309)
Income taxes (benefit)...........
                                        --------      ---------------     -------      -----------     -------      ------------
                                       $   1,100         $    (514)     $  (2,409)(h)   $  (1,823)   $  (3,228)(l)   $   (5,051)
  Income (loss) before
   extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle..........
                                        --------      ---------------     -------      -----------     -------      ------------
                                        --------      ---------------     -------      -----------     -------      ------------
                                       $    0.08                                        $   (0.14)                   $    (0.38)
    Income (loss) before
     extraordinary item per
     share.......................
                                        --------                                       -----------                  ------------
                                        --------                                       -----------                  ------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                        CANADA          PRO FORMA     CONSOLIDATED
                                     TWELVE MONTHS     ADJUSTMENTS     COMPANY PRO
                                         ENDED         FOR CANADIAN     FORMA AS
                                    AUGUST 31, 1994    ACQUISITION      ADJUSTED
                                   -----------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                <C>                <C>             <C>
                                       $   6,243                        $ 107,658
Sales............................
                                           5,357       $  (1,408)(m)       83,503
Cost of sales....................
                                                             385(n)
                                         -------         -------      -------------
                                             886           1,023           24,155
  Gross profit...................
                                             954            (745)(o)       12,847
Selling, general and
 administrative..................
 
                                              --                              906
Research and development.........
                                              --             240(p)         4,391
Amortization of intangibles......
                                                             624(q)
                                         -------         -------      -------------
                                             (68)            904            6,011
  Income (loss) from
   operations....................
                                             (29)            976(r)        13,055
Interest (income) expense, net...
                                                             204(q)
                                              --              --              390
Amortization of debt financing
 costs...........................
                                             (76)             --              165
Other (income) expense, net......
                                         -------         -------      -------------
                                              37            (276)          (7,599)
  Income (loss) before income
   taxes, extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle..........
                                              --             (15)(s)       (2,324)
Income taxes (benefit)...........
                                         -------         -------      -------------
                                       $      37       $    (261)       $  (5,275)
  Income (loss) before
   extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle..........
                                         -------         -------      -------------
                                         -------         -------      -------------
                                                                        $   (0.39)
    Income (loss) before
     extraordinary item per
     share.......................
                                                                      -------------
                                                                      -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                                   (FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
NOTES TO PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED) FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994.
 
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR NEPCO ACQUISITION
 
(a)  Adjusts the  historical  results  of  operations of  the  Company  for  the
     additional depreciation and amortization expense related to the revaluation
     of  Nepco property,  plant and  equipment. A  total of  $186,000 additional
     depreciation was added to cost of  sales and $46,000 was added to  selling,
     general and administrative expense.
 
(b)  Reduces  the  historical  compensation  of  former  owners  by  $510,000 to
     contractual levels consistent with the noncompetition agreements  described
     under note (d) below.
 
(c)  Increases  the goodwill  amortization for the  period from July  1, 1994 to
     August 31, 1994 to the amortization for a full year assuming that the Nepco
     acquisition had occurred on September 1, 1993. Goodwill as of September  1,
     1993  was assumed to have been $15.8 million and is amortized over a period
     of 15 years.
 
(d)  Adjusts the historical results of operations  of the Company for the  costs
     associated  with noncompetition agreements entered  into in connection with
     the Nepco acquisition. Includes  the cost of  amortization of $607,000  and
     effective  interest cost of  $226,000 related to the  agreements for a full
     year.
 
(e)  Increases the interest expense  for the Company for  the year ended  August
     31,  1994  by  $2.1  million  assuming that  the  debt  to  fund  the Nepco
     acquisition was outstanding on September 1, 1993 at a rate of 8.0%.
 
(f)  Decreases the historical  amortization of  loan fees of  the Company  based
     upon  the elimination of  historical loan fee  amortization of $433,000 and
     inclusion of amortization expense for the debt incurred in connection  with
     the  Nepco acquisition  of $309,000  for the  fiscal year  ended August 31,
     1994.
 
(g)  Adjusts the  historical  tax expense  of  the Company  for  the  deductible
     portion  of adjustments  described in  notes (a)  through (f)  above, at an
     assumed effective tax rate of 40%.
 
(h)  Net loss  for  the period  would  be $2.9  million,  $210,000 of  which  is
     attributable  to  the  assumed  increase  in  the  write-off  of historical
     deferred financing costs, at an assumed effective tax rate of 40%.
 
ADJUSTMENTS FOR SALE OF NOTES
 
(i)  Assumes that the Notes offered hereby  were issued September 1, 1993 at  an
     interest  rate of 10.75%  and that net  proceeds of the  Notes were used to
     repay certain indebtedness.
 
(j)  Increases loan fee  amortization based upon  the inclusion of  amortization
     expense for the assumed underwriting discount and offering expenses of $3.9
     million related to the Notes, and net of the pro forma amortization of loan
     fees.
 
(k)  Adjusts  the pro  forma tax expense  of the  Company and Nepco  for the tax
     benefit of  the adjustments  in notes  (i)  and (j)  above, at  an  assumed
     effective tax rate of 40%.
 
(l)  Net  loss  for the  period  would be  $7.1  million, $926,000  of  which is
     attributable to the assumed prepayment premium  as of September 1, 1993  of
     $1.5  million on the Senior Subordinated  Notes at an assumed effective tax
     rate of  40%.  The prepayment  premium  on the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes
     decreases from the date of issuance and would have been $613,000 at May 31,
     1995.
 
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR CANADIAN ACQUISITION
 
(m)  Adjusts  the historical operations results of  the Company to eliminate the
     rental expense paid  to a  related party  for the  machinery and  equipment
     purchased as discussed in note (n).
 
(n)  Adjusts the historical operations results of the Company for the additional
     depreciation  and  amortization  expense  related to  the  purchase  of the
     Canadian machinery and equipment.
 
(o)  Reduces the historical  compensation of  the former owners  by $745,000  to
     contractual levels.
 
(p)  Adjusts  the  historical  results  of operations  of  the  Company  for the
     goodwill  amortization  expense  assuming  the  Canadian  Acquisition   had
     occurred on September 1, 1993. Goodwill as of September 1, 1993 was assumed
     to have been $6.0 million and is amortized over a period of 25 years.
 
(q)  Adjusts  the historical results of operations  of the Company for the costs
     associated with noncompetition agreements  entered into in connection  with
     the Canadian Acquisition. Includes the cost of amortization of $624,000 and
     effective  interest costs of $204,000 related  to the agreements for a full
     year (using a discount rate of 11%).
 
(r)  Increases the interest expense  for the Company for  the year ended  August
     31,  1994  by  $976,000 assuming  that  the  debt to  finance  the Canadian
     Acquisition was outstanding on September 1, 1993 at an annual rate of 10%.
 
(s)  Adjusts the  historical  tax expense  of  the Company  for  the  deductible
     portion  of adjustments  described in notes  (m) through (r)  at an assumed
     effective tax rate of 40%.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
      PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                         NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                             COMPANY NINE    ADJUSTMENTS                           CANADA           ADJUSTMENTS
                                             MONTHS ENDED    FOR SALE OF   COMPANY-ONLY AS    NINE MONTHS ENDED    FOR CANADIAN
                                             MAY 31, 1995       NOTES         ADJUSTED          MAY 31, 1995        ACQUISITION
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------  ---------------------  -------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>                    <C>
Sales......................................    $  86,462      $      --       $  86,462           $   7,502          $      --
Cost of sales..............................       65,674             --          65,674               6,110             (1,208)(f)
                                                                                                                           289(g)
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------          -------        -------------
  Gross profit.............................       20,788             --          20,788               1,392                919
Selling, general and administrative........        9,973             --           9,973               1,507               (504)(h)
Research and development...................          943             --             943                  --                 --
Amortization of intangibles................        2,547             --           2,547                  --                180(i)
                                                                                                                           468(j)
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------          -------        -------------
  Income (loss) from operations............        7,325             --           7,325                (115)               775
Interest (income) expense, net.............        6,131          2,842(a)        8,973                 (41)               732(k)
                                                                                                                           153(j)
Amortization of debt financing costs.......          360            (68)(b)          292                 --                 --
Other (income) expense, net................          (60)            --             (60)               (132)                --
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------          -------        -------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
   extraordinary item......................          894         (2,774)         (1,880)                 58               (110)
Income taxes (benefit).....................          517         (1,110)(c)         (593)                --                 28(l)
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------          -------        -------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item....................................    $     377      $  (1,664)(  (e)    $  (1,287)       $      58         $    (138)
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------          -------        -------------
                                             -------------  -------------  ---------------          -------        -------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item
   per share...............................    $    0.03                      $   (0.09)
                                             -------------                 ---------------
                                             -------------                 ---------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                             CONSOLIDATED
                                              COMPANY PRO
                                               FORMA AS
                                               ADJUSTED
                                             -------------
<S>                                          <C>
Sales......................................    $  93,964
Cost of sales..............................       70,865
 
                                             -------------
  Gross profit.............................       23,099
Selling, general and administrative........       10,976
Research and development...................          943
Amortization of intangibles................        3,195
 
                                             -------------
  Income (loss) from operations............        7,985
Interest (income) expense, net.............        9,817
 
Amortization of debt financing costs.......          292
Other (income) expense, net................         (192)
                                             -------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes and
   extraordinary item......................       (1,932)
Income taxes (benefit).....................         (565)
                                             -------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item....................................    $  (1,367)
                                             -------------
                                             -------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item
   per share...............................    $   (0.10)
                                             -------------
                                             -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTES TO PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED) FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995.
 
ADJUSTMENTS FOR SALE OF NOTES
 
(a)  Increases interest  expense, net  based upon  an assumed  interest rate  of
     10.75%  on the Notes  offered hereby and  the use of  net proceeds to repay
     certain indebtedness.
 
(b)  Decreases historical loan fee  amortization for the  nine months ended  May
     31,  1995 for the amortization, on a  pro forma basis, of assumed loan fees
     and underwriting discount of $3.9 million.
 
(c)  Decreases the pro forma tax expense of  the Company for the tax benefit  of
     deductible  pro forma adjustments in notes (a) and (b) above, at an assumed
     effective tax rate of 40%.
 
(d)  Net loss for the  period would be  $3.3 million, $1.4  million of which  is
     attributable  to the assumed write-off of  deferred financing costs of $2.4
     million at an assumed effective tax rate of 40% and after giving effect  to
     the adjustment in note (e).
 
(e)  Net  loss  for the  period  would be  $3.3  million, $612,000  of  which is
     attributable to  the assumed  prepayment  premium of  $1.0 million  on  the
     Senior  Subordinated Notes at  an assumed effective tax  rate of 40% (after
     giving effect to the adjustment in note (d)).
 
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR CANADIAN ACQUISITION
 
(f)  Adjusts the historical results  of operations of  the Company to  eliminate
     the  rental expense paid to a related party for the machinery and equipment
     purchased as discussed in note (g).
 
(g)  Adjusts the  historical  results  of  operations of  the  Company  for  the
     additional depreciation and amortization expense related to the purchase of
     the Canadian machinery and equipment.
 
(h)  Reduces  the historical  compensation of the  former owners  by $504,000 to
     contractual levels.
 
(i)  Adjusts the  historical  results  of  operations of  the  Company  for  the
     goodwill   amortization  expense  assuming  the  Canadian  Acquisition  had
     occurred on September 1, 1994. Goodwill as of September 1, 1994 was assumed
     to have been $6.0 million and is amortized over a period of 25 years.
 
(j)  Adjusts the historical results of operations  of the Company for the  costs
     associated  with noncompetition agreements entered  into in connection with
     the Canadian Acquisition. Includes the cost of amortization of $468,000 and
     effective interest costs  of $153,000,  related to the  agreements for  the
     nine months (using a discount rate of 11%).
 
(k)  Increases  the interest expense  for the Company for  the nine months ended
     May 31, 1995 by  $732,000, assuming that the  debt to finance the  Canadian
     Acquisition was outstanding on September 1, 1994 at an annual rate of 10%.
 
(l)  Adjusts  the  historical  tax expense  of  the Company  for  the deductible
     portion of adjustments  described in  notes (f)  through (k)  above, at  an
     assumed effective tax rate of 40%.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
           PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                  MAY 31, 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PRO FORMA
                                                            ADJUSTMENTS                                        ADJUSTMENTS
                                                            FOR SALE OF   COMPANY-ONLY AS   CANADA MAY 31,    FOR CANADIAN
                                             MAY 31, 1995      NOTES         ADJUSTED           1995(C)        ACQUISITION
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------  -----------------  -------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>                <C>
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................    $     505     $   23,349(a)   $    23,854       $     306        $      --
  Short term investments...................        1,000             --           1,000               --               --
  Accounts receivable, net.................       17,046             --          17,046            1,327               --
  Inventories..............................       11,219             --          11,219              602               --
  Other current assets.....................          962             --             962               74               --
  Deferred income taxes....................          731             --             731              107               --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
    Total current assets...................       31,463         23,349          54,812            2,416               --
Notes receivable...........................          454             --             454               --               --
Property, plant and equipment, net.........       48,903             --          48,903            3,581               --
Goodwill, net..............................       15,478             --          15,478            6,011               --
Patents, net...............................        7,979             --           7,979               --               --
Covenants not to compete, net..............        3,048             --           3,048            2,496               --
Debt financing costs, net..................        1,949          1,951(a)         3,900             123               --
Other assets...............................        3,148             --           3,148               --               --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
    Total assets...........................    $ 112,422     $   25,300     $   137,722        $  14,627        $      --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
Liabilities, redeemable warrants and total
 shareholders' equity
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt........    $   3,851     $   (3,750)(a)   $       101      $     654        $      --
  Accounts payable.........................        5,601             --           5,601              830               --
  Accrued liabilities......................        6,484         (1,025)(b)         5,459            114               --
  Accrued Interest.........................          751             --             751               --               --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
    Total current liabilities..............       16,687         (4,775)         11,912            1,598               --
Long-term debt, less current portion.......       78,484         31,612(a)       110,096           7,994            1,107(d)
Other long-term liabilities................        2,531             --           2,531            2,128               --
Deferred income taxes......................        5,813             --           5,813               --               --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
    Total liabilities......................      103,515         26,837         130,352           11,720            1,107
 
Redeemable warrants........................        3,512             --           3,512               --               --
 
Common stock...............................           11             --              11            2,907           (2,907)(e)
                                                                                                                        1(d)
Additional paid-in capital.................        7,418             --           7,418               --            1,799(d)
Less notes receivable from shareholders....         (271)            --            (271)              --               --
Accumulated deficit........................       (1,763)        (1,537)(b)        (3,300)            --               --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
    Total shareholders' equity.............        5,395         (1,537)          3,858            2,907           (1,107)
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
    Total liabilities, redeemable warrants
     and total shareholders' equity........    $ 112,422     $   25,300     $   137,722        $  14,627        $      --
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
                                             -------------  ------------  ---------------       --------      -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                             CONSOLIDATED
                                              COMPANY PRO
                                               FORMA AS
                                               ADJUSTED
                                             -------------
<S>                                          <C>
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................    $  24,160
  Short term investments...................        1,000
  Accounts receivable, net.................       18,373
  Inventories..............................       11,821
  Other current assets.....................        1,036
  Deferred income taxes....................          838
                                             -------------
    Total current assets...................       57,228
Notes receivable...........................          454
Property, plant and equipment, net.........       52,484
Goodwill, net..............................       21,489
Patents, net...............................        7,979
Covenants not to compete, net..............        5,544
Debt financing costs, net..................        4,023
Other assets...............................        3,148
                                             -------------
    Total assets...........................    $ 152,349
                                             -------------
                                             -------------
Liabilities, redeemable warrants and total
 shareholders' equity
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt........    $     755
  Accounts payable.........................        6,431
  Accrued liabilities......................        5,573
  Accrued Interest.........................          751
                                             -------------
    Total current liabilities..............       13,510
Long-term debt, less current portion.......      119,197
Other long-term liabilities................        4,659
Deferred income taxes......................        5,813
                                             -------------
    Total liabilities......................      143,179
Redeemable warrants........................        3,512
Common stock...............................           12
 
Additional paid-in capital.................        9,217
Less notes receivable from shareholders....         (271)
Accumulated deficit........................       (3,300)
                                             -------------
    Total shareholders' equity.............        5,658
                                             -------------
    Total liabilities, redeemable warrants
     and total shareholders' equity........    $ 152,349
                                             -------------
                                             -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
NOTES TO PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
MAY 31, 1995.
 
ADJUSTMENTS FOR SALE OF NOTES
 
(a)  Adjusts  the May 31, 1995 balance sheet of the Company for the assumed sale
     of the Notes offered hereby. The Company intends to use the proceeds of the
     sale of  the Notes,  net of  estimated offering  expenses and  underwriting
     discount  of $3.9  million, to repay  certain indebtedness  and for working
     capital as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Repayment of:
<S>                                                                     <C>
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                        --------------
  Current Revolving Credit Facility...................................    $   14,388
  Current Term Loan Facility..........................................        57,750
  Senior Subordinated Notes...........................................        10,000
                                                                        --------------
    Total.............................................................        82,138
Prepayment premium....................................................           613
Working capital.......................................................        23,349
Underwriting discounts and offering expenses..........................         3,900
                                                                        --------------
    Total.............................................................    $  110,000
                                                                        --------------
                                                                        --------------
</TABLE>
 
(b)  Total shareholders' equity, on an as adjusted basis, has been decreased  to
     reflect  prepayment premium and  the write-off of  deferred financing costs
     associated with the repayment of the Company's existing Senior Subordinated
     Notes and the  write-off of  deferred financing costs  associated with  the
     repayment  of the  Current Revolving Credit  Facility and  the Current Term
     Loan Facility, all of which will be accounted for as an extraordinary  loss
     on early extinguishment of debt, net of applicable income tax benefits.
 
PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS FOR CANADIAN ACQUISITION
 
(c)  Adjustments to the balance sheet of the Canadian subsidiary, as of June 16,
     1995  (the  date of  the Canadian  Acquisition),  reflect addition  of debt
     incurred in the  Canadian Acquisition  totaling $7.3  million, purchase  of
     machinery and equipment of approximately $3.5 million and goodwill recorded
     of   $6.0  million.  In  addition,  an   intangible  asset,  related  to  a
     noncompetition agreement, has been recorded for the discounted net  present
     value of payments using an assumed discount rate of 11%. Long-term debt was
     increased  for  the  initial  yearly payment  made  upon  closing, totaling
     $727,000. Other long-term  obligations were increased  by $1.8 million  for
     the discounted three remaining payments.
 
(d)  Adjusts  the historical  balance sheet for  the financing  of the Company's
     equity investment into the Canadian subsidiary by sale of 450,000 shares of
     common  stock  totaling  $1.8  million  and  borrowing  under  the  Current
     Revolving Credit Facility of $1.1 million.
 
(e)  Adjustment to effect the elimination of the equity in the subsidiary.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
           SELECTED HISTORICAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  selected historical condensed consolidated  statement of operations and
balance sheet data set forth in the table below for, and at the end of, each  of
the fiscal years in the five year period ended August 31, 1994 have been derived
from,  and are qualified by reference  to, the consolidated financial statements
of the Company which have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,  independent
accountants.   The  selected  historical  condensed  consolidated  statement  of
operations and balance sheet  data for the  nine months ended  May 31, 1994  and
1995,  and at  May 31,  1994 and 1995,  are derived  from unaudited consolidated
financial statements of the Company and, in the opinion of the management of the
Company,  reflect  all   adjustments  (consisting  only   of  normal   recurring
adjustments)  necessary for  a fair presentation  of the  financial position and
results of operations of the interim periods. Results for the nine months  ended
May  31, 1994 and 1995 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for  the full  fiscal year.  The information  below should  be read  in
conjunction  with "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," the consolidated financial statements of the Company
and the accompanying  notes thereto  and other  financial information  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       NINE MONTHS
                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                   ENDED MAY 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                             1990       1991       1992       1993      1994(A)     1994(B)     1995(B)
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Sales....................................  $  42,841  $  48,204  $  52,152  $  58,286  $  70,284   $  44,624   $  86,462
Cost of sales............................     31,213     34,658     37,676     42,679     51,670      32,983      65,674
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
  Gross profit...........................     11,628     13,546     14,476     15,607     18,614      11,641      20,788
Selling, general and administrative......      5,071      5,522      6,046      7,207      8,821       5,526       9,973
Research and development.................        273        557        915        820        764         521         943
Amortization of intangibles (c)..........      1,307      1,440      1,421      1,400      2,025       1,054       2,547
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
  Income from operations.................      4,977      6,027      6,094      6,180      7,004       4,540       7,325
Other (income) expense, net (d)..........       (115)       (35)       632        (62)       477          (6)        (60)
Interest expense, net....................      4,586      3,888      3,147      3,044      3,899       2,464       6,131
Amortization of debt financing costs.....        460        418        365        479        433         309         360
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
  Income before extraordinary item,
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle and income
   taxes.................................         46      1,756      1,950      2,719      2,195       1,773         894
Income taxes (e).........................        525      1,301      1,287      1,521      1,095         773         517
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item
   and cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle..................       (479)       455        663      1,198      1,100       1,000         377
Extraordinary item, net (f)..............         --         --         --        889        790          --          --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle (e)...........................         --         --         --         --         85          85          --
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Net income (loss)........................  ($    479) $     455  $     663  $     309  $     225   $     915   $     377
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Net income (loss) per share..............  $   (0.04) $    0.04  $    0.05  $    0.02  $    0.02   $    0.07   $    0.03
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Working capital..........................  $   1,683  $   2,867  $   2,920  $   7,109  $  11,049   $   4,633   $  14,776
Total assets.............................     39,056     40,502     44,031     50,896    110,820      54,706     112,422
Total debt...............................     33,904     30,681     30,611     38,140     77,467      35,634      82,335
Redeemable warrants (g)..................        883      1,683      2,483      2,600      3,055       2,747       3,512
Total shareholders' equity (deficit).....       (761)     2,746      2,719      2,597      5,393       3,366       5,395
 
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by operating
 activities..............................      5,926      4,666      7,699      6,768      9,351       7,450       2,920
Net cash used in investing activities....     (2,770)    (4,931)    (8,947)    (9,119)   (38,418)     (5,458)     (8,989)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
 activities..............................     (3,556)       934        229      3,538     30,099      (2,556)      4,355
 
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA:
Closure unit volume (in millions)........      3,101      3,376      3,763      3,980      4,893       2,953       6,170
Closure unit volume growth (h)...........       14.1%       8.9%      11.5%       5.8%      22.9%        2.1%      108.9%
EBITDA (i)...............................  $   9,923  $  11,180  $  11,085  $  12,883  $  14,728   $   9,763   $  16,960
Depreciation and amortization (j)........      5,291      5,536      5,920      6,845      8,357       5,271       9,089
Capital expenditures.....................      2,782      4,204      8,089      9,564      6,159       4,212       8,247
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (k)...        1.0x       1.4x       1.4x       1.3x       1.2x        1.6x        1.1x
</TABLE>
 
                                                   (FOOTNOTES ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
(a)  Includes  ten months of operations before the Nepco acquisition on June 30,
     1994 and two months of operations after the acquisition.
 
(b)  The nine months  ended May  31, 1994  reflect operations  before the  Nepco
     acquisition  on  June 30,  1994, and  the  nine months  ended May  31, 1995
     reflect operations after the acquisition.
 
(c)  Includes amortization of patents, goodwill and covenants not to compete.
 
(d)  Other expenses include financing costs and other expenses, net.
 
(e)  The Company adopted  Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards No.  109
     "Accounting  for Income Taxes" in the fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 and
     the nine months ended May 31, 1994. The cumulative effect on prior years is
     shown in such periods.
 
(f)  Extraordinary item refers to extinguishment of certain debt, net of  income
     tax benefit.
 
(g)  The  redeemable  warrants  entitle  the  holders  thereof  to  purchase  an
     aggregate of 2,492,741 shares of the Company's common stock. If the Company
     does not complete an  initial public offering of  its common stock by  June
     30, 1999 (for certain warrants) or August 1, 2001 (for other warrants), the
     holders may require the Company to repurchase the warrants at the higher of
     current market value or an amount computed under the warrant agreement.
 
(h)  These  results reflect closure unit volume  growth of the Company including
     Nepco after June 30, 1994. On a pro forma combined basis, the closure  unit
     volume  growth for Portola and Nepco was 11.6% and 7.1% for the fiscal year
     ended August 31, 1994 and the nine months ended May 31, 1995, respectively.
 
(i)  EBITDA represents, for  any relevant  period, income  (loss) before  income
     taxes,  extraordinary  item,  cumulative  effect  of  change  in accounting
     principle, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, interest expense,
     net, amortization  of intangible  assets and  non-recurring legal  expenses
     associated  with  the Company's  litigation  with Scholle  Corporation. See
     "Business -- Litigation." The non-recurring legal expenses associated  with
     the  Scholle Corporation  litigation for the  fiscal year  ended August 31,
     1992, 1993 and 1994 were $68,000, $275,000 and $277,000, respectively;  for
     the  nine months ended May  31, 1994 and 1995,  were $255,000 and $846,000,
     respectively; and for the twelve months  ended May 31, 1995 were  $867,000.
     EBITDA  is  not intended  to represent  and should  not be  considered more
     meaningful than,  or an  alternative to,  net income,  cash flow  or  other
     measure  of performance  in accordance  with generally  accepted accounting
     principles. EBITDA data  is included because  the Company understands  that
     such information is used by certain investors as one measure of an issuer's
     historical   ability  to  service  debt  and  because  certain  restrictive
     covenants in the Indenture will be based on the Company's EBITDA.
 
(j)  Includes amortization of debt financing costs.
 
(k)  For the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed  charges,
     "earnings"  represents income before  provision for income  taxes and fixed
     charges. "Fixed charges" consist of interest expense, amortization of  debt
     financing  costs and the portion of lease expense which management believes
     is representative of the interest component of lease expense.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company was acquired in 1986 through a leveraged acquisition led by Jack
L. Watts,  the Company's  current  Chairman of  the  Board and  Chief  Executive
Officer.  Since  the acquisition,  management has  focused  its efforts  on four
principal areas:  (i)  continuing growth  by  converting new  customers  to  its
plastic  closures, (ii) developing new products and improving existing products,
(iii) achieving  productivity improvements  in  its manufacturing  and  material
handling  operations  and  (iv) seeking  strategic  acquisitions,  including the
acquisition of Nepco and certain companies in Canada.
 
    On June 30, 1994, the Company acquired  Nepco for a purchase price of  $40.0
million  (plus $3.6 million payable  pursuant to noncompetition agreements). The
acquisition has been  accounted for as  a purchase, and  the results of  Nepco's
operations  have been consolidated with those  of the Company commencing July 1,
1994. In  connection  with  the  Nepco acquisition,  the  Company  entered  into
noncompetition  and bonus agreements  with Nepco's two  shareholders under which
the Company will pay $5.0 million in  the aggregate over five years, with  total
annual  payments of $1.0 million. The noncompetition payments are conditioned on
the sellers meeting the requirements of the agreements. As a result of the Nepco
acquisition, Portola has derived significant  cost savings through raw  material
purchasing  and  production efficiencies.  With  respect to  raw  materials, the
Company has reduced  costs by  (i) combining the  volume of  its purchases  with
Nepco's  purchases, (ii) taking advantage  of Portola's purchasing relationships
in making Nepco's  purchases and  (iii) standardizing  grades of  resin used  by
Nepco. More importantly, the Company has increased overall production efficiency
through  shared  technology and  adoption  of improved  manufacturing processes.
Although the Company's gross margins for the nine months ended May 31, 1995 have
declined from  historical  levels, the  Company's  combined gross  margins  have
improved  as  compared  to  the  pro forma  combined  gross  margins  before the
acquisition. For the fiscal year ended  August 31, 1994, the Company's  combined
gross  margin on  a Company-only  pro forma  basis was  21.9%, and  for the nine
months ended May 31, 1995, the  Company's gross margin was 24.0%. Management  is
continuing  to evaluate the  relative strengths of  the operations acquired from
Nepco as compared to the Company's  other manufacturing operations and plans  to
further develop strategies for improving production efficiency by adopting their
respective strengths throughout the enterprise.
 
    On  June 16, 1995, the Company consummated the Canadian Acquisition in which
the Company purchased for C$14.6 million (plus C$3.4 million payable pursuant to
noncompetition agreements)  the 50%  interest  it had  not previously  owned  in
Canada   Cap  Snap  Corporation,  a  British  Columbia  corporation  engaged  in
manufacturing and distributing small closures  in western Canada, together  with
all  the  capital  stock  of two  affiliated  plastic  bottle  manufacturers. In
connection  with  the  acquisition,  the  Company  has  obtained  noncompetition
agreements  from the sellers under which  its Canadian subsidiary has paid C$1.0
million and  will be  obligated to  pay an  additional C$3.0  million in  annual
installments  over  the next  three years,  subject to  the sellers  meeting the
requirements of  these  agreements.  Management anticipates  that  the  Canadian
acquisition  will enable  the Company  to establish  a position  in the Canadian
plastic bottle marketplace and to advance  its position in the Canadian  closure
marketplace.  Under  the  terms of  the  Indenture  relating to  the  Notes, the
Canadian operations will  be operated as  an Unrestricted Subsidiary  and, as  a
result,  the  incurrence  by the  Canadian  subsidiary of  indebtedness  that is
recourse to the Company, as well as  investments by the Company in the  Canadian
subsidiary,  are  subject to  significant  limitation. See  "Description  of the
Notes."
 
    The Company's sales and income from operations have grown consistently since
fiscal 1990. Sales have grown at a compound average annual growth rate of  22.5%
from  $42.8 million in fiscal 1990 to $112.1 million for the twelve months ended
May 31,  1995, while  income from  operations has  grown at  a compound  average
annual growth rate of 15.5% from $5.0 million in fiscal 1990 to $9.9 million for
the twelve months ended May 31, 1995. Sales have increased primarily as a result
of the Company's ability
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
to  increase market share and through  new product introductions such as plastic
fitments for paperboard containers and PortaPlants and product enhancements such
as the snap-on,  screw-off closure  (the "snap-screw  cap"). Traditionally,  the
majority  of the Company's  sales increases have related  to closure unit volume
which increased from 3.1 billion  in fiscal 1990 to  8.1 billion for the  twelve
months  ended May 31, 1995. Income from operations has increased at a rate lower
than sales primarily because of changes in product mix, capacity expansions  not
yet  fully utilized,  the Nepco acquisition  at the  end of fiscal  1994 and the
increase in amortization of intangibles.
 
    The Company  is  dependent  on  a  single  raw  material,  LDPE  resin,  for
manufacture of many of its closure products. Plastic resins, including LDPE, are
subject  to  significant  price  fluctuations.  Since  May  1994,  resin  prices
increased by approximately 40%. Although the Company passed on to its  customers
substantially all of this price increase, and has historically been able to pass
on  most of the prior  price increases in resin, there  can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to do so in the future. Significant increases in  resin
prices,  coupled with the Company's inability to promptly pass such increases on
to its  customers,  would  have  a material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, even if the full amount
of  such price increases are passed on to customers, the increase would have the
effect of reducing gross margins. Similarly, if resin prices decrease, customers
would typically expect rapid pass-through of  the decrease, and there can be  no
assurance  that the  Company would  be able to  maintain its  margins. See "Risk
Factors -- Possible Adverse Effect of Changes in Resin Prices."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth,  for the periods indicated, the  percentages
of  the Company's sales represented  by certain income and  expense items in its
statement of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY
                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                 31,
                                                            -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                               1992         1993         1994         1994         1995
                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales.....................................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
Cost of sales.............................................       72.2         73.2         73.5         73.9         76.0
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
  Gross profit............................................       27.8         26.8         26.5         26.1         24.0
Selling, general and administrative.......................       11.6         12.4         12.5         12.4         11.5
Research and development..................................        1.8          1.4          1.1          1.2          1.1
Amortization of intangibles...............................        2.7          2.4          2.9          2.3          2.9
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
  Income from operations..................................       11.7         10.6         10.0         10.2          8.5
Other (income) expense, net...............................        1.2         (0.1)         0.7        --           --
Interest expense, net.....................................        6.0          5.2          5.6          5.5          7.1
Amortization of debt financing costs......................        0.7          0.8          0.6          0.7          0.4
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
  Income before income taxes..............................        3.8          4.7          3.1          4.0          1.0
Income taxes..............................................        2.5          2.6          1.6          1.8          0.6
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
  Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect
   of accounting change...................................        1.3          2.1          1.5          2.2          0.4
Extraordinary item, net...................................         --          1.6          1.1           --           --
    Cumulative effect of accounting change................         --           --          0.1          0.1           --
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
  Net income..............................................        1.3%         0.5%         0.3%         2.1%         0.4%
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                                -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1994
 
    Sales increased $41.9  million, or 93.8%,  from $44.6 million  for the  nine
months  ended May 31,  1994 to $86.5 million  for the nine  months ended May 31,
1995. Of  the increase,  $34.6  million was  attributable  to sales  from  Nepco
operations  acquired  by  the  Company.  Of  the  remainder,  $3.0  million  was
attributable to an increase in  equipment sales, primarily due to  international
sales of PortaPlants and, to a lesser
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
extent,   sales  of  equipment  to   attach  fitments  to  gable-top  paperboard
containers, $2.4 million resulted from closure price increases primarily  driven
by  higher resin costs and $1.9 million was  due to increased unit sales of five
gallon and widemouth closures.
 
    Gross profit increased $9.2 million, or 78.6%, to $20.8 million for the nine
months ended May  31, 1995, as  compared to  $11.6 million for  the nine  months
ended  May 31, 1994. Gross profit as  a percentage of sales decreased from 26.1%
for the nine months ended  May 31, 1994 to 24.0%  for the nine months ended  May
31,  1995. The absolute increase in gross  profit was primarily due to the Nepco
acquisition and  to  a  lesser  extent, to  increased  sales  of  other  closure
products.  Of the  2.1% decline  in gross  profit margins,  1.0% was  due to the
increased sales of lower-margin  equipment and Nepco  closures. The balance  was
primarily  due to the  increases in resin  costs that, although  offset by price
increases in approximately the same amounts, had the effect of decreasing  gross
profit margins.
 
    Selling,  general  and  administrative expense  increased  $4.5  million, or
80.5%, to $10.0 million for the nine  months ended May 31, 1995, as compared  to
$5.5  million  for  the nine  months  ended May  31,  1994, and  decreased  as a
percentage of sales from 12.4% of sales  for the nine months ended May 31,  1994
to  11.5% for the nine months ended May 31, 1995. Of the absolute increase, $2.4
million was  due to  the selling  expenses at  Nepco, $1.0  million  represented
increased   general  and  administrative  expenses  due  primarily  to  staffing
increases to support the  larger corporation and $694,000  was due to  increased
legal  expenses  primarily  associated  with  the  Scholle  patent  infringement
lawsuit. Excluding the  legal expenses associated  with the Scholle  litigation,
selling,  general and administrative  expense would have  accounted for 10.7% of
sales for the nine months ended May 31, 1995, as compared to 12.4% for the  nine
months ended May 31, 1994.
 
    Research  and development expense increased  $422,000, or 81.0%, to $943,000
for the nine months  ended May 31,  1995, as compared to  $521,000 for the  nine
months  ended May 31, 1994, but decreased slightly as a percentage of sales from
1.2% for the nine months  ended May 31, 1994 to  1.1% for the nine months  ended
May  31, 1995.  Of the  absolute increase  in research  and development expense,
$278,000 was due primarily to increased staffing, $112,000 represented increased
expenditures for new  product prototypes and  $74,000 was the  result of  higher
patent application expenses.
 
    Amortization of intangibles (consisting of amortization of patents, goodwill
and covenants not to compete) increased $1.5 million, or 141.7%, to $2.5 million
for the nine months ended May 31, 1995, as compared to $1.0 million for the nine
months  ended  May 31,  1994.  Of the  increase,  $825,000 was  due  to goodwill
amortization  resulting  from  the  Nepco  acquisition  and  related   financing
activities,  $567,000 was due to amortization of non-compete payments related to
the acquisition of  Nepco and  $100,000 was due  to the  restatement of  certain
patent  assets  in  connection  with  the  adoption  of  Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting For Income Taxes ("SFAS 109").
 
    Income from operations increased $2.8 million, or 61.3%, to $7.3 million for
the nine months ended  May 31, 1995,  as compared to $4.5  million for the  nine
months ended May 31, 1994, but decreased as a percentage of sales from 10.2% for
the  nine months ended  May 31, 1994 to  8.5% for the nine  months ended May 31,
1995. These changes were due to the factors summarized above.
 
    Other (income) expense, net  improved $54,000 to income  of $60,000 for  the
nine  months ended May  31, 1995, as compared  to income of  $6,000 for the nine
months ended May 31, 1994.
 
    Interest expense, net increased $3.6 million, or 148.8%, to $6.1 million for
the nine months ended  May 31, 1995,  as compared to $2.5  million for the  nine
months ended May 31, 1994, primarily as a result of increased borrowings to fund
the  Nepco acquisition and  higher working capital  requirements associated with
increased sales levels. Income taxes decreased $256,000 to $517,000 for the nine
months ended May 31, 1995, as compared to $773,000 for the nine months ended May
31, 1994.
 
    Amortization of debt financing costs  increased $51,000 to $360,000 for  the
nine  months ended  May 31, 1995,  as compared  to $309,000 for  the nine months
ended May 31, 1994.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle  decreased
$623,000 to $377,000 for the nine months ended May 31, 1995, as compared to $1.0
million for the nine months ended May 31, 1994. Net income decreased by $538,000
to  $377,000 for the nine months ended May 31, 1995, as compared to $915,000 for
the nine months ended May 31, 1994. During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted SFAS
109, which resulted in a cumulative charge against earnings of $85,000.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1993
 
    Sales increased $12.0 million, or 20.6%,  to $70.3 million for fiscal  1994,
as  compared to $58.3 million for fiscal 1993. Of the increase, $7.3 million was
attributable to the Nepco  acquisition on June 30,  1994 and represents  Nepco's
sales from closing to the end of the fiscal year. Of the $4.7 million remainder,
$1.9  million was attributable to an  increase in equipment sales, primarily due
to international  sales  of PortaPlants  and  equipment to  attach  fitments  to
gable-top paperboard containers, $1.7 million was due to increased sales of five
gallon  closures and $693,000  resulted from increased  sales of small closures,
with a shift in product mix from the snap cap to the new snap-screw cap.
 
    Gross profit increased $3.0 million, or  19.3%, to $18.6 million for  fiscal
1994, as compared to $15.6 million for fiscal 1993. Gross profit as a percent of
sales  decreased  from 26.8%  for  fiscal 1993  to  26.5% for  fiscal  1994. The
absolute increase in  gross profit was  primarily due to  the increase in  sales
volume.  The  modest decline  in gross  margins was  primarily due  to increased
depreciation and  rent  expenses principally  associated  with opening  the  new
Batavia, Illinois plant at the beginning of fiscal 1994.
 
    Selling,  general  and  administrative expense  increased  $1.6  million, or
22.4%, to $8.8 million for fiscal 1994,  as compared to $7.2 million for  fiscal
1993,  and increased as a percentage of sales from 12.4% in fiscal 1993 to 12.5%
in fiscal 1994. While  selling expenses increased  $550,000, they declined  from
7.8%  of  sales  in  fiscal  1993  to  7.3%  in  fiscal  1994  primarily because
promotional equipment expenses were reduced by $400,000 in fiscal 1994.  General
and administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, with the increases primarily
due  to the inclusion of Nepco for the last two months of fiscal 1994, bonus and
profit-sharing accruals and audit fee accruals.
 
    Research and development expense decreased $56,000, or 6.8%, to $764,000 for
fiscal 1994  as  compared  to  $820,000  for fiscal  1993  and  decreased  as  a
percentage  of  sales from  1.4%  in fiscal  1993 to  1.1%  in fiscal  1994. The
decreases  were  primarily  attributable  to  the  allocation  of  research  and
development  personnel  to operations  for work  on current  product enhancement
projects.
 
    Amortization of intangibles increased $625,000, or 44.6%, to $2.0 million in
fiscal 1994 from $1.4 million in fiscal 1993. Of the increase, $342,000 was  due
to  the write-up of certain patent assets  in fiscal 1994 in connection with the
adoption of SFAS 109, $121,000 was  due to amortization of non-compete  payments
and  $162,000 was due to goodwill amortization in fiscal 1994 resulting from the
Nepco acquisition and related financing activities. There was no amortization of
goodwill in fiscal 1993.
 
    Income from operations  increased $824,000,  or 13.3%, to  $7.0 million  for
fiscal  1994, as compared to $6.2 million for fiscal 1993, and declined slightly
from 10.6% of sales in 1993 to 10.0% of sales in fiscal 1994. These changes were
due to the factors summarized above.
 
    Other (income) expense,  net increased  $539,000 to expense  of $477,000  in
fiscal  1994 as compared to  income of $62,000 in  fiscal 1993, primarily due to
fiscal 1994 write-offs  totaling $625,000  as a result  of financing  activities
that were postponed.
 
    Interest  expense,  net increased  $855,000, or  28.1%,  to $3.9  million in
fiscal 1994 from $3.0 million in fiscal 1993, due to the Company incurring $39.1
million of additional debt primarily to fund the Nepco acquisition. Income taxes
decreased $426,000 to $1.1 million in fiscal 1994 as compared to $1.5 million in
fiscal 1993.
 
    Amortization of debt financing costs decreased $46,000 to $433,000 in fiscal
1994, as compared to $479,000 in fiscal 1993.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    Income  before  extraordinary  item  and  cumulative  effect  of  change  in
accounting  principle  decreased  $98,000  to $1.1  million  in  fiscal  1994 as
compared to  $1.2  million in  fiscal  1993.  Net income  decreased  $84,000  to
$225,000  in fiscal 1994 as  compared to $309,000 in  fiscal 1993. In connection
with the early extinguishment of debt, loan fees and other costs were  expensed,
resulting  in an extraordinary charge for fiscal  1994 of $790,000 net of taxes.
In October 1992, the Company refinanced its debt to provide additional  capacity
for growth, resulting in an extraordinary charge for fiscal 1993 of $889,000 net
of  taxes. During fiscal 1994, the Company adopted SFAS 109, which resulted in a
cumulative charge against earnings of $85,000.
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1993 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1992
 
    Sales increased $6.1 million, or 11.8%, to $58.3 million for fiscal 1993, as
compared to $52.2  million for fiscal  1992. Of the  increase, $2.9 million  was
attributable  to an increase in sales of small closures primarily resulting from
the conversion of new  customers to the Company's  snap-screw cap; $1.2  million
represented  an increase in sales of  five gallon closures; $910,000 represented
an increase  in  equipment  sales,  primarily  due  to  international  sales  of
PortaPlants;  and $871,000 was due to an increase in sales of a newly introduced
widemouth closure.
 
    Gross profit increased $1.1  million, or 7.8%, to  $15.6 million for  fiscal
1993, as compared to $14.5 million for fiscal 1992. Gross profit as a percentage
of  sales decreased from  27.8% in fiscal 1992  to 26.8% in  fiscal 1993. Of the
increase, $1.7 million was  attributable to the increase  in sales and  $295,000
resulted  from a reduction in repair  and maintenance expenses. The increase was
partially offset by $1.0 million  in higher depreciation charges resulting  from
the capital investment program initiated in 1992 and continued through 1993.
 
    Selling,  general  and  administrative expense  increased  $1.2  million, or
19.2%, to $7.2 million for fiscal 1993,  as compared to $6.0 million for  fiscal
1992,  and increased as a percentage of sales from 11.6% in fiscal 1992 to 12.4%
in fiscal  1993.  Of  the  increase,  $385,000  was  attributable  to  increased
commissions  due to  higher sales,  $351,000 was  the result  of increased legal
expenses primarily related to patent infringement lawsuits and $304,000 was  due
to  greater expenditures for international travel and trade shows as the Company
increased promotion of its product lines overseas.
 
    Research and development  expense decreased $95,000,  or 10.4%, to  $820,000
for  fiscal 1993, as  compared to $915,000  for fiscal 1992,  and decreased as a
percentage of  sales from  1.8%  in fiscal  1992 to  1.4%  in fiscal  1993.  The
decreases  were  primarily attributable  to  reduced outside  consulting  on new
product design and a reduction in new product prototype costs.
 
    Amortization  of  intangibles  (consisting  primarily  of  amortization   of
patents)  decreased  $21,000 to  $1,400,000 in  fiscal  1994 from  $1,421,000 in
fiscal 1993.
 
    Income from  operations increased  $86,000,  or 1.4%,  to $6.2  million  for
fiscal  1993, as compared  to $6.1 million  for fiscal 1992,  and decreased as a
percentage of sales  from 11.7%  in fiscal  1992 to  10.6% in  fiscal 1993.  The
absolute  increase  was primarily  the result  of higher  sales levels,  and the
decrease as  a  percentage  of  sales  was  caused  primarily  by  increases  in
depreciation and selling, general and administrative expense.
 
    Other  (income)  expense, net  improved $694,000  to  income of  $62,000 for
fiscal 1993,  as compared  to expense  of  $632,000 for  fiscal 1992,  with  the
improvement  attributable to write-off of financing  expenses in the prior year.
Interest expense,  net  decreased $103,000  to  $3.0 million  for  fiscal  1993,
primarily  as  a  result  of  declining  interest  rates.  Amortization  of debt
financing costs increased  $114,000 to  $479,000 for fiscal  1993. Income  taxes
increased $234,000 to $1.5 million for fiscal 1993.
 
    Income  before  extraordinary item  increased $535,000  to $1.2  million for
fiscal 1993,  as compared  to $663,000  for fiscal  1992. Net  income  decreased
$354,000  to $309,000 for fiscal 1993, as  compared to $663,000 for fiscal 1992.
An extraordinary item of $889,000, net of an income tax benefit of $592,000, was
recorded  in  fiscal  1993  to   reflect  fees  and  expenses  associated   with
extinguishment of debt.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company has relied primarily upon cash from operations, supplemented as
necessary from time to time by borrowings from financial institutions and  sales
of  common stock,  to finance its  operations, repay  long-term indebtedness and
fund capital expenditures and acquisitions. At August 31, 1994, the Company  had
cash  and cash  equivalents of  $2.2 million, an  increase of  $1.0 million over
1993. Cash provided by operating activities totaled $9.4 million in fiscal  1994
and  $6.1 million in fiscal  1993. For the nine months  ended May 31, 1995, cash
provided from operating activities was $2.9 million.
 
    At May 31, 1995, the Company's total indebtedness of $82.3 million  included
$14.4  million under  the Current  Revolving Credit  Facility and  $57.7 million
under  the  Current  Term  Loan  Facility.  The  Current  Credit  Facility   was
established by the Company on June 30, 1994 to fund the acquisition of Nepco and
to  provide capital for operations. Additionally,  in conjunction with the Nepco
acquisition, the Company sold 800,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, Series  1,
for  proceeds of $3.0 million. The  Current Credit Facility bears interest based
on LIBOR or the highest prime rate of selected reference banks, plus a specified
margin, and is subject to  an agreement under which the  loans are secured by  a
senior security interest in substantially all the Company's assets.
 
    At  May 31, 1995, the  Company also had outstanding  $10.0 million of Senior
Subordinated Notes,  as  well  as  $197,000  in  additional  notes.  The  Senior
Subordinated  Notes,  which were  issued in  1988, are  subject to  a prepayment
premium if repaid before June 30, 1996. The estimated prepayment premium at  May
31, 1995 was approximately $613,000.
 
    Approximately  $82.8 million of the net  proceeds of the Notes offering will
be used to repay in full the Current Credit Facility and the Senior Subordinated
Notes. Concurrently  with the  offering, the  Company will  enter into  the  New
Credit  Facility which consists of a  five year, senior secured revolving credit
facility of up to $35.0 million, subject  to a borrowing base and certain  other
restrictions.  As of May 31, 1995, after giving  effect to the sale of the Notes
offered  hereby  and  the   application  of  net   proceeds  to  repay   certain
indebtedness, the Company would have had the ability to draw up to $23.7 million
under  the New Credit  Facility. The New  Credit Facility will  bear interest at
floating rates based on, at  the Company's option, either  a base rate or  LIBOR
plus,  in each case,  a specified margin.  The New Credit  Facility will contain
covenants and provisions that will  restrict, among other things, the  Company's
ability to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) incur liens on its property;
(iii)  make  investments;  (iv)  enter  into  guarantees  and  other  contingent
obligations; (v) merge or consolidate with  or acquire another person or  engage
in  other fundamental  changes; (vi)  engage in  certain sales  of assets; (vii)
engage in  certain  transactions with  affiliates;  and (viii)  make  restricted
junior  payments. The  New Credit  Facility will  also require  maintenance of a
specified ratio of indebtedness to consolidated  cash flow on a trailing  twelve
month  basis,  and will  require the  repayment  of loans  under the  New Credit
Facility with proceeds of certain sales  of assets. See "Description of the  New
Credit Facility."
 
    In   June  1995,  the  Company  established  credit  facilities  to  finance
approximately C$11.6  million  of the  C$15.6  million required  at  closing  to
finance the Canadian Acquisition. The Company made an equity investment of C$4.0
million  to finance the balance of the purchase. The Company raised $1.8 million
of this investment (C$2.5 million)  from the sale of  450,000 shares of Class  B
Common  Stock, Series  1. The  credit facilities  are secured  by assets  of the
Canadian subsidiary,  which was  formed by  the amalgamation  of a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  the Company,  Canada Cap  Snap Corporation,  and the  two bottle
manufacturing companies. The facilities are  non-recourse to the Company  except
that  the Company has  pledged the capital  stock of the  Canadian subsidiary as
security for the loans. These credit facilities prohibit the Canadian subsidiary
from paying dividends or making other  cash distributions to the Company  unless
certain  financial covenants are  satisfied. In addition,  the credit facilities
limit the amount  of any such  dividends or  distributions to an  amount not  to
exceed  advances (including advances in the form of debt) previously made by the
Company to  the Canadian  subsidiary.  The credit  facilities also  require  the
Canadian  subsidiary to apply  a substantial portion of  its annual "excess cash
flow" (as defined in the credit  facilities) to repay amounts outstanding  under
the  credit facilities. In light  of these restrictions, it  is possible that no
dividends or other distributions will be paid by the Canadian subsidiary to  the
Company  for the foreseeable future. The Canadian subsidiary will be operated as
an
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the Indenture and, accordingly, amounts that
may be  invested  by the  Company  in its  Canadian  subsidiary are  subject  to
limitations. See "Description of the Notes -- Restricted Payments."
 
    The manufacture of plastic closures is a capital-intensive business, and the
Company  has traditionally  made substantial capital  expenditures. Beginning in
fiscal 1992, the Company implemented a  capital investment program to invest  in
cost  reduction and productivity  improving equipment and  to build the capacity
necessary for new product introductions. Capital expenditures were $8.1  million
in  fiscal 1992, $9.6  million in fiscal  1993 and $6.2  million in fiscal 1994.
During fiscal  1992, $6.0  million was  spent for  additional injection  molding
machines,  new product molds  and decorating equipment, and  an expansion of the
Kingsport,  Tennessee  plant.  In  fiscal  1993,  $6.1  million  was  spent  for
additional injection molding machines and molds, plus leasehold improvements for
the  new plant in Batavia, Illinois. In  fiscal 1994, $2.0 million was spent for
new product production molds and to complete the construction of a new plant  in
Bettendorf,  Iowa, acquired as part of the  acquisition of Nepco. The balance of
the capital expenditures in each year were primarily for sustaining investments,
including the replacement of worn-out  tooling, amounting to $2.1 million,  $3.5
million  and  $4.2  million  for  fiscal  1992,  fiscal  1993  and  fiscal 1994,
respectively.
 
    Capital expenditures have  been higher  than historic  levels following  the
Nepco  acquisition as the Company  now operates ten plants  in the United States
compared to four before the acquisition. Capital expenditures were $8.2  million
for  the first nine months of fiscal  1995, consisting primarily of $2.8 million
in sustaining capital expenditures  and $5.4 million  in capacity additions  for
new   products,  principally  fitments  and   push-pull  closures.  The  Company
anticipates that, for fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996, capital expenditures will  be
approximately  $9 million and  $15 million, respectively.  Of the capital budget
for fiscal 1996, approximately $10 million has been allocated for  discretionary
projects.  Capital  expenditures  for  the  Company's  Canadian  subsidiary  are
expected to be funded entirely  from the operations and non-recourse  borrowings
of that subsidiary. Routine capital expenditures for the Canadian subsidiary are
expected  to be  approximately C$1.0  million to  C$1.5 million  in the ordinary
course,  although  the  amount  of  such  expenditures  could  increase  due  to
unforeseen contingencies.
 
    In  addition to the  Company's future capital  expenditure requirements, the
Company is also subject to  certain future obligations regarding  noncompetition
and  bonus arrangements arising in connection with certain acquisitions. As part
of  the  Nepco  acquisition,   the  Company  agreed   to  make  payments   under
noncompetition  and bonus arrangements with certain former Nepco stockholders of
$800,000 and  $200,000,  respectively,  per annum  (plus  an  additional  amount
representing the difference between the federal ordinary income tax rate and the
capital  gains tax rate) for  a period of five  years following the acquisition,
subject to the stockholders satisfying  their respective obligations under  such
arrangements.  As of  May 31,  1995, the  Company had  paid a  total of $669,600
pursuant to these arrangements. Moreover,  as part of the Canadian  Acquisition,
the  Company's Canadian subsidiary agreed  pursuant to noncompetition agreements
to pay certain former principal stockholders of such businesses a total of C$4.0
million of which C$1.0 million was paid at closing and up to an additional C$3.0
million will be paid through June  1998, subject to the stockholders  satisfying
their respective obligations under such agreements.
 
    The  Company has  recently received  an adverse  jury verdict  in litigation
brought by Scholle  asserting that  certain of Scholle's  patents are  infringed
upon by the Company's five gallon non-spill closure product, a product which the
Company  introduced in January 1992 and continues  to produce and sell. The jury
verdict, if entered by the court, would  hold the Company liable for damages  in
the  amount of $0.01 per closure, and there  is a risk that Scholle may seek and
be awarded treble damages on closure sales  after May 31, 1995. The Company  has
accrued damages of $800,000, at the rate of $0.01 per closure, from January 1992
through  May 31, 1995,  which includes approximately  $450,000 during the twelve
months ended May 31,  1995. Should Scholle  seek and obtain  an award of  treble
damages,  or an injunction prohibiting further sales of the product in question,
the Company anticipates that it would  introduce an alternative product that  it
believes will not infringe upon the Scholle patents, thereby terminating further
liability  for damages. Although the introduction  of the new product may entail
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
additional tooling costs and  marketing costs, the  Company does not  anticipate
that these costs or payment of the damages that may be awarded in the litigation
will  have a  material adverse  impact upon  the Company's  liquidity. See "Risk
Factors -- Patent Infringement Litigation."
 
    The Company would have had a deficiency of earnings to fixed charges for the
fiscal year ended August 31, 1994 of  $10.8 million on an as adjusted pro  forma
basis giving effect to (i) the Nepco acquisition, (ii) the sale of the Notes and
the  application of  net proceeds  to repay  certain indebtedness  and (iii) the
Canadian Acquisition, as if those transactions had occurred at the beginning  of
the  period.  Management has  worked to  successfully  integrate Nepco  with the
Company's operations in  fiscal 1995, and  the deficiency of  earnings to  fixed
charges  declined to  $5.3 million  for the  nine months  ended May  31, 1995 as
adjusted for (i) the sale of the Notes and application of net proceeds to  repay
certain indebtedness and (ii) the Canadian Acquisition, as if those transactions
had  occurred at  the beginning  of the period.  A substantial  portion of these
deficiencies results from the non-cash amortization of intangibles, amounting to
$4.4 million and $3.2 million for the pro forma as adjusted fiscal 1994, and the
pro forma  as adjusted  nine months  ended May  31, 1995,  respectively. In  the
future,  management plans  to address any  continuing deficiency  of earnings to
fixed charges  through  continued  attention  to  cost  reduction  opportunities
provided  by the Nepco acquisition, as well as increasing sales and cash flow by
emphasizing new  products  with  significant  near-term  market  potential.  See
"Business -- New Product Lines and Applications."
 
    Should  the new product  introductions be less  successful than anticipated,
the Company  may elect  to reduce  discretionary capital  expenditures,  thereby
improving  its cash position. (As indicated  above, the Company anticipates that
its discretionary capital expenditures will  be approximately $10.0 million  for
fiscal  1996.) In addition, the  Company will have a  significant amount of cash
reserves upon the sale of the Notes, including $23.3 million of excess  proceeds
as well as borrowing capacity under the New Credit Facility. Management believes
that  cash on  hand, together  with anticipated  cash flow  from operations, net
proceeds from the  sale of the  Notes not  applied to the  repayment of  certain
indebtedness  and  available capacity  under the  New  Credit Facility,  will be
adequate to fund the Company's operations, debt service requirements and capital
expenditures for the next several years.
 
INFLATION
 
    Most of the Company's closures are priced  based in part on the cost of  the
plastic  resins from which they are produced.  Since May 1994, resin prices have
increased by approximately 40%. Historically, the Company has been able to  pass
on  increases in resin  prices directly to  its customers on  a timely basis. In
recent years,  the Company  has benefited  from relatively  stable or  declining
prices  for raw  materials other than  plastic resins. In  the event significant
inflationary trends were to resume,  management believes that the Company  would
generally  be  able  to offset  the  effects  thereof through  a  combination of
continuing improvements in operating efficiencies and price increases. There can
be no assurance, however, that any such cost increases can continue to be passed
through to the Company's customers. See "Risk Factors -- Possible Adverse Effect
of Changes in Resin Prices."
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The Company's sales and earnings reflect  a seasonal pattern as a result  of
greater  sales volumes during the summer months. For example, in fiscal 1994, on
a Company-only pro forma basis, giving effect to the Nepco acquisition as if  it
had  occurred on September 1, 1993, 44.1% of sales occurred in the first half of
the fiscal year (September through February) while 55.9% of sales were generated
in the second  half of the  fiscal year  (March through August).  The effect  of
seasonality  on income from operations is more pronounced. For example, 34.3% of
fiscal 1994 Company-only pro forma income  from operations was generated in  the
first half and 65.7% was generated in the second half.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Effective  September 1, 1993,  the Company adopted  SFAS 109, which requires
recognition of deferred tax assets and  liabilities for the expected future  tax
consequences  of events that  have been included in  the financial statements or
tax returns. Prior years'  financial statements were not  restated to apply  the
provisions  of  SFAS No.  109; however,  prior  year business  combinations were
restated as of
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
September 1, 1993 under SFAS No. 109. Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are  determined  based  on  the  difference  between  the  financial
statement  and tax bases of such assets  and liabilities using enacted tax rates
in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
 
    Prior to September  1, 1993,  the provision for  income taxes  was based  on
income  and  expense included  in  the accompanying  consolidated  statements of
operations. Differences  between  taxes  so computed  and  taxes  payable  under
applicable  statutes and regulations  were classified as  deferred taxes arising
from timing differences.
 
    Income tax expense  does not  bear a  normal relationship  to income  before
income  taxes primarily  due to  nondeductible goodwill  arising from  the Nepco
acquisition.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    During March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for  Long-Lived
Assets  to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121") which requires the Company to review for
impairment long-lived  assets, certain  identifiable intangibles,  and  goodwill
related  to those  assets whenever events  or changes  in circumstances indicate
that the  carrying value  of an  asset  may not  be recoverable.  The  statement
requires  impairment  losses  to  be  recognized for  assets  that  do  not have
realizable carrying values. SFAS 121 will be effective for the Company's  fiscal
year 1997. The Company has studied the implications of the statement, and, based
on  its initial evaluation, does not expect it  to have a material impact on the
Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company  is a  leading  designer, manufacturer  and marketer  of  tamper
evident  plastic closures and related  equipment used for packaging applications
in dairy, fruit juice, bottled water, sports drinks, institutional food products
and other  non-carbonated beverage  products.  The Company's  principal  closure
product  lines include (i)  small closures, (ii) five  gallon closures and (iii)
widemouth closures. Portola also designs,  manufactures and supplies high  speed
capping  equipment  and  complete  turnkey  water  bottling  systems,  which are
marketed by the  Company primarily under  the tradename "PortaPlant."  Portola's
closure   products  are  manufactured  domestically  through  a  technologically
advanced, high  speed  injection molding  process  at ten  modern  manufacturing
facilities  strategically  located  throughout  the  United  States.  Management
believes that the Company is a leader in a majority of the markets it serves and
that the Company  is the  sole or  largest supplier  of plastic  closures for  a
majority  of its customers.  The Company sells over  8 billion closures annually
under the names Cap  Snap, Nepco, Portola  and other brand  names to over  3,000
customers.  Most of  the Company's customers  have been doing  business with the
Company for more than  ten years. The  Company's products are  used to cap  such
well  known consumer  products as Borden  milk, Dole juices,  Procter & Gamble's
Sunny Delight  juice drink,  Poland Spring  bottled water,  Pepsi-Cola  fountain
syrups and Kraft barbecue sauce. Many features of the Company's closure products
are  proprietary,  and Portola  holds  more than  50  patents on  the  design of
container closures and compatible bottle necks.
 
    During the past decade, the plastic closure market has grown faster than the
overall closure market in the United States. This growth is primarily due to the
distinct advantages that  plastic closures have  over metal closures,  including
greater  performance  and  design  flexibility, the  growing  demand  for tamper
evident packaging and the comparatively lower cost and lighter weight of plastic
closures, an important  factor in the  packaging industry, where  transportation
costs  are a  significant portion of  overall product costs.  Demand for plastic
closures has also  grown with the  increased use of  plastic containers and  the
conversion  of  paperboard containers  to plastic  containers.  A 1994  study by
Technomic Consultants International, an international marketing consulting  firm
which  specializes  in the  food and  packaging  industries, indicates  that the
market for plastic closures in the United States grew from approximately 48%  of
total closures in 1990 to approximately 59% of total closures in 1993. The study
also  indicates that the average  annual growth rate from  1993 through 1996 for
plastic closures is expected to be 4.4%, while demand for metal closures  during
this period is expected to increase at a significantly lower rate.
 
    Since  Portola was acquired from the founding  family in 1986 by a group led
by Jack  L.  Watts,  the Company's  current  Chairman  of the  Board  and  Chief
Executive Officer, the size of the Company as measured by sales and closure unit
volume  has increased from $26.1  million in sales and  2.1 billion in units for
fiscal 1987 to $112.1 million in sales  and 8.1 billion in units for the  twelve
months  ended May 31, 1995, respectively. Mr.  Watts and other members of senior
management own or control 34.3%, on a  fully diluted basis, of the common  stock
of  the Company. Portola's  senior management has  significant experience in the
plastic packaging business and an average tenure of eight years at the Company.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
 
    The Company believes that it has a strong competitive position  attributable
to a number of factors, including the following:
 
    -HIGH  QUALITY,  INNOVATIVE  PRODUCTS.  Management  believes  that Portola's
     leading position in niche product applications is in part the result of the
     Company's  long-standing  commitment  to  research  and  development.  This
     commitment  has  led  to  innovative  product  development  and application
     improvements, including closure  products that  incorporate tamper  evident
     designs  with tear strips  and breakaway bands.  These features have become
     accepted industry standards for food and non-carbonated beverage  products.
     The  Company has also built strong customer loyalty by devoting substantial
     resources to product engineering, enabling  the Company to make  continuing
     improvements  in product performance,  manufacturing procedures and process
     controls that are  responsive to  the specific  and changing  needs of  its
     customers.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    -STRONG  REPUTATION FOR CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT. The Company strives to
     maintain a  high  level  of comprehensive  customer  service  and  support.
     Portola  markets its products together with  ongoing service and support as
     "total product solutions" designed to meet its customers' complete  capping
     requirements.  By focusing on  both product development  and "total product
     solutions," Portola has developed a reputation  as a leader in quality  and
     service.
 
    -LOW COST MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES. The Company's manufacturing operations
     emphasize  minimizing raw  material and production  costs. Portola believes
     that it is able to negotiate favorable prices from its resin suppliers  due
     to  its purchases of  large volumes of  LDPE resin. Portola's manufacturing
     facilities are  strategically located  throughout  the country  near  major
     customer  concentration areas  to minimize  transportation costs.  With the
     acquisition  and  integration  of  Nepco,  the  Company  has  also  derived
     significant  cost  savings  through improved  raw  material  purchasing and
     increased production efficiencies.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's primary strategy is to  increase cash flow by maintaining  and
extending  its leading position in niche product applications within the plastic
closure and bottling industry. To support this strategy, the Company focuses  on
(i)  advancing research and development  and product engineering, (ii) providing
dedicated customer  support and  total product  solutions for  customers,  (iii)
continuing  to enhance low cost manufacturing capabilities, (iv) expanding sales
in international markets  where significant growth  opportunities exist and  (v)
where  appropriate,  seeking  strategic acquisitions  that  will  strengthen the
Company's competitive position.
 
    EMPHASIZING RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT AND  PRODUCT ENGINEERING.  The  Company
is  continuing its commitment to research and development, a commitment that has
led to significant product innovations.  These innovations include the  original
snap  cap design and the five gallon  closure, the "tear strip" feature that has
become a standard tamper evident mechanism for food and non-carbonated  beverage
products  and, more recently, an improved recloseable plastic dispensing fitment
for gable-top fruit juice and milk  cartons and the snap-screw cap. The  Company
also  intends to continue  its traditional emphasis  on building strong customer
loyalty by devoting substantial resources to product engineering in response  to
specific  customer  needs.  Portola's  staff  of  design  engineers  continually
develops and  enhances  the  Company's  existing  product  lines,  offering  new
features  attractive to consumers and improved  designs that enable customers to
save costs in the capping process or in shipping. The Company believes that,  by
leveraging its design and engineering expertise and the production techniques it
has  developed in its traditional product areas, it will have the opportunity to
expand its product lines into new product applications.
 
    EMPHASIZING CUSTOMER SUPPORT AND TOTAL PRODUCT SOLUTIONS.  Portola seeks  to
preserve its long-term relationships with customers and attract new customers by
providing  superior on-time  delivery and technical  service and  support and by
marketing its products as "total product solutions." The total solution approach
includes providing plastic  closures designed to  meet customer  specifications,
compatible  container necks and neck inserts,  capping and filling equipment and
on-going service and support.
 
    CONTINUING TO ENHANCE  LOW COST MANUFACTURING  CAPABILITIES.  The  Company's
operations  emphasize minimizing production and  raw materials purchasing costs.
Portola's manufacturing  facilities  are strategically  located  throughout  the
country near major customer concentration areas to minimize transportation costs
and  are  equipped  with  high  speed  injection  molding  machinery  capable of
producing up to  250 plastic  closures per minute  with minimal  down time.  The
Company  has a continuing  productivity improvement program  designed to further
automate its production flow,  streamline its workforce  and upgrade its  molds,
equipment  and systems. The  Company believes it is  able to negotiate favorable
prices on LDPE resin due  to the large volume of  resin it purchases. The  Nepco
acquisition has led to further cost savings, as Nepco operations are streamlined
and   additional  economies  in  purchasing   are  achieved.  See  "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Overview."
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    EXPANDING  SALES IN INTERNATIONAL MARKETS.   The Company expects significant
growth in international  markets for  plastic closures and  capping and  filling
equipment,  as bottled water and other non-carbonated water companies in Europe,
the Far  East,  Latin  America  and  elsewhere  adopt  more  advanced  packaging
materials   and  techniques.  The  Company  is  seeking  to  capitalize  on  the
opportunity for expansion  into international markets  through the formation  of
joint  ventures  with  local  bottle  manufacturers  and  distributors,  and  by
increasing export sales of closures and capping and filling equipment. To  date,
the  Company  has  consummated  the  Canadian  Acquisition,  has  purchased  for
approximately L900,000 the 50% interest it had not previously owned in Cap  Snap
(U.K.)  Ltd. (the  "U.K. Acquistion")  and has entered  into a  joint venture in
Mexico. See  "--  New  Product  Lines and  Applications  --  Fitments"  and  "--
International Sales and Joint Ventures."
 
    SEEKING  STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS.   Portola plans to  continue its program of
seeking to  acquire  businesses  serving  similar  customers  using  proprietary
product  and process  technology that  offer opportunities  to improve  costs or
extend the Company's product lines. Portola has realized and expects to  achieve
additional  cost savings and synergies associated with the integration of Nepco,
primarily  by  sharing  and  adopting  improved  technology  and   manufacturing
processes,  lowering  raw material  costs  through volume  purchasing economies,
achieving marketing efficiencies and eliminating duplicative administrative  and
financial   staff  positions.  Primarily   as  a  result   of  these  production
efficiencies and cost savings, the  Company's gross margins have increased.  For
the  fiscal year ended August 31, 1994, the Company's combined gross margin on a
Company-only pro forma basis was approximately 21.9%, and, for the twelve months
ended May 31, 1995, the gross margin was approximately 24.8%. More recently, the
Company has consummated the Canadian  Acquisition and the U.K. Acquisition.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Overview."
 
PLASTIC CLOSURE MARKET
 
    Portola competes in the closure segment of the worldwide container packaging
industry, focusing specifically  on proprietary tamper  evident plastic  closure
applications.  Container closure devices have  various applications with designs
engineered to meet  specific use  requirements. Major  product applications  for
container  closures include food, beverages, toiletries and cosmetics, and drugs
and pharmaceuticals.
 
    Closure design is  a function  of the type  of container  and its  contents.
Products  which  are carbonated,  perishable,  highly acidic  or  susceptible to
tampering all require  specialized capping applications.  In many instances,  it
may be necessary for the container to be resealable, or it may be preferable for
the  contents  to be  dispensed through  the closure  without the  closure being
removed. Subject to these and  other packaging requirements, container  closures
can be made from either plastic or metal.
 
    Demand  for plastic  closures has expanded  with the increase  in demand for
plastic containers.  Over the  past several  years, rigid  and flexible  plastic
containers have experienced significant growth in market share at the expense of
other  materials  such  as  glass and  metal.  Plastic  containers  have several
advantages over glass and metal in that they are relatively inexpensive as  well
as    flexible    and   light    weight    --   important    factors    in   the
transportation-sensitive packaging industry. Since  the process used to  produce
plastic  closures  differs  substantially  from  that  used  to  produce plastic
containers, many  manufacturers  of  plastic products  have  focused  on  either
closures or containers but not on both types of products.
 
    The  use of  plastic closures  has also grown  with the  trend toward tamper
evident packaging. A  tamper evident feature  is highly valued  by the food  and
beverage  market and the pharmaceutical market,  and tamper evident features are
experiencing growth in most segments of the closure market. While certain tamper
evident devices can be incorporated into metal closures, the most  sophisticated
devices have been developed for plastic closures. Portola innovated the original
snap-on  cap design as well as the "tear strip" feature with breakaway bands for
plastic closures, which provided the standard tamper evidency mechanism for  the
food and non-carbonated beverage industries.
 
    Historically,  demand  for the  Company's products  has  been a  function of
population growth, increasing  concerns by  the public about  the sanitation  of
packaged food and beverage products and the
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
continued  increase in  the use  of plastic containers,  as opposed  to glass or
metal, throughout  the  packaged food  industry.  For juice  and  bottled  water
markets,  demand is also a function of seasonal climate variations, warm weather
being responsible  for increased  consumption.  See "--  Products" and  "--  New
Product Lines and Applications."
 
PRODUCTS
 
    Portola  designs, manufactures  and markets a  wide array  of tamper evident
plastic closures for applications  in dairy, fruit  juice, bottled water,  sport
drinks,  institutional food products and other non-carbonated beverage products.
The Company  also  designs, manufactures  and  markets (i)  high  speed  capping
equipment  for  use  by its  plastic  closure  customers in  their  bottling and
packaging operations and (ii) complete turnkey bottling systems which it markets
primarily under the name "PortaPlant."
 
    The Company's sales of plastic  closures represented approximately 89%,  90%
and  90% of its total sales for the  fiscal year ended August 31, 1994, the nine
month period ended May 31, 1995 and the twelve month period ended May 31,  1995,
respectively.  The following  table sets forth  sales for each  of the Company's
principal lines of plastic  closure products and  equipment during that  period,
and  include sales from Nepco's  operations from the date  of the acquisition on
June 30, 1994.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,         NINE MONTHS ENDED          TWELVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                 1994                        MAY 31, 1995                        1995
                                    ------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------
                                      SALES     % OF TOTAL SALES      SALES     % OF TOTAL SALES      SALES     % OF TOTAL SALES
                                    ---------  -------------------  ---------  -------------------  ---------  -------------------
                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>                  <C>        <C>                  <C>        <C>
Small closures....................  $  45,407           64.6%       $  63,744           73.7%       $  81,775           72.9%
Five gallon closures..............      8,718           12.4            7,455            8.6           10,172            9.1
Widemouth closures................      8,408           12.0            7,004            8.1            9,382            8.4
                                    ---------          -----        ---------          -----        ---------          -----
  Subtotal for plastic closures...     62,533           89.0           78,203           90.4          101,329           90.4
Capping equipment and
 PortaPlants......................      7,486           10.6            8,034            9.3           10,485            9.4
Other.............................        265            0.4              225            0.3              308            0.2
                                    ---------          -----        ---------          -----        ---------          -----
      Total.......................  $  70,284          100.0%       $  86,462          100.0%       $ 112,122          100.0%
                                    ---------          -----        ---------          -----        ---------          -----
                                    ---------          -----        ---------          -----        ---------          -----
</TABLE>
 
PLASTIC CLOSURES
 
    The Company's plastic  closures are broadly  grouped into three  categories:
(i)  small closures  used to  cap blowmolded  plastic bottles,  (ii) five gallon
closures and  (iii)  widemouth closures  for  institutional food  products.  The
Company  offers a wide variety  of plastic closures under  each of its principal
product lines to satisfy specific market application and customer  requirements.
Most  of  the Company's  plastic closures  offer its  snap-on feature,  a design
preferred by  packagers because  it reduces  production costs  and leakage.  The
Company's  plastic  closures also  incorporate tear  strips, breakaway  bands or
other visible tamper evidency,  a feature that has  become an industry  standard
for  food and non-carbonated  beverage products. The  Company's plastic closures
range in  size from  28mm to  110mm, and  conform with  international  packaging
standards.  The Company offers over 36  individual closure products. The Company
also offers  33  standard colors,  in  addition to  custom-blended  colors,  and
sophisticated  printing, embossing and adhesive labeling capabilities to provide
product distinction for its customers.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    The following  table  describes  the  Company's  principal  plastic  closure
product lines.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                           <C>                           <C>
PRODUCT LINE              DESCRIPTION                   MARKET APPLICATION            SELECTED CUSTOMERS
- ------------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------------------
Small closures            Plastic closures for plastic  Milk, fruit juice, bottled    Procter & Gamble, Dean
                          blowmolded bottles            water and vinegar             Foods, Borden, Kroger,
                                                                                      Quality Chek'd, Winn Dixie,
                                                                                      Safeway, Flav-O-Rich
 
Five gallon closures      Plastic closures for glass    Water cooler bottles          Perrier (Arrowhead, Great
                          and plastic returnable water                                Bear, Deer Park, Ozarka,
                          cooler bottles                                              Poland Springs), Tyler Mt.
                                                                                      (Anita Springs, Rainbow),
                                                                                      McKesson (Alhambra,
                                                                                      Sparkletts), Suntory
                                                                                      (Crystal Springs), A.S.
                                                                                      Watson
 
Widemouth closures        Plastic closures for          Institutional foods           Kraft, Mike Rose Foods, T.
                          widemouth plastic containers  including condiments,         Marzetti, Heinz, S.E. Rykoff
                                                        mayonnaise and salad
                                                        dressing
</TABLE>
 
CAPPING EQUIPMENT
 
    The Company also designs, manufactures and markets capping equipment for use
in  high speed bottling,  filling and packaging  production lines. A substantial
majority of the Company's  plastic closure customers  use the Company's  capping
equipment.  The  Company's ability  to  supply capping  equipment  and technical
assistance along with its plastic  closures represents an important  competitive
advantage  as customers are assured that  the Company's plastic closures will be
applied properly to provide leakproof seals  and that any capping problems  will
be resolved quickly.
 
PORTAPLANTS
 
    In  addition to  plastic closures  and capping  equipment, the  Company also
designs, manufactures and markets turnkey five gallon water capping and  filling
systems.  The Company's most comprehensive five  gallon water bottling system is
its PortaPlant  system. The  PortaPlant is  a compact  bottle washing,  filling,
capping  and  conveying system  for glass  and plastic  water bottles  that can,
depending on  size, process  150 to  2,000 bottles  per hour.  The  PortaPlant's
modular design makes it ideal for new and small water bottling companies as well
as  established companies whose  growth requires integrated  expansion. Sales of
PortaPlants totaled approximately $4.3 million, $4.7 million and $4.7 million in
fiscal 1993, fiscal 1994 and the first nine months of fiscal 1995, respectively.
Portola has focused its  sales efforts for  PortaPlants internationally as  less
developed countries look for improved distribution of safe and reliable drinking
water.
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    The   Company  continues  to   be  committed  to   product  development  and
engineering. Its research and development group and engineering staff provide  a
range of design and development services, focusing primarily on (i) new products
and  product enhancements,  (ii) tooling  and molds  necessary for manufacturing
plastic closures  and  (iii) capping  equipment  compatible with  the  Company's
closures and its customers' containers.
 
    Traditionally,  the Company  has built  strong customer  loyalty by devoting
substantial resources  to  product engineering,  enabling  the Company  to  make
continuing  enhancements to  the Company's  existing product  lines that improve
product performance and processing  in response to  the customers' specific  and
changing  needs. Portola's design engineers  continually develop and enhance the
Company's existing products, offering new  features attractive to customers  and
improved  designs that  enable customers  to save time  and cost  in the capping
process or in shipping.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    The Company has also made a substantial investment in developing new product
applications for existing markets  as well as applications  for new markets.  To
facilitate  the process of  enhancing and developing new  products and to ensure
ultimate market acceptance of such products, the Company encourages an  on-going
exchange   of   ideas   with  customers,   container   manufacturers,  machinery
manufacturers and sales  and service  personnel. This approach  has enabled  the
Company to identify new product opportunities, such as the five gallon non-spill
closure  and the  fitment, to  design the  necessary tooling  for producing such
products and to assist with customer presentations and installations.
 
    The Company's typical product development cycle has been less than one year.
However, successful introduction of a new closure product can take two to  three
years,  principally because  customers who  are comfortable  with their existing
closure products are generally slow to  switch to a new design, particularly  in
light  of the  relatively small  cost of  the closure  component to  the overall
packaging unit.
 
    The Company's product enhancements and new product developments reflect  the
Company's expertise in plastic packaging design and manufacturing. Approximately
39%  of  the  Company's  sales for  the  nine  months ended  May  31,  1995 were
represented by products developed or redesigned  by the Company within the  past
five fiscal years.
 
NEW PRODUCT LINES AND APPLICATIONS
 
    To improve and expand its established product lines, the Company continually
seeks  to develop enhancements  for existing products and  to create new product
applications utilizing existing  technology. Among the  new product  development
initiatives,  management  believes  that  three  applications  have  significant
near-term market  potential. They  are: (i)  fitments for  gable-top  containers
(i.e.,   conventional  paperboard  milk  or  juice  cartons),  (ii)  2.5  gallon
dispensing closures  for bottled  water and  (iii) 28mm  push-pull closures  for
bottled  water, flavored water and sports  drinks. The following table describes
these new product initiatives.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                           <C>                           <C>
PRODUCT LINE              DESCRIPTION                   MARKET APPLICATION            TARGETED CUSTOMERS
- ------------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------------------
Fitments                  Recloseable plastic           Orange juice, lemonade and    Major domestic and
                          dispensing fitment for        other juice products          international dairy, juice
                          polyethylene-coated,                                        and other beverage companies
                          gable-top paperboard cartons
 
2.5 gallon dispensing     Tamper evident dispensing     2.5 gallon bottled water      Bottled water companies
closures                  closure                       container with dispensing
                                                        feature
 
28mm push-pull closures   Dual tamper evident closures  Large market segment for      North American beverage
                          with push-pull feature        bottled water, flavored       producers
                                                        water, sports drinks
</TABLE>
 
FITMENTS
 
    Portola's fitment product line  consists of recloseable, plastic  dispensing
fitments  for  polyethylene-coated  paperboard  cartons.  Designed  to  overcome
problems with conventional  gable-top cartons  (i.e. paperboard  milk and  juice
cartons),  the  fitment is  a  unique low-cost  packaging  enhancement. Fitments
represent a  design  change  for paperboard  cartons,  providing  consumers  and
packagers  with numerous advantages. For the  consumer, the fitment provides (i)
easy opening and secure reclosure, (ii) sanitary dispensing (hands do not  touch
pouring  outlet), (iii) highly  visible external (and  optional internal) tamper
evidence and (iv) improved shelf life. For the packager, the fitment allows  the
retention  of  graphics  and product  distinction  as compared  to  high density
polyethylene ("HDPE"),  polyethylene terephthalate  ("PET")  and LDPE  jugs  and
eliminates leakage problems associated with the "adhesive" concept. With fitment
application   equipment  developed   by  the  Company,   packagers  can  convert
conventional gable-top production lines  to incorporate streamlined  application
of  the fitment closure.  The resulting low manufacturing  cost permits usage on
low margin products at costs competitive with polyethylene jugs.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    In March 1995, the  Company entered into an  agreement with an affiliate  of
Tetra   Laval,  a  leading  worldwide   packaging  company,  to  supply  fitment
application equipment.  Under this  agreement,  as of  September 21,  1995,  the
Company  has  received orders  from  the Tetra  Laval  affiliate for  41 fitment
application machines of which 17 have been delivered and 24 are scheduled to  be
delivered  by January 1996.  Under normal operating conditions  -- five days per
week, one  shift per  day --  each  machine can  apply approximately  8  million
fitments  per year. The  Company anticipates that it  will incur expenditures of
approximately $2.0 million through January 1996 to manufacture the equipment not
yet delivered.  Under the  agreement,  the Company  is  required to  supply  the
equipment  at cost. While these expenditures  may reduce the Company's near term
gross profit margins for fitments and related equipment, the Company anticipates
that the agreement will give the Company the opportunity to sell fitments to  be
used by Tetra Laval's substantial customer base and that such sales may increase
the Company's long term profitability.
 
2.5 GALLON DISPENSING CLOSURES
    The  Company  has developed  a tamper  evident closure  for the  popular 2.5
gallon bottled water container  with a dispensing feature  allowing the user  to
dispense water without lifting the container. Portola's design is an improvement
over  existing dispensing  closures, offering  greater reliability  and enhanced
performance features. Portola plans to market the 2.5 gallon dispensing  closure
to its current customers who produce bottled water.
 
28MM PUSH-PULL CLOSURES
    Portola has developed a 28mm push-pull closure for juice, water and isotonic
beverage  applications. The closure  is designed for  use on single-serving, one
liter and smaller PET  bottles with the standard  28mm neck finish. The  Company
believes  that  28mm bottles  represent a  significant  market segment  and that
customers are increasingly  converting from  a standard  HDPE screw  cap to  the
push-pull  closure. The push-pull closure allows the product to be squeezed from
the bottle, offering ease of use and quick reseal.
 
    The push-pull is  made of three  components, an HDPE  base for rigidity  and
firmness  in capping, an LDPE  push-pull button or spout  that is assembled with
the base,  and a  clear polypropylene  dust cover  to protect  the closure  from
contaminants.  The  28mm push-pull  provides a  dual tamper  evident, resealable
closure. The  Company plans  to  market the  28mm  push-pull to  North  American
beverage  producers focusing on  the bottled water,  flavored water and isotonic
beverage markets. Production of the closure began in April 1995.
 
RAW MATERIALS AND PRODUCTION
    The principal raw material for  the Company's plastic closures is  injection
molding  grade LDPE resin, which  accounts for approximately 65%  of the cost of
all raw materials purchased for the Company's plastic closures. Giving effect to
the acquisition of Nepco, the Company purchased approximately 50 million and  59
million  pounds of LDPE and  other plastic resins during  fiscal 1993 and fiscal
1994, respectively, and 45 million pounds during the first nine months of fiscal
1995. The  Company believes  that due  to its  volume purchases  it is  able  to
negotiate   attractive  pricing  with  resin  suppliers.  The  Company  has  not
experienced any significant difficulties  over the past  ten years in  obtaining
sufficient  quantities  of  LDPE  resin,  although  prices  for  LDPE  resin can
fluctuate over relatively short  periods of time. In  the past, the Company  has
been able to pass substantially all resin price increases on to its customers on
a timely basis.
 
    In order to produce plastic closures, the resin, which is delivered as small
pebble-size  pellets  to large  storage silos,  is  conveyed through  a pipeline
system to an injection molding machine, where  it is melted into a thick  liquid
state.  Coloring agents are added as appropriate  and the mixture is injected at
high pressure  into  a  specially designed,  multi-cavity  mold.  The  principal
equipment  in  the Company's  plants  includes injection  molding  machines (the
Company operates a total of 184 molding machines ranging in size from 10 to  300
tons  clamping pressure), finishing lines to print  and label caps and line them
with foam  or foil  to meet  customer requirements,  and automated  systems  for
handling  and processing  raw materials  and finished  goods. By  automating its
manufacturing opertions, the Company is able to limit its direct labor costs  to
less  than 5% of sales while  meeting the strict sanitary requirements necessary
for producing food and beverage packaging products.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    In  the past,  the Company  has designed  and manufactured  many of  its own
molds. In recent years, the increasing size and complexity of certain molds  for
new  products  have caused  the Company  to  out-source these  mold construction
needs. The Company  maintains design  control over these  molds as  well as  the
molds  it  still builds.  The Company  believes  its mold  expertise has  led to
reduced costs due to  shorter molding cycle times  and enhanced reliability  and
longevity of its tooling.
 
    As  a result of the Nepco  acquisition, Portola has derived significant cost
savings through  various raw  material purchasing  and production  efficiencies.
With  respect to raw materials,  the Company has reduced  costs by (i) combining
the volume of its  purchasing with Nepco's purchases,  (ii) taking advantage  of
Portola's  purchasing  relationships  in  making  Nepco's  purchases  and  (iii)
standardizing grades of  resin and color  used by Nepco.  More importantly,  the
Company  has increased  overall production efficiency  through shared technology
and adoption of improved manufacturing  processes. Since the Nepco  acquisition,
management  has continued to identify and evaluate the relative strengths of the
Nepco operations and the Company's other manufacturing operations. The strengths
of the Nepco operations include faster cycle times, as well as superior  cooling
systems  and tooling  design and tooling  materials that are  well-suited to the
Nepco closures. The strengths of the Company's other
operations include automation, maintenance, process control, quality control and
minimizing scrap. Management plans to  further develop strategies for  improving
production  efficiency  by  adopting the  respective  strengths of  each  of the
operations throughout the enterprise.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company owns or leases  ten modern production facilities, which  operate
five  to seven days a week, 24 hours  a day. In addition, the Company's Canadian
subsidiary leases two production facilities. The facilities are highly efficient
due to  automation  and frequently  scheduled  maintenance in  the  plants.  The
Company believes that these facilities are well-maintained and in good operating
condition  and anticipates that, although  substantial capital expenditures will
be required to meet the production  requirements for new and developing  product
lines,  the facilities themselves will be sufficient to meet the Company's needs
for  the  next  several  years.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,   that
unanticipated  developments will not occur that would require the Company to add
production facilities sooner  than expected. The  following table indicates  the
locations,   functions,  square  footage  and   nature  of  ownership  of  these
facilities.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NATURE OF
LOCATION                                  FUNCTIONS                                       SQUARE FEET   OWNERSHIP (1)
- ----------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                       <C>                                            <C>            <C>
San Jose, CA                              Executive Office/Closure Mfg./Warehouse             74,000      leased(2)
                                          Engineering/Research and
                                          Development Facility                                13,000      leased(2)
                                          Equipment Division                                  23,000      leased(2)
Kingsport, TN                             Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              76,000        owned
Clifton Park, NY                          Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              54,000        leased
Batavia, IL                               Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              70,000        leased
New Castle, PA                            Executive Office/Closure Mfg./Warehouse             46,000        owned
Sumter, SC                                Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              45,000        owned
Chino, CA                                 Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              64,000        owned
Gresham, OR                               Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              36,000        owned
Fort Worth, TX                            Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              27,000        owned
Bettendorf, IA                            Closure Mfg./Warehouse                              40,000        owned
Richmond, British Columbia, Canada        Bottle & Closure Mfg./Warehouse                     49,000        leased
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada                 Bottle Mfg./Warehouse                               38,000        leased
</TABLE>
 
(1) The facilities shown as leased in  the table above are subject to  long-term
    leases or lease options that extend for at least five years, except that (i)
    the lease of the Clifton Park facility expires in 1996 and (ii) the Edmonton
    facility  is temporarily leased on a month-to-month basis pending completion
    of a  43,000 square  foot facility  in Edmonton  being constructed  for  the
    Company's Canadian subsidiary.
 
(2) The  Company has entered into a nonbinding  letter of intent to purchase the
    property covered by these leases (as well as certain real property  adjacent
    thereto) for $7.0 million.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
SALES, MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
    The  Company markets its products through  its internal sales department and
through a  nationwide network  of independent  sales representatives.  Calls  on
customers by these salespersons and representatives, along with participation at
trade  shows,  are  the primary  means  of  customer contact.  A  number  of the
Company's  customers  are  large  corporate  clients  with  numerous  production
facilities,  each of  which may  make its  own separate  purchase decisions. The
Company's most significant customers are processors and packagers of fluid milk,
non-carbonated  bottled  water,  chilled   juice,  other  flavored  drinks   and
condiments  for  wholesale and  institutional use.  The Company's  customer base
includes over 3,000 accounts. The Company's top ten customers and buying  groups
accounted  for approximately 26%  of the Company's sales  during the nine months
ended May 31, 1995,  and none accounted  for more than 6%  of sales during  that
period.  Most  of the  Company's  customers have  been  doing business  with the
Company for more than ten years.
 
    Attention to  customer service  is  a critical  component of  the  Company's
marketing  effort.  The  Company's  customers  operate  high-speed,  high-volume
production lines, with  many handling  perishable products. In  order to  assure
that  the production lines operate efficiently  and avoid costly line stoppages,
customers rely on the Company's ability to provide reliable, on-time delivery of
its closure products and to maintain the uniform quality of those products.  The
Company  also provides technical assistance  to its customers in  the form of an
in-house service team that can be dispatched on short notice to solve a bottling
line problem  throughout the  country. Several  of the  Company's field  service
representatives   have  extensive   blowmolding  technical   expertise  that  is
especially important in resolving bottle leakage problems for customers.
 
INTERNATIONAL SALES AND JOINT VENTURES
 
    Although the Company's  sales are  primarily domestic,  the Company  expects
significant  growth in international sales, particularly in the market for water
cooler bottle  closures and  water  bottle capping  and filling  equipment.  The
United  States  bottled  water  industry, in  general,  uses  more sophisticated
packaging materials and processes than bottled  water companies use in the  rest
of  the  world. The  Company  believes that  bottled  water companies  and other
non-carbonated beverage companies  in Europe,  the Far East,  Latin America  and
elsewhere   are  beginning  to  adopt  more  advanced  packaging  materials  and
techniques, and that, as they do,  they will become potential customers for  the
Company's plastic closure products and equipment.
 
    The  Company's international sales have in the past consisted of significant
sales of PortaPlants (see "-- Products -- PortaPlants"). In fiscal 1993,  fiscal
1994  and the first nine months of  fiscal 1995, international export sales were
$6.6 million,  $8.4  million and  $11.9  million, respectively,  of  which  $3.2
million,  $3.4  million and  $4.6  million, respectively,  represented  sales of
PortaPlants. The  principal plastic  closure products  exported by  the  Company
during  these periods were five gallon plastic closures for water cooler bottles
and small closures for dairy and juice products.
 
    In the last  several years,  the Company  has utilized  joint ventures  with
bottle  manufacturers  and  distributors  to  gain  footholds  in  international
markets. By offering  plastic closures, capping  equipment and turnkey  bottling
systems, the Company can provide joint venture partners with a complete solution
to  their bottling  and capping  requirements. Until  recently, the  Company had
three international  joint ventures:  (i)  a 50%  interest  in Canada  Cap  Snap
Corporation,  a Canadian corporation formed in 1990 and engaged in manufacturing
and distributing 38mm bottle closures in Canada, (ii) a 50% interest in Cap Snap
(U.K.) Ltd., a corporation  formed in the  United Kingdom in  1992 with a  local
bottle  manufacturer to manufacture and sell 38mm caps, and (iii) a 50% interest
in Cap  Snap Mexico,  a joint  venture formed  in Mexico  in 1993  with a  local
producer  of plastic bottles and closures. In June 1995, the Company consummated
the Canadian Acquisition by acquiring the  remaining 50% interest in Canada  Cap
Snap Corporation, together with a 100% interest in two affiliated plastic bottle
manufacturing  companies. In  September 1995,  the Company  consummated the U.K.
Acquisition by acquiring the remaining 50% interest in Cap Snap (U.K.) Ltd.  See
"Business -- Business Strategy -- Expanding Sales in International Markets."
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    In  April 1995, the Company  entered into an agreement  with an affiliate of
Tetra Laval,  one  of the  world's  leading packaging  distributors,  to  supply
certain  fitment application equipment. The Company anticipates that through the
agreement it will  have the opportunity  to sell its  fitments to Tetra  Laval's
substantial customer base. See "New Product Lines and Applications -- Fitments."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  Company believes that the most important factors in marketing container
closures to the food  and beverage industry are  price, product design,  product
quality  and  reliability  and  customer  service.  Among  the  attributes  that
distinguish the Company  from other  sellers of  closure systems  and provide  a
competitive  advantage  are the  Company's  proprietary products;  the Company's
ability to provide its customers with innovative, low-cost closures and complete
capping systems; the Company's reputation for quality, reliability and  service;
and  the Company's automated and strategically located production facilities and
in-house tool manufacturing capability.
 
    While no single  competitor offers  products that  compete with  all of  the
Company's  product lines,  the Company faces  direct competition in  each of its
product lines from a number of companies, many of which have financial and other
resources that  are substantially  greater than  those of  the Company.  As  the
Company  broadens  its  product  offerings,  it  can  expect  to  meet increased
competition from  additional  competitors  with entrenched  positions  in  those
product lines. The Company also faces direct competition from bottling companies
and  other food and beverage providers that  elect to produce their own closures
rather than  purchase them  from  outside sources.  In addition,  the  packaging
industry  has numerous  well-capitalized competitors, and  there is  a risk that
these companies will  expand their  product offerings,  either through  internal
product  development or acquisitions of any of the Company's direct competitors,
to compete in the niche markets that are currently served by the Company.  These
competitors,  as  well  as  existing competitors,  could  introduce  products or
establish prices for their products in a manner that could adversely affect  the
Company's ability to compete. Because of the Company's product concentration, an
increase  in competition  or any technological  innovations with  respect to the
Company's  specific   product  applications,   such  as   the  introduction   of
lower-priced   competitive   products  or   products   containing  technological
improvements over  the  Company's products,  could  have a  significant  adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
LITIGATION
 
    The  Company  is currently  engaged in  patent infringement  litigation with
Scholle Corporation ("Scholle"), which commenced  an action against the  Company
in  the United  States District Court,  Northern District of  California in July
1992 alleging  that  the  Company  infringed upon  certain  patents  of  Scholle
relating  to five gallon non-spill closures. In February 1995, the jury rendered
a verdict adverse to the Company and in favor of Scholle, which verdict has  not
yet been entered by the court. Post-trial motions have been filed and argued but
not  yet ruled on by the court. If the jury verdict is entered by the court, the
Company intends to appeal.  The jury verdict would  hold the Company liable  for
damages  through May 31, 1995 in the amount of $0.01 per closure. For the period
beginning January 1992, when the product  was introduced, through May 31,  1995,
such  damages would be approximately $800,000,  which the Company has accrued in
its financial  statements.  The  Company's total  non-recurring  legal  expenses
associated  with the Scholle litigation (not including such accrued damages) for
the fiscal year ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 were $68,000, $275,000  and
$277,000,  respectively; for the nine  months ended May 31,  1994 and 1995, were
$255,000 and $846,000,  respectively; and for  the twelve months  ended May  31,
1995  were $867,000. The  Company's total sales  of the product  involved in the
litigation were $4.0 million during the twelve month period ended May 31,  1995.
The  Company  is continuing  to produce  and  sell the  product and  is accruing
damages in the amount  of $0.01 per  closure. There is a  risk that Scholle  may
seek  to enjoin the Company from producing and selling the product in the future
and may seek to recover damages in excess of $0.01 per closure (up to $0.03  per
closure)  for sales of  the product after  May 31, 1995.  However, Scholle might
elect not to seek such  remedies since it does  not produce a competing  product
and  since, if either  or both of  the remedies were  granted, the Company would
likely introduce  an alternative  product which  it has  designed and  which  it
believes  will not infringe upon the patents  involved in the litigation. It can
be anticipated that additional tooling costs
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
will be incurred and market disruption may result in the event that the  Company
changes  to the  new product  design. The Company  does not  anticipate that the
amount of damages that may be awarded  in the litigation, or any product  change
that  may result from the litigation, will have a material adverse effect on its
future results of operations, although there can be no assurance that this  will
be the case.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As  of July 31,  1995, the Company  had 800 full-time  employees, 32 of whom
were engaged  in  product  development,  30 in  marketing,  sales  and  customer
support,  705 in manufacturing and 33 in finance and administration. The Company
uses seasonal and part  time employees for  training, vacation replacements  and
other  short term  requirements. None of  the Company's employees  in the United
States are represented by any collective bargaining agreements (approximately 22
of the  employees of  the Company's  recently-acquired Canadian  subsidiary  are
members  of the Teamsters Union),  and the Company has  never experienced a work
stoppage. The Company believes that its employee relations are good.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEARS WITH
NAME                                 AGE          COMPANY      POSITION
- -------------------------------      ---      ---------------  --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>              <C>
Jack L. Watts                            47              9     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
John L. Lemons                           57              7     President and Director
Howard R. Girbach                        47              3     President -- Packaging Division
Robert Plummer                           36              1     President -- Nepco Division, Vice President and General
                                                                Manager -- Equipment Division
Dannie K. Martz                          43              0     President -- Cap Snap Division
Robert R. Strickland                     51              4     Vice President -- Finance, CFO and Assistant Secretary
Douglas L. Cullum                        40              9     Vice President -- Manufacturing Technology
Laurie D. Bassin                         46              9     Vice President -- Corporate Development
David A. Keefe                           41              9     Corporate Controller
Rodger A. Moody                          42             20     Vice President, Managing Director -- International Division
Timothy Tomlinson (1)                    45              9     Secretary and Director
Larry C. Williams (1)(2)                 45              6     Director
Martin R. Imbler (2)                     47              6     Director
Christopher C. Behrens                   34              1     Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
    Mr. Watts has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of  the
Company  since January 1986. From 1982 to 1985,  he was Chairman of the Board of
Faraday  Electronics,  a  supplier  of  integrated  circuits  and  board   level
microprocessors.
 
    Mr. Lemons has been President of the Company since June 1988 and a member of
its Board of Directors since February 1986. He was President and Chief Executive
Officer  of Faraday Electronics from 1983 to  1988. Mr. Lemons intends to resign
as President and as a director of the Company in October 1995.
 
    Mr. Girbach has  been President -  Packaging Division of  the Company  since
August  1995.  From August  1992 to  August 1995,  he was  President -  Cap Snap
Division of the Company.  From June 1975  to July 1992, he  was employed by  FMC
Corporation,  a  manufacturer  of  chemicals  and  equipment,  most  recently as
Director of Operations  for the Ground  Systems Division from  February 1990  to
July 1992 and Division General Manager of the Fire Apparatus Division from April
1988 to February 1990.
 
    Mr. Plummer has been Vice President and General Manager - Equipment Division
of  the Company since May 1994. In June  1995, it was announced that Mr. Plummer
will assume additional responsibilities as President of the Nepco Division. From
May 1989  to May  1994 he  was employed  by General  Motors Corporation,  as  an
Assembly  Advisor  for  New  United  Motor  Manufacturing,  Inc.,  an automobile
manufacturing joint venture between General Motors and Toyota from February 1993
to May 1994 and as  Product Manager of the  Harrison Division of General  Motors
Corporation,  which produces automotive engine cooling and heating, ventilating,
and air conditioning systems, from May 1989 to February 1993.
 
    Mr. Martz has been President - Cap Snap Division since September 1995.  From
March  1995  to September  1995, he  was  Senior Vice  President of  Cymer Laser
Technologies, a laser manufacturer.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
From January 1992 to March  1995, he was Vice  President and General Manager  of
the Varian - TEL Products Division of Varian Associates, Inc., a manufacturer of
semiconductor  equipment, electrical devices,  instruments and other electronics
products, and  from  October  1986 to  January  1992,  he was  employed  by  KLA
Instruments   Corporation,  a  company  involved   in  the  factory  automation,
manufacturing, photonics, and test and measurement industries, most recently  as
Vice President and General Manager, Automated Test Systems Division.
 
    Mr. Strickland has been Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer
of  the Company since July 1991. From September  1990 to July 1991, he served as
Senior Vice President and  Chief Financial Officer  at Personics Corporation,  a
company  that manufactured a system of  producing audio cassette tapes in retail
record stores. From February 1988 to June 1990, he was employed by Lucky Stores,
Inc.,  a  supermarket  chain,  most  recently  as  Vice  President  Finance  and
Administration.
 
    Mr. Cullum has been Vice President - Manufacturing Technology of the Company
since  November 1994. He joined the Company  in 1986 and became Vice President -
Operations of the Cap Snap Division in April 1987.
 
    Mr. Moody  has  been Vice  President  - Managing  Director  -  International
Division  of the Company since October 1994.  He has been with the Company since
1975 and has  worked in  a variety  of functional  areas, including  production,
administration, marketing/sales, equipment and general management.
 
    Ms.  Bassin has been  Vice President - Corporate  Development of the Company
since February 1993.  From August  1986 to February  1993, she  was Director  of
Marketing  of the Company. Prior to that  time, she was employed in the Consumer
Service and Marketing Department of Collagen Corporation, a biomedical company.
 
    Mr. Keefe has been Corporate Controller of the Company since February 1986.
 
    Mr. Tomlinson has been Secretary and a director of the Company since January
1986. He also  serves as  a director  of Oak  Technology, Inc.,  a designer  and
marketer  of  multimedia  semiconductors and  related  software. He  has  been a
partner in the law firm of Tomlinson Zisko Morosoli & Maser since 1983.
 
    Mr. Williams  has been  a director  of the  Company since  January 1989.  He
founded  The Breckenridge  Group, Inc., an  investment banking  firm in Atlanta,
Georgia, in April 1987 and is one of its principals.
 
    Mr. Imbler has been a director of the Company since March 1989. He has  been
President,  Chief Executive Officer and a director of Berry Plastics Corporation
("Berry"), a manufacturer of plastic packaging, since January 1991. He has  also
served  as  a director  of BPC  Holding Corporation,  an entity  affiliated with
Berry, since 1991. From July  1987 to January 1991,  he was President and  Chief
Executive Officer of Risdon Corporation, a cosmetic packaging company.
 
    Mr.  Behrens has been a director of the Company since June 1994. He has been
an officer of The Chase  Manhattan Bank, N.A. ("Chase  Bank") since 1986 and  an
officer   of  Chase  Manhattan  Investment   Holdings,  Inc.  ("Chase  Manhattan
Investment Holdings") and Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation ("Chase Capital"),
since 1990. From 1990 to 1993, he  was a Vice President in the Merchant  Banking
Group.  Prior to  1990, Mr.  Behrens was an  associate in  the Mezzanine Finance
Group. Mr. Behrens also serves as a director of Covenant Care, Inc., an operator
of skilled nursing  centers, and Pennant  Foods, Inc., a  franchisee of  Wendy's
International, Inc. quick service restaurants.
 
    Each  director listed above  was elected at the  Company's Annual Meeting of
Shareholders held in January  1995 and will serve  until his successor has  been
elected  and qualified  or until his  earlier resignation  or removal. Executive
officers are chosen by, and serve at  the discretion of, the Board of  Directors
of the Company (the "Board").
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Each  of Messrs. Imbler, Tomlinson and Williams receives as compensation for
his services as a director  $2,500 per quarter, and  $2,000 for each meeting  of
the  Board attended, and is reimbursed  for his reasonable expenses in attending
Board meetings. None  of the  other Board members  is compensated  as such.  See
"Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation."
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following table  summarizes all compensation  awarded to,  earned by or
paid for services rendered  to the Company in  all capacities during the  fiscal
year  ended August  31, 1994  by the Company's  Chief Executive  Officer and the
Company's four other  most highly compensated  executive officers during  fiscal
1994 (together, the "Named Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  LONG-TERM
                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION              COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                -------------------------------------------  -------------------
                                                            OTHER ANNUAL         SECURITIES           ALL OTHER
 NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION      SALARY      BONUS (1)   COMPENSATION (2)   UNDERLYING OPTIONS   COMPENSATION (3)
- ------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------  -------------------  -----------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>          <C>                <C>                  <C>
Jack L. Watts
  Chairman of the Board and
   Chief Executive Officer....  $   201,093  $   150,000      $  50,373                   --          $   6,999
John L. Lemons
  President...................  $   215,913  $    78,000      $   8,188                   --          $   7,839
Howard R. Girbach
  President - Packaging
   Division...................  $   149,261  $    29,300      $   7,200                   --          $   2,404
Robert R. Strickland
  Vice President - Finance and
   Chief Financial Officer....  $   133,443  $    57,500             --                   --          $   2,404
Douglas L. Cullum
  Vice President -
   Manufacturing Technology...  $   136,839  $    16,300             --                   --          $   2,404
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Includes bonuses paid during fiscal 1995 for services rendered during fiscal
    1994,  but not bonuses paid during  fiscal 1994 for services rendered during
    fiscal 1993.
 
(2) Includes automobile  and gas  allowances  and, with  respect to  Mr.  Watts,
    $41,800  in consulting fees  paid to PPI Management,  Inc., a corporation of
    which Mr. Watts is the sole shareholder and employee.
 
(3) Represents insurance  premiums on  term  life insurance  of $5,435  for  Mr.
    Lemons  and $4,595 for  Mr. Watts, a  Company profit-sharing contribution of
    $2,304 and a Company  401(k) matching contribution of  $100 for each of  the
    Named Officers.
 
    No  stock options were  granted to any  of the Named  Officers during fiscal
1994 or thereafter.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding   option
exercises  during  fiscal  1994  and  the  number  of  shares  covered  by  both
exercisable and unexercisable stock  options as of August  31, 1994 for each  of
the Named Officers.
 
  AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1994 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                                           OPTIONS AT AUGUST 31, 1994      AT AUGUST 31, 1994 (1)
                                   SHARES ACQUIRED                        ----------------------------  ----------------------------
              NAME                   ON EXERCISE       VALUE REALIZED     EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------  -----------------  -------------------  ------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                               <C>                <C>                  <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Jack L. Watts...................             --                  --                --             --     $       --    $         --
John L. Lemons..................             --                  --                --             --             --              --
Howard R. Girbach...............             --                  --            47,000         93,000         58,750         116,250
Robert R. Strickland............             --                  --            48,000         32,000         96,000          64,000
Douglas L. Cullum (2)...........             --                  --            80,000             --        251,200              --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The  value of an "in-the-money" option represents the difference between the
    estimated fair market value of the underlying securities at August 31,  1994
    of $3.75 per share, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, minus
    the exercise price of the options.
 
(2) The  table does not reflect options exercised by Mr. Cullum on April 6, 1995
    to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN.   The 1988 Stock Option  Plan (the "1988 Plan")  was
adopted   by  the  Board  in  September  1988  and  approved  by  the  Company's
shareholders in May 1989.  The 1988 Plan has  been terminated, although  options
granted under the 1988 Plan remain outstanding, as indicated below.
 
    A  total of 1,154,010 shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1 is subject to
issuance with  respect  to outstanding  options  granted under  the  1988  Plan.
Options  may  be granted  under the  1988  Plan to  officers, key  employees and
independent contractors  of  the Company,  or  any subsidiary  of  the  Company.
Options  granted under  the 1988  Plan may  be incentive  stock options ("ISOs")
within the meaning  of Section  422 of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as
amended  (the "Code"),  or nonqualified  stock options  ("NQSOs"); however, only
employees of the Company, or  of a parent or subsidiary  of the Company, may  be
granted  ISOs. Generally, options under the 1988 Plan expire ten years after the
date of  grant  (subject  to shortened  exercisability  periods  for  terminated
employees).
 
    The  1988 Plan may be administered by  the Board or by a committee appointed
by the Board,  which has  discretion to select  optionees and  to establish  the
terms and conditions of the options, subject to the provisions of the 1988 Plan.
The 1988 Plan is currently administered by the Board.
 
    The  exercise price of an option granted under the 1988 Plan may not be less
than 85%, with respect to an NQSO, or 100%, with respect to an ISO, of the  fair
market  value of  the Company's Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1 on  the date of
grant, except that, for an  ISO granted to a person  holding 10% or more of  the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent
or  subsidiary of the Company, the exercise price  must be not less than 110% of
such fair market value.  Options generally become exercisable  as to 20% of  the
shares  one year after the vesting start date  and as to an additional 5% of the
shares for each full  quarter thereafter that the  optionee renders services  to
the Company.
 
    1994  STOCK OPTION PLAN.   The 1994 Stock Option  Plan (the "1994 Plan") was
adopted by the Board and the  Company's shareholders in November 1994. The  1994
Plan  will terminate  on November 17,  2004 or such  earlier time as  all of the
shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1 reserved thereunder have been issued.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    A total of  1,000,000 shares  of Class  B Common  Stock, Series  1 has  been
reserved for issuance under the 1994 Plan. Options may be granted under the 1994
Plan  to officers, key employees and  independent contractors of the Company, or
any subsidiary of the Company. Options granted  under the 1994 Plan may be  ISOs
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or NQSOs; however, only employees
of  the Company, or a parent or subsidiary  of the Company, may be granted ISOs.
Generally, options under the 1994 Plan expire  10 years after the date of  grant
(subject to shortened exercisability periods for terminated employees). The 1994
Plan  allows a maximum term of 10 years  from the date the option is granted (or
five years in the case of any option granted to the holder of 10% or more of the
shares of the Company).
 
    The 1994 Plan may be administered by  the Board or by a committee  appointed
by  the Board,  which has  discretion to select  optionees and  to establish the
terms and conditions of the options, subject to the provisions of the 1994 Plan.
The 1994 Plan is currently administered by the Board.
 
    The exercise price of an option granted under the 1994 Plan may not be  less
than  85%, with respect to an NQSO, or 100%, with respect to an ISO, of the fair
market value of  the Company's Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1 on  the date  of
grant,  except that, for an ISO  granted to a person holding  10% or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent
or subsidiary of the Company, the exercise  price must be not less than 110%  of
such  fair market value. Options  generally become exercisable as  to 20% of the
shares one year after the vesting start date  and as to an additional 5% of  the
shares  for each full  quarter thereafter that the  optionee renders services to
the Company.
 
    As of May 31, 1995, under both the 1988 and 1994 Plans, options to  purchase
an  aggregate of 1,617,190  shares of Class  B Common Stock,  Series 1, had been
exercised,  directors,   officers,   consultants  and   other   employees   held
non-qualified stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,154,010 shares, with a
weighted  average exercise  price of  $1.34 and  directors, officers,  and other
employees held  incentive stock  options  to purchase  an aggregate  of  230,000
shares,  with a weighted average exercise  price of $3.90. An additional 770,000
shares remain available for future grants under the 1994 Plan.
 
    401(K) PLAN.   In 1987, the  Company's Board of  Directors adopted a  profit
sharing  plan that is intended to qualify  under Section 401(k) of the Code (the
"401(k) Plan"). Each employee of  the Company who is at  least 21 years of  age,
has  completed one year of service and is not covered by a collective bargaining
agreement is  eligible  to  participate  in the  401(k)  Plan.  A  participating
employee  may  make  pre-tax  contributions  of up  to  10%  of  such employee's
compensation that  does not  exceed  the Social  Security Wage  Base  ("Eligible
Compensation  Base") in  effect at the  end of  the plan year.  In addition, the
Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, make contributions. In
fiscal 1992, fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994, the Company contributed 3.0%, 3.0% and
4.0%, respectively, of each participant's Eligible Compensation Base.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The members  of  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors are Timothy Tomlinson and Larry C. Williams. Mr. Tomlinson is also the
Company's Secretary.
 
    In  1989, the Company granted to TZM Investment Fund, of which Mr. Tomlinson
is a general partner, options  to purchase 124,026 shares  of Class B, Series  1
Common Stock for $1.00 per share. TZM Investment Fund has exercised a portion of
those  options, purchasing,  during the period  from December  1989 to September
1991, 66,000 shares of  Class B, Series  1 Common Stock  and, during the  period
from  January through  April 1995,  28,042 shares  of Class  B, Series  1 Common
Stock. TZM Investment  Fund continues  to hold the  balance of  the options.  In
1989,  the Company  also granted  to Mr.  Williams and  other principals  of The
Breckenridge Group, Inc. ("Breckenridge"), an  investment banking firm of  which
Mr.  Williams is  a principal,  options to purchase  124,026 shares  of Class B,
Series 1 Common  Stock for  $1.00 per share  (Mr. Williams  received options  to
purchase  33,720 of such shares). Such principals of Breckenridge have exercised
a portion of those options, purchasing, during the period from December 1989  to
September 1991, 66,000 shares of Class B, Series 1 Common Stock (17,670 of which
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
were  purchased  by Mr.  Williams),  and such  principals  continue to  hold the
balance of  the options  (Mr. Williams  continues to  hold options  to  purchase
16,050  shares). In  1991, TZM  Investment Fund  received from  the Company, and
continues to hold,  options to purchase  90,000 shares of  the Company's  Common
Stock for $1.75 per share.
 
    The  Company retains as its general counsel  the law firm of Tomlinson Zisko
Morosoli &  Maser,  of which  Mr.  Tomlinson is  a  general partner.  For  legal
services  rendered  during fiscal  1992,  1993 and  1994,  the Company  paid Mr.
Tomlinson's law firm  $267,000, $451,000 and  $420,000, respectively,  including
expenses.
 
    In  March 1992, the Company engaged Breckenridge to act as investment banker
in a possible equity financing and as  a finder for the purposes of  introducing
the  Company to one or more financial institutions to provide a senior financing
loan package. In fiscal year 1992, the Company paid Breckenridge a $350,000  fee
for  assistance in preparing  a confidential private  placement memorandum for a
possible equity offering  and in evaluating  the offering. In  fiscal 1993,  the
Company paid Breckenridge a $200,000 finder's fee, plus expense reimbursement of
$11,000, in connection with the closing of a new senior financing loan package.
 
    For  additional  information regarding  Messrs.  Tomlinson and  Williams and
their affiliates, see "Management -- Executive Officers and Directors," "Certain
Transactions --  Transactions  with  Entities  Affiliated  with  Directors"  and
"Principal Stockholders."
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    As  permitted by  Section 145 of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law, the
Bylaws of the Company provide that (i) the Company is required to indemnify  its
directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General  Corporation Law,  (ii) the  Company may  indemnify its  other officers,
employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, (iii)
to the fullest  extent permitted by  the Delaware General  Corporation Law,  the
Company  is  required to  advance expenses,  as incurred,  to its  directors and
executive officers in  connection with  a legal proceeding  (subject to  certain
exceptions),  (iv) the rights conferred in the  Bylaws are not exclusive and (v)
the Company  is authorized  to enter  into indemnification  agreements with  its
directors, officers, employees and agents.
 
    The  Company has  entered into indemnification  agreements with  each of its
current directors, (except  Christopher Behrens)  and certain  of its  executive
officers  to give such directors  and officers additional contractual assurances
regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Company's Bylaws and
to provide  additional procedural  protections. The  indemnification  agreements
generally  provide for the  indemnification, to the  fullest extent permitted by
law, of  the  director  or  officer  for  liability  and  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with legal proceedings  brought against such  director or officer in
his capacity as  agent for  the Company,  with certain  exceptions. At  present,
there  is no pending  litigation or proceeding involving  a director, officer or
employees of the Company regarding which  indemnification is sought, nor is  the
Company  aware  of  any threatened  litigation  that  may result  in  claims for
indemnification.
 
    As  permitted  by  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  the  Company's
Certificate  of Incorporation includes a  provision that eliminates the personal
liability of its directors of monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director except  for liability  (i) for  any breach  of the  director's duty  of
loyalty  to the corporation or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or that involve  intentional misconduct or a knowing violation  of
law,  (iii) under Section 174 of  the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding
unlawful dividends or  redemptions or (iv)  for any transaction  from which  the
director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
LOANS TO EMPLOYEES
 
    In November 1991, the Company loaned Daniel Luch, Vice President of Research
and  Development,  $109,000  towards  the  purchase  of  a  home.  The  loan  is
represented by a  nonrecourse promissory note  secured by a  deed of trust.  The
note  may be prepaid in full in one  or more installments on or before the sixth
anniversary of the date of the note. Prepayment must include accrued interest at
the rate of 6%. If  the note has not been  prepaid, satisfaction of the note  is
limited  to proceeds from sale of the home in accordance with a formula outlined
in the loan agreement.
 
    In January 1992, the Company loaned Jack L. Watts, Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer, $250,000 represented by a secured promissory note.  The
Company  received a security interest in certain shares of Class B Common Stock,
Series 1 owned by Mr. Watts. Interest accrues at a rate equal to 2.0% above  the
Company's  borrowing rate under its Current  Revolving Credit Facility. The note
plus accrued interest was originally due and payable in January 1993 but the due
date has been extended to January 1996 by the Board.
 
    In September  1992,  the Company  loaned  Howard R.  Girbach,  President  --
Packaging  Division,  $75,000  towards  the  purchase of  a  home.  The  loan is
represented by a  nonrecourse promissory note  secured by a  deed of trust.  The
note  may be prepaid in full in one  or more installments on or before the sixth
anniversary of the date of the note. Prepayment must include accrued interest at
the rate of 6.0%. If the note has not been prepaid, satisfaction of the note  is
limited  to proceeds from sale of the home in accordance with a formula outlined
in the loan agreement.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH ENTITIES AFFILIATED WITH DIRECTORS
 
    The Company  utilizes  Berry  Plastics  Corporation  for  mold  development,
engineering  and  manufacturing services.  Martin Imbler  is  a director  of the
Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Berry Plastics Corporation.
During fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994,  the Company paid Berry Plastics  Corporation
$63,000, $183,000 and $162,000, respectively, for mold development.
 
    Since June 1988, Chase Bank has held the Company's Senior Subordinated Notes
in  the principal  amount of  $10.0 million  and due  June 30,  2002. The Senior
Subordinated Notes  will  be  repaid in  full  with  the net  proceeds  of  this
offering,  together with a  prepayment premium (estimated to  be $613,000 at May
31, 1995). In each of  fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1994,  the Company paid Chase  Bank
interest  on this  indebtedness of $1.35  million. The  Company paid refinancing
amendment and advisory fees of approximately $1.0 million and $258,000 to  Chase
Bank  during  fiscal  1993  and  fiscal 1994,  respectively.  Chase  Bank  is an
affiliate of Chase Securities, Inc., one  of the Underwriters in this  offering,
and  Chase Capital, which, together with related parties, owns approximately 20%
of the Company's outstanding voting capital stock. See "Principal Stockholders."
Christopher C. Behrens, a director of the  Company, is also a Vice President  of
Chase Bank and Chase Capital.
 
    In June 1994, Chase Capital purchased for $3.75 per share (i) 800,000 shares
of  Class B  Common Stock, Series  1 from  the Company, (ii)  80,000, 80,000 and
93,333 shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1 from Jack L. Watts, LJL Cordovan
Partners and John L. Lemons, respectively,  and (iii) 280,000 shares of Class  B
Common  Stock,  Series  2  from  Robert  Fleming  Nominees,  Ltd.  ("RFNL").  In
connection with these purchases, Chase Capital, RFNL and Heller Financial, Inc.,
the lender  under  the Current  Credit  Facility, received  certain  demand  and
piggyback  registration rights. Chase Capital became a participant in an earlier
agreement between the Company and RFNL under which (i) the Company has the right
of first offer to purchase any shares of the Company's capital stock that either
shareholder proposes to sell to any  nonrelated party and (ii) each  shareholder
has  a right of first offer to purchase  any Class B Common Stock, Series 1 that
the Company  proposes  to  sell.  Chase  Capital is  also  a  party  to  certain
shareholders  agreements  providing  for  certain  rights  of  first  refusal as
described below. See "-- Shareholders  Agreements." In addition, the parties  to
these  shareholders  agreements have  granted to  Chase Capital  certain co-sale
rights to participate in the sale by any such shareholders of more than 25.0% of
the outstanding shares of  the Company's common stock.  One of the  shareholders
agreements
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
also  provides that the Company is prohibited from (i) entering into any merger,
consolidation or repurchase of capital stock, (ii) making certain amendments  to
its  Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or (iii) entering into certain other
significant transactions, without  the approval  of Chase  Capital. Pursuant  to
that  agreement, Jack L. Watts, RFNL and their permitted transferees have agreed
to vote their shares in favor of a nominee of Chase Capital as a director of the
Company. Mr. Behrens is Chase Capital's current nominee.
 
    In April  1995, Chase  Capital purchased  for $4.00  per share  (i)  265,000
shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock, Series 1 from various shareholders
of  the Company  (including 110,000, 57,614,  25,000 and 7,500  shares that were
sold by Jack L. Watts, John L. Lemons, Douglas Cullum (and their affiliates) and
TZM Investment  Fund, respectively)  and (ii)  250,000 shares  of the  Company's
Class B Common Stock, Series 2 from RFNL. In June 1995, pursuant to an agreement
reached  in April 1995, the  Company sold for $4.00  per share 200,000 shares of
Class B Common  Stock, Series 1  to Chase Capital,  and Chase Capital  purchased
34,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1 for $4.00 per share from various
shareholders.
 
    For  information  concerning certain  transactions  between the  Company and
Timothy Tomlinson,  Larry  C.  Williams  or  their  respective  affiliates,  see
"Management  --  Compensation Committee  Interlocks and  Insider Participation."
Messrs. Tomlinson and Williams are directors  of the Company and the members  of
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    The  Company's policy is that it will not make loans to, or enter into other
transactions with, directors, officers or other affiliates unless such loans  or
transactions   are  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  Company's  disinterested
directors, may reasonably be expected to benefit the Company and, except to  the
extent  that loans to officers of the Company  have been entered into in part in
recognition of the value of the officers' services to the Company, are on  terms
no  less  favorable  to  the  Company than  could  be  obtained  in arms'-length
transactions with unaffiliated third parties.
 
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENTS
 
    A majority of the Company's shares, including shares held by Jack L.  Watts,
are  subject to shareholders agreements  under which the Company  has a right of
first refusal  in  the event  of  a proposed  transfer  of such  shares  of  the
Company's  common stock to a  transferee not related to  the shareholder. In the
event the  Company does  not exercise  its  right of  first refusal,  the  other
shareholders  that  are parties  to the  agreements  have similar  first refusal
rights.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect   to
beneficial  ownership of  each class  of the  Company's voting  securities as of
September 21, 1995 by (i) each person known by the Company to be the  beneficial
owner  of  more than  5% of  such class,  (ii) each  director, (iii)  each Named
Officer and (iv) all executive officers and directors as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   AMOUNT AND NATURE
                                                                                     OF BENEFICIAL      PERCENT OF
          TITLE OF CLASS (1)                    NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER             OWNERSHIP (2)       CLASS (2)
- ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------
<S>                                      <C>                                      <C>                  <C>
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Jack L. Watts (3)                               4,058,021           34.4%
Class B Common Stock, Series 2           Robert Fleming Nominees Limited, a              1,755,715           14.9%
                                          United Kingdom Corporation (4)
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Christopher C. Behrens (5)                      1,552,333           13.2%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation (6)         1,552,333           13.2%
Class B Common Stock, Series 2           Christopher C. Behrens (5)                        815,715            6.9%
Class B Common Stock, Series 2           Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation(6)            815,715            6.9%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Gary L. Barry (7)                                 607,965            5.2%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           John L. and Mary Ann Lemons                       574,992            4.9%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Timothy Tomlinson (8)                             245,984            2.1%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Howard R. Girbach (9)                             127,000            1.0%
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Robert R. Strickland (10)                          88,000           *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Douglas L. Cullum (11)                             70,000           *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Larry C. Williams (12)                             66,371          *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           Martin R. Imbler                                   20,000          *
Class B Common Stock, Series 1           All executive officers and directors as         8,021,978            65.4  %
                                          a group
                                          (14 persons)(13)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
  * Less than one percent
 
 (1)The Company's  Class B  Common Stock,  Series 1  and Class  B Common  Stock,
    Series 2 have the same voting rights, each share being entitled to one vote.
    The  Class B Common  Stock, Series 2  has a liquidation  preference equal to
    $0.60 on  each  distributed  dollar in  the  event  that the  value  of  the
    Company's  assets available for  distribution is less  than $1.75 per share.
    Each share of Class B Common Stock,  Series 2 is convertible at any time  at
    the  option of the holder  into one share of Class  B Common Stock, Series 1
    and will be  automatically converted into  one such share  (i) in the  event
    that  shares of  Class B  Common Stock,  Series 1  shall be  sold in  a firm
    commitment public offering in which  the aggregate public offering price  is
    not  less than $10,000,000 or (ii) immediately prior to the effectiveness of
    a merger or consolidation in which  the Company is not the surviving  entity
    and  in which the value  of the property to  be received by the stockholders
    shall be not less than  $1.75 per share. No shares  of Class A Common  Stock
    are  issued  or outstanding,  although  immediately exercisable  warrants to
    purchase 2,492,741  of  such shares  are  outstanding. Chase  Capital  holds
    2,052,526  of such warrants. The Class A Common Stock is non-voting and each
    share of Class A  Common Stock may  be converted into one  share of Class  B
    Common  Stock, Series  1, at  the option  of the  holder, in  the event that
    shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1 shall be sold in a firm  commitment
    public  offering in  which the aggregate  public offering price  is not less
    than $10,000,000.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
 (2)In accordance  with the  rules of  the Commission,  shares are  beneficially
    owned  by  the person  who has  or  shares voting  or investment  power with
    respect to such shares.  Unless otherwise indicated  below, the persons  and
    entities  named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with
    respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws
    where applicable.  Shares  of  Common  Stock subject  to  options  that  are
    exercisable  within  60  days  of  September  21,  1995  are  deemed  to  be
    outstanding and to be beneficially owned  by the person holding such  option
    for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such person but are
    not  treated  as outstanding  for the  purpose  of computing  the percentage
    ownership of any other person.
 
 (3)Includes 614,712 shares held  by LJL Cordovan Partners,  L.P., of which  Mr.
    Watts  is  the General  Partner and  52,132  shares held  by trusts  for the
    benefit of Mr. Watts' children. Mr.  Watt's address is 890 Faulstich  Court,
    San Jose, California 95112.
 
 (4)The  address  of this  shareholder  is c/o  Robert  Fleming &  Co.  Ltd., 25
    Copthall Avenue, London, EC2R 7DR.
 
 (5)Represents shares held by Chase Capital and related parties. Mr. Behrens  is
    a  Vice President of Chase Capital. Does  not include warrants held by Chase
    Capital to purchase 2,052,526 shares of Class A Common Stock at $0.60667 per
    share,  which  shares  are  non-voting.  Mr.  Behrens  disclaims  beneficial
    ownership  of the 1,303,486 shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 1 and the
    776,095 shares of Class B Common Stock, Series 2 owned by Chase Capital. The
    address of this shareholder is One Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, New York
    10081.
 
 (6)Represents shares  held  by Chase  Capital  and related  parties.  Does  not
    include  warrants to  purchase 2,052,526 shares  of Class A  Common Stock at
    $0.60667 per  share,  which  shares  are non-voting.  The  address  of  this
    shareholder is One Chase Manhattan Plaza, New York, New York 10081.
 
 (7)Mr.  Barry's  address  is  2180  Sand  Hill  Road,  Suite  350,  Menlo Park,
    California 95025.
 
 (8)Includes 40,000 shares held by  First TZMM Investment Partnership, of  which
    Mr.  Tomlinson is  a general partner,  66,000 shares held  by TZM Investment
    Fund of which Mr. Tomlinson is a general partner and 119,984 shares  subject
    to  options held by TZM Investment Fund  that are exercisable within 60 days
    of September 21, 1995.
 
 (9)Includes 67,000 shares subject  to an option exercisable  within 60 days  of
    September  21, 1995. Also includes 12,000  shares held by Cupertino National
    Bank, Custodian, Howard Girbach IRA.
 
(10)Includes 68,000  shares subject  to options  exercisable within  60 days  of
    September 21, 1995.
 
(11)Includes  55,000 shares  subject to  options exercisable  within 60  days of
    September 21, 1995.
 
(12)Includes 16,050  shares subject  to options  exercisable within  60 days  of
    September  21, 1995.  Does not  include (i)  123,756 shares  and (ii) 41,976
    shares subject to options exercisable within  60 days of September 1,  1995,
    held  in the individual  names of four other  principals of The Breckenridge
    Group, Inc.
 
(13)Includes all of the shares shown as  included in footnotes (3), (5) and  (8)
    through (12).
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                     DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
GENERAL
 
    Concurrently  with this offering, the Company will enter into the New Credit
Facility with Heller  Financial, Inc.,  the lender under  the Company's  Current
Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  Current Term  Loan  Facility.  The  New Credit
Facility will provide for revolving loans to the Company in an aggregate  amount
not   to  exceed  $35.0  million.  The  loans  will  constitute  senior  secured
indebtedness of the  Company. The  consummation of this  offering is  contingent
upon the closing of the New Credit Facility.
 
    The  information set  forth herein  relating to  the New  Credit Facility is
qualified in its  entirety by reference  to the complete  text of the  documents
entered  into or to be  entered into in connection  therewith, proposed forms of
which have been filed  as exhibits to the  Registration Statement of which  this
Prospectus is a part.
 
AVAILABILITY
 
    Borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be subject to a borrowing base
of  85% of  "Eligible Accounts,"  plus 60%  of "Eligible  Inventory" and  40% of
"Eligible PPE" (generally, the net book  value of the Company's property,  plant
and equipment), as those terms are defined in the New Credit Facility. Given the
Company's  current levels of Eligible  Accounts, Eligible Inventory and Eligible
PPE and the operation of financial ratios contained in the New Credit  Facility,
the  Company expects to be able to draw up to approximately $23.7 million of the
$35.0 million committed  under the New  Credit Facility at  the closing of  this
offering  or shortly  thereafter, assuming  compliance with  certain ministerial
post-closing conditions; however, the Company does not presently intend to  make
any  draw under  the New  Credit Facility at  closing. The  Company's ability to
borrow under the New Credit Facility in  the future will be subject to the  size
of  its borrowing base as well as compliance with covenants and financial ratios
contained in the New Credit Facility.
 
INTEREST
 
    The interest rate will be (i) Base Rate plus 1.25% or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.25%,
at the Company's option. The Base Rate is a variable rate of interest per  annum
calculated  daily on the basis of  a 360 day year equal  to the rate of interest
from time to time  published by the  Board of Governors  of the Federal  Reserve
System  in  Federal  Reserve statistical  release  H.15(519)  entitled "Selected
Interest Rates" as the Bank prime loan  rate. The LIBOR option is available  for
interest  periods of one, two,  three or six months. On  LIBOR loans as to which
the interest period  is six months,  and on  Base Rate loans,  interest will  be
payable  quarterly in arrears. On LIBOR loans as to which the interest period is
one, two or three months,  interest will be payable at  the end of the  interest
period. Interest will be calculated daily on the basis of a 360-day year for the
actual number of days elapsed.
 
    Repayment  of  LIBOR  loans  on any  day  other  than the  last  day  of the
applicable interest  periods,  or failure  to  borrow  any amount  on  the  date
scheduled for borrowing, will require compensation for breakage costs.
 
    A  fee  of 0.375%  per annum  will be  charged on  the average  daily unused
portion of the New Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears.
 
MATURITY
 
    The New Credit Facility will mature on the fifth anniversary of the closing.
 
SECURITY
 
    The New  Credit  Facility will  be  secured  by a  first  priority  security
interest  on substantially all of the Company's and its Restricted Subsidiaries'
real and personal property of every  type and description, whether owned at  the
time  of closing  or subsequently  acquired, including  a pledge  of all capital
stock of  any  Restricted  Subsidiary of  the  Company.  If in  the  future  the
Company's  capital  stock is  beneficially owned  or controlled  by one  or more
holding companies, then the lender will  require a continuing guaranty from  the
holding company, which guaranty must be secured by all the assets of the holding
company, including a pledge of all the Company's capital stock.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
PAYMENT TERMS
 
    The  New Credit  Facility will  pay interest  only as  indicated above until
maturity. Upon maturity, principal  and all remaining  accrued interest will  be
payable.  The Company may prepay any borrowings under the New Credit Facility at
any time (subject  to any  applicable LIBOR  breakage costs;  see "--  Interest"
above).
 
COVENANTS
 
    The  New Credit  Facility will  contain covenants  and provisions  that will
restrict, among other  things, the  Company's ability to:  (i) incur  additional
indebtedness;  (ii) incur  liens on its  property; (iii)  make investments; (iv)
enter into guarantees and other contingent obligations; (v) merge or consolidate
with or acquire  another person  or engage  in other  fundamental changes;  (vi)
engage  in certain  sales of assets;  (vii) engage in  certain transactions with
affiliates; and (viii) make restricted junior payments. The New Credit  Facility
will   also  require  maintenance  of  a  specified  ratio  of  indebtedness  to
consolidated cash flow  on a trailing  twelve month basis  and will require  the
repayment  of loans under the New Credit Facility with proceeds of certain sales
of assets.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
    The New Credit Facility will contain events of default customary for working
capital financings.
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
    The Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture")  between
the  Company and American Bank National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part
of the Indenture by  reference to the  Trust Indenture Act  of 1939, as  amended
(the  "Trust  Indenture Act").  The Notes  are  subject to  all such  terms, and
holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
statement thereof. The following summary of certain provisions of the  Indenture
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the  Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. A
copy of the proposed form of Indenture described below will be made available to
prospective investors upon request. The definitions of certain terms used in the
following summary are set forth below under "-- Certain Definitions."
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
    The Notes will be unsecured general  obligations of the Company, limited  in
aggregate  principal amount to $110,000,000. The Notes will mature on October 1,
2005. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 10.75% per annum and will
be payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing  April
1,  1996, to holders of record ("Holders") on the immediately preceding March 15
and September 15. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date  of
original  issuance. Interest  will be  computed on the  basis of  a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day  months. The Notes will  be payable as to  principal,
premium,  if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained
for such  purpose  within  the  City  and State  of  New  York  or,  in  certain
circumstances  set forth in  the Indenture, payment  of interest may  be made by
check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth
in the register of Holders of Notes. Until otherwise designated by the  Company,
the  Company's office or  agency in New York  will be the  office of the Trustee
maintained for  such purpose.  The  Notes will  be  issued in  registered  form,
without coupons, and in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
    Except  as set forth in the next paragraph, the Notes will not be redeemable
at the Company's option prior to October 1, 2000. Thereafter, the Notes will  be
redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice, at the following
redemption  prices (expressed  as percentages  of principal  amount) if redeemed
during the twelve-month  period beginning on  October 1 of  the years  indicated
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         REDEMPTION
YEAR                                                                       PRICE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>
2000..................................................................     105.375%
2001..................................................................     103.583%
2002..................................................................     101.791%
</TABLE>
 
and  thereafter at  100% of  the principal amount,  in each  case, together with
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  to  the  redemption  date.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  at any time prior  to October 1, 1998, the  Company may redeem up to
$33.0 million principal amount  of the Notes  with the proceeds  of one or  more
Public  Equity Offerings at  110.75% of the  aggregate principal amount thereof,
together with accrued and  unpaid interest, if any,  to the date of  redemption;
PROVIDED  that such  redemption shall occur  within 60  days of the  date of the
closing of any  such Public  Equity Offering;  AND FURTHER  PROVIDED that  Notes
having   an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  at  least  $77.0  million  remain
outstanding immediately after any such redemption.
 
SELECTION AND NOTICE
 
    If less than all of the Notes are  to be redeemed at any time, selection  of
Notes  for  redemption  will be  made  by  the Trustee  in  compliance  with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed, or, if the  Notes are not so listed,  on a pro rata basis,  by
lot  or by such method as the  Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, PROVIDED
that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the redemption date to  each Holder of  Notes to be  redeemed at its  registered
address.  If any Note is  to be redeemed in part  only, the notice of redemption
that relates  to such  Note shall  state  the portion  of the  principal  amount
thereof  to be redeemed. A new Note  in principal amount equal to the unredeemed
portion thereof  will  be  issued  in  the  name  of  the  Holder  thereof  upon
cancellation  of the original  Note. On and after  the redemption date, interest
ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
    The Company will  not be required  to make mandatory  redemption or  sinking
fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
RANKING
 
    The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes will be unsecured senior obligations
of  the Company and will  rank PARI PASSU in right  of payment with all existing
and future senior Indebtedness of the Company and senior in right of payment  to
any future subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes, however, will be
effectively  subordinated  to senior  secured Indebtedness  of the  Company with
respect to the  assets securing  such Indebtedness,  including any  Indebtedness
that  may be incurred from time to time under the New Credit Facility. See "Risk
Factors -- Effective Subordination of Notes in Certain Circumstances." As of May
31, 1995, after giving effect  to the sale of the  Notes and the application  of
net  proceeds to  repay certain  Indebtedness, the  Company would  have had $0.2
million of  senior  Indebtedness  outstanding  (other than  the  Notes)  and  no
subordinated  Indebtedness outstanding  and would  have had,  subject to certain
restrictions, the  ability to  draw up  to $23.7  million of  the $35.0  million
committed under the New Credit Facility. See "Capitalization."
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
    CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    Upon  the occurrence of a Change of  Control, each Holder of Notes will have
the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to  $1,000
or  an integral multiple thereof)  of such Holder's Notes  pursuant to the offer
described below  (the "Change  of Control  Offer")  at an  offer price  in  cash
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
equal  to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date  of purchase (the "Change  of Control Payment"). Within  30
days  following any Change  of Control, the  Company will mail  a notice to each
Holder stating: (1) that the Change of  Control Offer is being made pursuant  to
the  covenant entitled "Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control" and that all
Notes tendered will  be accepted  for payment; (2)  the purchase  price and  the
purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
the  date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (3) that
any Note not  tendered will continue  to accrue interest;  (4) that, unless  the
Company  defaults in  the payment  of the Change  of Control  Payment, all Notes
accepted for  payment pursuant  to the  Change of  Control Offer  will cease  to
accrue  interest  after the  Change of  Control Payment  Date; (5)  that Holders
electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer  will
be  required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase" on the reverse  of the Notes completed,  to the Paying Agent  at
the  address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will
be entitled to withdraw their election  if the Paying Agent receives, not  later
than  the close of business  on the second Business  Day preceding the Change of
Control Payment  Date,  a  telegram, telex,  facsimile  transmission  or  letter
setting  forth the name of  the Holder, the principal  amount of Notes delivered
for purchase, and a  statement that such Holder  is withdrawing his election  to
have  such Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased
only in  part  will  be issued  new  Notes  equal in  principal  amount  to  the
unpurchased  portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be
equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company
will comply with the requirements of Rule  14e-1 under the Exchange Act and  any
other  securities laws  and regulations thereunder  to the extent  such laws and
regulations are applicable  in connection with  the repurchase of  the Notes  in
connection with a Change of Control.
 
    On  the Change  of Control  Payment Date,  the Company  will, to  the extent
lawful, (1) accept for  payment Notes or portions  thereof tendered pursuant  to
the  Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit  with the Paying Agent an amount equal
to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof  so
tendered  and (3) deliver or  cause to be delivered to  the Trustee the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate  principal
amount  of the  Notes or  portions thereof being  purchased by  the Company. The
Paying Agent will promptly mail to each  Holder of Notes so accepted the  Change
of  Control Payment for  such Notes, and the  Trustee will promptly authenticate
and mail to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any  unpurchased
portion  of the Notes surrendered, if any; PROVIDED that each such new Note will
be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The  Company
will  send to the Trustee and the Holders on or as soon as practicable after the
Change of Control Payment Date a notice setting forth the results of the  Change
of Control Offer.
 
    The  definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other  disposition of "all or substantially  all"
of  the  Company's assets.  Although  there is  a  developing body  of  case law
interpreting the phrase  "substantially all,"  there is  no precise  established
definition  of the  phrase under applicable  law. Accordingly, the  ability of a
holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other  disposition of less than all of  the
assets of the Company to another person may be uncertain.
 
    In  the event  of a Change  of Control, there  can be no  assurance that the
Company would  have sufficient  funds  to pay  the  repurchase price  for  Notes
tendered  by  the  holders  thereof.  In addition,  a  Change  of  Control would
constitute a default under the New Credit Facility and, since Indebtedness under
the New Credit Facility will effectively rank senior in priority to Indebtedness
under the Notes, the Company would be obligated to repay Indebtedness under  the
New  Credit  Facility in  advance  of Indebtedness  under  the Notes.  See "Risk
Factors --  Effective  Subordination of  Notes  in Certain  Circumstances."  The
Company's  repurchase of  Notes as  a result  of the  occurrence of  a Change of
Control may be prohibited or  limited by, or create  an event of default  under,
the terms of other agreements relating to borrowings which the Company may enter
into  from time to time, including  agreements relating to secured Indebtedness.
Failure by  the  Company  to  make  or consummate  a  Change  of  Control  Offer
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
would  constitute an  immediate Event  of Default  under the  Indenture, thereby
entitling the Trustee or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes to declare all of the Notes to be due and payable immediately;
PROVIDED that so long as any  Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant  to
the New Credit Facility is outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective
until  the earlier of (i) an acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the New
Credit Facility  or (ii)  five business  days after  receipt by  the Company  of
written  notice of such acceleration. In the event all of the Notes are declared
due and payable, the Company's  ability to repay the  Notes would be subject  to
the limitations referred to above.
 
    Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture
does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that
the  Company  repurchase  or  redeem  the Notes  in  the  event  of  a takeover,
recapitalization or similar restructuring.
 
    "CHANGE OF CONTROL" as used herein,  means (a) any sale, lease, exchange  or
transfer  (in one transaction or in a  series of related transactions) of all or
substantially all the assets of  the Company to any  Person or group of  related
Persons (other than Permitted Investors), (b) the merger or consolidation of the
Company  with or into  another corporation or the  merger of another corporation
into the Company  with the effect  that immediately after  such transaction  the
stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction hold less than
50%  of the total voting  power of all securities  generally entitled to vote in
the election of  directors, managers or  trustees of the  Person surviving  such
merger  or  consolidation, (c)(x)  prior to  the  Company's first  Public Equity
Offering, the acquisition by any "person" or "group" (as those terms are used in
Sections 13(d)  and  14(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  (other  than  the  Permitted
Investors)  of the ultimate "beneficial ownership" as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under  the Exchange  Act) of  more than  50% of  the voting  power of  all
securities  of  the  Company  generally  entitled to  vote  in  the  election of
directors of  the  Company and  (y)  after  the Company's  first  Public  Equity
Offering, the acquisition by any person or group (defined as set forth in clause
(x)  above) (other than the Permitted Investors) of more than the greater of (i)
40% of the voting power of all  securities of the Company generally entitled  to
vote in the election of directors of the Company or (ii) the total percentage of
the  voting power of all securities of the Company generally entitled to vote in
the election of directors of the Company held by the Permitted Investors in  the
aggregate  at the  time of determination,  (d) during any  period of twenty-four
consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period  constituted
the  Board of Directors  of the Company  (together with any  new directors whose
election by such Board or whose  nomination for election by the stockholders  of
the  Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in
office who  were either  directors at  the  beginning of  such period  or  whose
election  or nomination for  election was previously so  approved) cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of  the
Company,  or (e) the stockholders of the  Company shall approve any plan for the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
    "PERMITTED  INVESTORS"  means  Jack   L.  Watts,  Chase  Manhattan   Capital
Corporation,   Fleming  Mercantile   Investment  Trust   PLC,  Fleming  American
Investment Trust PLC, LJL Cordovan Investors  and Related Parties of any of  the
foregoing.
 
    "RELATED  PARTY"  with  respect  to any  Permitted  Investor  means  (A) any
controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or  immediate
family member (in the case of an individual) of such Permitted Investor or (B) a
trust,   corporation,   partnership   or   other   entity,   the  beneficiaries,
stockholders, partners, owners or  Persons beneficially holding  an 80% or  more
controlling  interest of  which consist of  such Permitted  Investor and/or such
other persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (A).
 
    ASSET SALES
 
    The Indenture will provide that the  Company will not conduct, and will  not
permit  any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, an Asset Sale (as defined
below) unless (x) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be)
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
market value (evidenced by a resolution of  the Board of Directors set forth  in
an  Officers' Certificate delivered to the  Trustee prior to the consummation of
the Asset Sale) of the  assets sold or otherwise disposed  of, and (y) at  least
80%    of   the   consideration   therefor    received   by   the   Company   or
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the amount of  (A) any liabilities (as  shown on the Company's  or
such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto),
of  the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by
their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, that
are assumed by the  transferee of any  such assets, and (B)  any notes or  other
obligations  received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that  are immediately  converted by  the Company  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received), shall be deemed to be
cash for purposes of this provision.
 
    Within 180 days after any Asset Sale, the Company may apply the Net Proceeds
from  such Asset Sale at  its option (a) to  permanently reduce debt outstanding
under  the  Credit  Facility  (and  to  make  corresponding  reductions  to  the
commitments  in respect thereof) or  (b) to make an  investment in a business or
capital expenditure or other long-term assets  of the Company or its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.  Pending  the  final application  of  any such  Net  Proceeds, the
Company may invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. Any Net Proceeds  from
the  Asset  Sale that  are  not applied  or invested  as  provided in  the first
sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds."  When
the  aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company shall
make an offer to all  Holders of Notes (an "Asset  Sale Offer") to purchase  the
maximum  principal  amount of  Notes that  may  be purchased  out of  the Excess
Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the  principal
amount  thereof plus  accrued and  unpaid interest to  the date  of purchase, in
accordance with the procedures  set forth in the  Indenture. To the extent  that
the  aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant  to an Asset Sale Offer is less
than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds  for
general   corporate  purposes.  If  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Notes
surrendered by  Holders  thereof exceeds  the  amount of  Excess  Proceeds,  the
Trustee  shall  select the  Notes  to be  purchased on  a  pro rata  basis. Upon
completion of  such  offer to  purchase,  even if  Notes  less than  the  Excess
Proceeds are tendered for purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset
to zero.
 
    "Asset  Sale" means (i) the sale,  lease, conveyance or other disposition of
any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by
way of a sale-and-leaseback) other than sales of inventory (including  equipment
held  as  inventory)  and  obsolete equipment  or  redundant  properties  in the
ordinary course of  business consistent  with past practice  (provided that  the
sale,  lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of  the Company  will be  governed  by the  provisions of  the  Indenture
described  above under the caption "--  Change of Control" and/or the provisions
described below under the caption "--  Merger, Consolidation or Sale of  Assets"
and  not by  the provisions of  this covenant),  or (ii) the  issuance of Equity
Interests by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or the sale of Equity Interests
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any of its Subsidiaries,
in the case of either clause (i) above or this clause (ii), whether in a  single
transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) that have an aggregate fair
market  value in excess of $250,000, or (b) for aggregate net proceeds in excess
of $250,000. For purposes  of this definition, the  term "Asset Sale" shall  not
include  any issuance of Equity Interests by the Company, any transfer of assets
permitted pursuant to the covenant entitled "Restricted Payments" or pursuant to
clause (d) or (e) of the  definition of "Permitted Investments" or the  transfer
of  assets or Equity Interests by the  Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or  by a  Restricted Subsidiary  of the  Company to  the Company  or  to
another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
    RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
 
    The  Indenture will provide that the Company  will not, and, will not permit
any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries to, directly or  indirectly: (i) declare  or
pay  any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company's or any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries'  Equity   Interests  (other  than  dividends   or
distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
person  making  such dividend  or  distribution, or  dividends  or distributions
payable to the Company or any  Restricted Subsidiary); (ii) purchase, redeem  or
otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary or  other Affiliate of  the Company (other  than any such
Equity Interests owned by
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
the  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or except in connection
with a Permitted Investment made pursuant to clause (d) or (e) of the definition
thereof); (iii) purchase, redeem, repay, defease, pay any amount of principal of
or otherwise acquire or retire for  value any Indebtedness that is  subordinated
to  the Notes prior to the scheduled  principal payment, sinking fund payment or
maturity thereof; (iv) make any Investment  in any Person (other than  Permitted
Investments)  or (v) guarantee any Indebtedness  of any Affiliate of the Company
other than a  Restricted Subsidiary of  the Company or  pursuant to a  Guarantee
that  constitutes a Permitted Investment pursuant to clause (d) or clause (e) of
the definition thereof (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(i) through (v) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted  Payments"),
unless,  at the time of such Restricted  Payment and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment:
 
       (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be  continuing
           or would occur as a consequence thereof;
 
       (b) the  Company and  its Restricted Subsidiaries  would, at  the time of
           such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto  as
    if  such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable
    four-quarter period,  have  been  permitted  to  incur  at  least  $1.00  of
    additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
    forth  in the covenant entitled "Incurrence  of Indebtedness and Issuance of
    Preferred Stock;" and
 
       (c) such Restricted Payment,  together with  the aggregate  of all  other
           Restricted   Payments  made   by  the  Company   and  its  Restricted
    Subsidiaries after the date of the Indenture (including Restricted  Payments
    permitted  by the next succeeding paragraph),  is less than the sum, without
    duplication, of (i)  50% of the  cumulative Consolidated Net  Income of  the
    Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the date of the
    Indenture to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for
    which  internal  financial  statements are  available  at the  time  of such
    Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
    loss, 100% of such loss), plus (ii) 100% of the aggregate net cash  proceeds
    received  by  the Company  from  the issue  or sale  since  the date  of the
    Indenture of Equity Interests  of the Company or  of debt securities of  the
    Company  that have  been converted  into such  Equity Interests  (other than
    Equity Interests (or convertible  debt securities) sold  to a Subsidiary  of
    the  Company and other than Disqualified  Stock or debt securities that have
    been converted into Disqualified Stock), plus (iii) 100% of any dividends or
    interest actually received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
    that is a  Guarantor after the  date of the  Indenture from an  Unrestricted
    Subsidiary,  a Person that is not a Subsidiary or a Person that is accounted
    for on the equity method plus (iv) $5.0 million.
 
    The foregoing provisions will not prohibit  (i) the payment of any  dividend
within  60  days after  the  date of  declaration thereof,  if  at said  date of
declaration such  payment  would  have  complied  with  the  provisions  of  the
Indenture;  (ii) the redemption, repurchase,  retirement or other acquisition of
any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds  of,
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of
other  Equity  Interests of  the Company  (other  than any  Disqualified Stock),
PROVIDED, that the amount of any such  net cash proceeds used therefor shall  be
excluded  from clause (c)(ii) of the preceding paragraph to the extent otherwise
included therein; (iii) the defeasance, redemption or repurchase of subordinated
Indebtedness with the net proceeds  from an incurrence of Permitted  Refinancing
Indebtedness  or  in exchange  for or  out  of the  proceeds of  a substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity  Interests
of  the  Company  (other than  Disqualified  Stock)  or upon  the  conversion of
subordinated Indebtedness  into  Equity Interests  of  the Company  (other  than
Disqualified  Stock), PROVIDED,  that the amount  of any such  net cash proceeds
used therefor shall be excluded from  clause (c)(ii) of the preceding  paragraph
to  the extent  otherwise included therein;  (iv) the  repurchase, redemption or
other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any member of the  Company's
(or  any  of its  Subsidiaries') management  pursuant  to any  management equity
subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the date of the
Indenture or  entered  into  thereafter  in the  ordinary  course  of  business;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate price
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
paid  for all such  repurchased, redeemed, acquired  or retired Equity Interests
shall not exceed $1.0 million, plus the aggregate cash proceeds received by  the
Company  from any reissuance  of Equity Interests  by the Company  to members of
management of  the Company  and its  Subsidiaries; and  no Default  or Event  of
Default   shall  have  occurred   and  be  continuing   immediately  after  such
transaction. For  purposes of  the  preceding sentence,  payment of  the  option
exercise  price of stock options held by  members of management by the tender of
shares of  the  Company's common  stock  shall not  be  deemed to  constitute  a
repurchase,  redemption, acquisition or  retirement of Equity  Interests held by
members of management.  A tender  of the Company's  common stock  by members  of
management  in payment of  withholding taxes shall  be a repurchase, redemption,
acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests held by members of management only
to the extent that the amount of withholding taxes the Company pays on behalf of
such member  of management  exceeds the  reduction in  the Company's  state  and
federal  taxes  caused  by  the  exercise  of  the  stock  option  to  which the
withholding payment relates.
 
    The Board of  Directors may  designate any  Restricted Subsidiary  to be  an
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  if such  designation would  not  cause a  Default. For
purposes of making such  determination, all Investments by  the Company and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary
so designated made on or  after the date of the  Indenture will be deemed to  be
Restricted  Payments at the time of such  designation and will reduce the amount
available for Restricted Payments  under the first  paragraph of this  covenant.
All such Investments will be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal
to  the greatest of  (x) the net book  value of such Investments  at the time of
such designation, (y) the fair market value  of such Investments at the time  of
such  designation and (z) the original fair  market value of such Investments at
the time  they  were made.  Such  designation will  only  be permitted  if  such
Restricted  Payment  would be  permitted  at such  time  and if  such Restricted
Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
    Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company  shall
deliver  to the  Trustee an Officers'  Certificate stating  that such Restricted
Payment is permitted  and setting forth  the basis upon  which the  calculations
required by the covenant "Restricted Payments" were computed, which calculations
may be based upon the Company's latest available financial statements.
 
    INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Indenture will provide that  the Company will not,  and will not permit
any of  its  Subsidiaries to,  directly  or indirectly,  create,  incur,  issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect
to  (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness  (including Acquired Debt) and that
the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries  to  issue  any shares  of  preferred  stock;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that  the Company  or  any Subsidiary  may  incur Indebtedness  or the
Company may issue shares of Disqualified Stock if:
 
       (i) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended
           four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
    available  immediately  preceding   the  date  on   which  such   additional
    Indebtedness  is incurred  or such Disqualified  Stock is  issued would have
    been at  least  2.00  to  1.0  if such  Indebtedness  is  incurred  or  such
    Disqualified  Stock  is  issued,  after  giving  pro  forma  effect  to  the
    incurrence or issuance  thereof, on or  before October 1,  1997 or at  least
    2.25  to 1.00 if such Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is
    issued after October 1, 1997; and
 
       (ii)if such  Indebtedness is  subordinated  in right  of payment  to  the
           Notes,  the final stated maturity of  such Indebtedness is later than
    the final stated  maturity of  the Notes and  the Weighted  Average Life  to
    Maturity of such Indebtedness is greater than the remaining Weighted Average
    Life to Maturity of the Notes.
 
    The foregoing limitations will not apply to the incurrence by the Company or
its Subsidiaries of Permitted Indebtedness, which means:
 
       (a) The Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
       (b) the  incurrence  by  the  Company of  Indebtedness  under  the Credit
           Facility  (and  guarantees  thereof   by  the  Company's   Restricted
    Subsidiaries)  in an aggregate principal amount  at any time outstanding not
    to exceed the greater of (i) $35.0 million or (ii) the Borrowing Base,  less
    (y)  the aggregate  amount of  all Net  Proceeds of  Asset Sales  applied to
    reduce permanently the commitment with respect to such Indebtedness pursuant
    to the  covenant described  under  the caption  "Asset  Sales" and  (z)  the
    aggregate principal amount of mortgage financing incurred pursuant to clause
    (l) below to the extent not repaid from operating cash flow;
 
       (c) any  Indebtedness  of  the Company  and  its  Restricted Subsidiaries
           (other than under the Credit Facility and the Notes) in existence  on
    the  date of  original issuance  of the  Notes (after  giving effect  to the
    application of the net proceeds of the sale of the Notes);
 
       (d) the incurrence  of  Indebtedness by  the  Company or  its  Restricted
           Subsidiaries  pursuant to letters of credit in an aggregate principal
    amount not to exceed  $1.0 million (such letters  of credit being deemed  to
    have   a  principal  amount   equal  to  the   maximum  potential  liability
    thereunder);
 
       (e) the incurrence  by  the Company  or  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
           Indebtedness  pursuant  to letters  of credit  or Guarantees  for the
    benefit of Persons in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may  make
    Permitted Investments pursuant to clause (d) or clause (e) of the definition
    thereof,  provided that for purposes of  calculating the amount permitted to
    be invested pursuant to such clause (d) or (e), any such letter of credit or
    Guarantee shall be deemed to represent  an Investment in such Person by  the
    Company  or Restricted  Subsidiary in  the amount  of the  maximum potential
    liability thereunder;
 
       (f) the incurrence  by  the Company  or  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
           Indebtedness  which also  constitutes an  Investment permitted  to be
    made under the covenant entitled "Restricted Payments";
 
       (g) the incurrence  by  the Company  or  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
           Indebtedness  represented  by  Capital  Lease  Obligations,  mortgage
    financing or  purchase money  obligations,  in each  case incurred  for  the
    purpose  of  financing all  or any  part of  the purchase  price or  cost of
    construction or improvement of property used in the business of the  Company
    or such Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
    $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
       (h) intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its
           Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
       (i) the  incurrence by the Company or  its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i)
           Hedging Obligations that are  incurred for the  purpose of fixing  or
    hedging  interest rate risk  with respect to  any floating rate Indebtedness
    that is permitted  by the  terms of the  Indenture to  be outstanding;  (ii)
    Currency Agreements and (iii) Commodity Agreements;
 
       (j) the  incurrence of Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness by the Company
           or its Restricted Subsidiaries in  exchange for, or the net  proceeds
    of  which are used to extend,  refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund,
    Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be incurred;
 
       (k) the  incurrence  by  the   Company's  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries   of
           Non-Recourse  Debt, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  if any such Indebtedness
    ceases to be  Non-Recourse Debt  of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary, such  event
    shall  be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
    Subsidiary of the Company;
 
       (l) the incurrence  by  the Company  or  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
           mortgage financing used to acquire headquarters, manufacturing and/or
    warehouse  facilities leased by the Company on the Issuance Date (as well as
    certain real property adjacent thereto)  located in San Jose, California  in
    an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7.0 million; and
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
       (m) the  incurrence  of Indebtedness  by  the Company  or  its Restricted
           Subsidiaries (in  addition to  Indebtedness  permitted by  any  other
    clause  of  this paragraph)  in an  aggregate principal  amount at  any time
    outstanding not to exceed $5.0 million.
 
    For purposes of  the foregoing  provision, the  cash flow  generated by  any
Person,  business, property or  asset acquired during  the immediately preceding
four fiscal quarter period (or subsequent to the end thereof and on or prior  to
the  Calculation Date)  shall be  determined on the  same basis  provided in the
definition of Consolidated Cash Flow plus there shall be taken into account,  to
the  extent permitted by GAAP  (and Regulation S-X under  the Securities Act and
interpretations thereof by the  staff of the Commission)  (y)(i) the savings  in
cost of sales reasonably expected to result from the acquisition of such Person,
business,  property  or assets  and  (ii) other  savings  in or  eliminations of
selling and  distribution  expenses  and  general  and  administrative  expenses
reasonably  expected to  result from the  acquisition of  such Person, business,
property or assets, minus (z) the incremental expenses that reasonably would  be
expected  to be included in cost of sales, selling and distribution expenses and
general and administrative expenses as a result of the operation of the acquired
Person,  business,  property  or  assets  by  the  Company  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.  In addition, for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
set forth in the covenant entitled  "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance  of
Preferred  Stock," Consolidated Cash Flow and  Fixed Charges shall be calculated
after giving effect on a pro forma  basis for the period of such calculation  to
the  incurrence of any Indebtedness at any  time during the period commencing on
the first  day  of  the  four  full fiscal  quarter  period  that  precedes  the
Calculation  Date and ending on and including  the Calculation Date (and that is
outstanding  on  the  Calculation   Date),  including  without  limitation   the
incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation,
in  each case as if such incurrence occurred and the proceeds therefrom had been
applied on the first day of such  four full fiscal quarter period. Further,  for
purposes  of the  Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio  test set  forth in  the covenant
entitled  "Incurrence  of  Indebtedness   and  Issuance  of  Preferred   Stock,"
Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness (whether existing
or  being incurred) bearing a floating interest  rate shall be computed on a pro
forma basis at an  assumed rate equal to  the higher of (i)  the actual rate  in
effect   on  the  date  of  computation  under  the  instrument  governing  such
Indebtedness, or (ii) the average of the floating rate for such Indebtedness for
the one-year period  immediately prior to  the date of  computation, as if  such
assumed rate had been the applicable rate for the entire period.
 
    NEGATIVE PLEDGE
 
    The  Indenture will provide that  the Company will not,  and will not permit
any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries to, directly  or indirectly, create,  incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, on any asset now
owned  or hereafter acquired,  or any income  or profits therefrom  or assign or
convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless all payments due under  the
Indenture  and the  Notes (including any  Subsidiary Guarantee  thereof given by
such Restricted Subsidiary) are secured by a  Lien on such property that is  (i)
equal  and ratable with such  Lien or (ii) in the  case of Indebtedness which is
subordinated in right of  payment to the Notes  (or such Subsidiary  Guarantee),
the  Notes (or such  Subsidiary Guarantee) are  secured by a  Lien on such asset
that is senior to such Lien.
 
    DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
 
    The Indenture will provide  that the Company will  not, and will not  permit
any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries to,  directly  or  indirectly,  create or
otherwise cause  or suffer  to  exist or  become  effective any  encumbrance  or
restriction  on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a)(i) pay dividends
or make  any  other  distributions to  the  Company  or any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  (A) on its Capital Stock or (B) with respect to any other interest
or participation in, or measured by,  its profits, or (ii) pay any  Indebtedness
owed  to the Company  or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries,  (b) make loans or
advances to the Company  or any of its  Restricted Subsidiaries or (c)  transfer
any  of  its  properties or  assets  to the  Company  or any  of  its Restricted
Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or  by
reasons  of (i) indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture, (ii) the
Credit Facility  as  in  effect  as  of the  date  of  the  Indenture,  and  any
amendments,   modifications,  restatements,  renewals,  increases,  supplements,
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, PROVIDED that such amendments,
modifications,  restatements,  renewals,  increases,  supplements,   refundings,
replacements  or  refinancings  are no  more  restrictive with  respect  to such
dividend and  other payment  restrictions  than those  contained in  the  Credit
Facility  as in effect on the date of the Indenture, (iii) the Indenture and the
Notes, (iv) applicable law, (v) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital
Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries
as  in  effect  at the  time  of such  acquisition  (except to  the  extent such
Indebtedness was  incurred  in  connection  with or  in  contemplation  of  such
acquisition),  which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person,
or the  properties or  assets  of any  Person, other  than  the Person,  or  the
property  or assets of  the Person, so acquired,  PROVIDED that the Consolidated
Cash Flow of such Person is not  taken into account in determining whether  such
acquisition  was  permitted  by  the  terms  of  the  Indenture,  (vi) customary
non-assignment provisions  in leases  entered  into in  the ordinary  course  of
business  and consistent with  past practices, (vii)  purchase money obligations
for  property  acquired  in  the   ordinary  course  of  business  that   impose
restrictions  of the  nature described  in clause (c)  above on  the property so
acquired,  (viii)  Permitted   Refinancing  Indebtedness,   provided  that   the
restrictions  contained in  the agreements governing  such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are  no more  restrictive than  those contained  in the  agreements
governing  the Indebtedness being refinanced,  (ix) encumbrances or restrictions
arising under  Liens  created  pursuant  to clause  (g)  of  the  definition  of
Permitted Liens, or (x) the Subsidiary Guarantees (if any).
 
    MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS
 
    The  Indenture will  provide that the  Company may not  consolidate or merge
with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its properties  or assets  in one or  more related  transactions, to  another
corporation,   Person  or  entity  unless  (i)  the  Company  is  the  surviving
corporation or  the  entity  or the  Person  formed  by or  surviving  any  such
consolidation  or merger  (if other  than the  Company) or  to which  such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease,  conveyance or  other disposition  shall have  been
made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
any  state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company)  or
the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or  other disposition shall  have been made  assumes all the  obligations of the
Company pursuant to a supplemental  indenture in a form reasonably  satisfactory
to  the Trustee; (iii) immediately before and, on a PRO FORMA basis, immediately
after giving effect to such transaction  no Default or Event of Default  exists;
(iv)  the  Company or  any  entity or  Person formed  by  or surviving  any such
consolidation or merger,  or to  which such sale,  assignment, transfer,  lease,
conveyance  or other disposition shall have been made (A) will have Consolidated
Net  Worth  (immediately  after  the  transaction  but  prior  to  any  purchase
accounting  adjustments resulting from the transaction) equal to or greater than
the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the  transaction
and  (B) will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction had  occurred at the beginning of the  applicable
four-quarter  period,  be  permitted  to  incur  at  least  $1.00  of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio test set forth in  the
covenant  entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;"
and (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate
that items (i) to  (iv) have been  satisfied and a legal  opinion as to  certain
legal matters.
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
    The  Indenture will provide that  the Company will not,  and will not permit
any of  its  Restricted Subsidiaries  to,  sell, lease,  transfer  or  otherwise
dispose  of any  of its  properties or  assets to,  or purchase  any property or
assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance
or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the  foregoing,
an  "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (a) such  Affiliate Transaction is on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted  Subsidiary
than  those that  would have  been obtained in  a comparable  transaction by the
Company or  such Restricted  Subsidiary with  an unrelated  Person and  (b)  the
Company  delivers to the  Trustee (i) with respect  to any Affiliate Transaction
involving aggregate payments  in excess  of $2.0  million, a  resolution of  the
Board  of Directors set  forth in an Officers'  Certificate certifying that such
Affiliate  Transaction  complies  with  clause  (a)  above  and  such  Affiliate
Transaction is approved by a
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
majority  of the members of the Board of  Directors and (ii) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $5.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the  Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from  a
financial  point  of  view issued  by  an  investment banking  firm  of national
standing; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that  (i) any  employment,  stock  option,  stock
purchase  or stock  grant agreement entered  into by  the Company or  any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries with officers  and employees in  the ordinary course  of
business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted
Subsidiaries;  (iii) transactions permitted  by the provisions  of the Indenture
described above under the covenant  "Restricted Payments" or pursuant to  clause
(d)  or (e)  of the  definition of "Permitted  Investments"; and  (iv) loans and
advances to  officers and  employees of  the Company  or any  of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed $1.5
million at any one time outstanding, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate
Transactions.
 
    SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
 
    As of the  date of  the Indenture,  no Subsidiary  of the  Company or  other
business entity in which the Company owns an interest will act as a Guarantor in
respect  of  the Notes  or will  be required  to do  so under  the terms  of the
Indenture, and the Company does  not presently anticipate that any  Subsidiaries
or other business entities will guarantee the Notes following completion of this
offering.  However, if  in the future  a "Restricted Subsidiary"  of the Company
exists with assets, businesses, divisions, real property or equipment having  an
aggregate  fair  market value  (as  determined in  good  faith by  the  Board of
Directors) in excess  of $100,000, it  will be required  under the Indenture  to
execute  and  deliver  to  the  Trustee a  supplemental  indenture  in  form and
substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Trustee  pursuant  to  which  such
Restricted Subsidiary shall jointly and severally guarantee all of the Company's
obligations  under the Notes (each, a  "Subsidiary Guarantee") and to deliver an
opinion of counsel as to certain legal matters, in accordance with the terms  of
the  Indenture. The Company  will furnish financial  information with respect to
such  Restricted  Subsidiary   in  accordance  with   the  Company's   reporting
requirements  under the  Indenture and the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as
amended. The obligations of a Guarantor  under its Subsidiary Guarantee will  be
limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
 
    The  Indenture will provide that no  Guarantor may consolidate with or merge
with or into (whether  or not such Guarantor  is the surviving Person),  another
Person, whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor (other than the Company or
a  Restricted Subsidiary  of the  Company that is  a Guarantor),  unless (i) the
Person formed by or  surviving any such consolidation  or merger (if other  than
such  Guarantor)  assumes  all  obligations  of  such  Guarantor  pursuant  to a
supplemental indenture  in form  and substance  reasonably satisfactory  to  the
Trustee,  under  its Subsidiary  Guarantee, the  Notes  and the  Indenture; (ii)
immediately after giving  effect to  such transaction,  no Default  or Event  of
Default  exists; and (iii) such Guarantor, or  any Person formed by or surviving
any such  consolidation  or  merger,  (A)  would  have  Consolidated  Net  Worth
(immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction but prior to any purchase
accounting adjustments resulting from the transaction), equal to or greater than
the  Consolidated  Net  Worth  of  such  Guarantor  immediately  preceding   the
transaction  and (B) the Company  would be permitted by  virtue of the Company's
pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to incur, immediately after giving  effect
to  such transaction, at least $1.00  of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the covenant entitled  "Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
    The  Indenture will provide that in the event of a sale or other disposition
of all  of the  assets of  any Guarantor,  by way  of merger,  consolidation  or
otherwise,  or a sale  or other disposition of  all of the  capital stock of any
Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event  of a sale or other disposition  of
all  of the capital  stock of such  Guarantor) or the  corporation acquiring the
assets (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets, by way
of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of  such Guarantor) will be released  and
relieved  of any obligations  under its Subsidiary  Guarantee; PROVIDED that the
Net Proceeds of such  sale or other disposition  are applied in accordance  with
the  applicable  provisions  of the  Indenture.  See "Repurchase  the  Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales."
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
    The Company  presently conducts  all of  its business  directly, other  than
business  conducted through  Portola Packaging Canada  Ltd. and  Cap Snap (U.K.)
Ltd., each of which  is being designated as  an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" as  of
the  date of the Indenture, and the  Company's Mexican joint venture, which does
not presently qualify as  a "Subsidiary" for purposes  of the Indenture. In  the
event  that the Mexican joint venture becomes  a Subsidiary, it is expected that
the resulting  entity  would  be  immediately  designated  as  an  "Unrestricted
Subsidiary"  for purposes of  the Indenture. Accordingly,  none of the foregoing
entities is acting or is expected to act  as a Guarantor of the Notes, and  each
of  them is not  subject to many of  the restrictive covenants  set forth in the
Indenture.  The  Company  presently  intends  to  conduct  its  business  either
directly,  through Unrestricted Subsidiaries  or through joint  ventures that do
not qualify  as Subsidiaries,  although  the Indenture  has been  structured  to
permit  the Company to  form Restricted Subsidiaries  subject to compliance with
certain requirements,  including  the execution  and  delivery by  a  Restricted
Subsidiary of a Subsidiary Guarantee under the circumstances described above.
 
    REPORTS
 
    Whether  or not required by the rules  and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"),  so long as  any Notes are  outstanding,
the  Company (and any Guarantor, if applicable)  will furnish to the Trustee and
to the Holders of Notes (i) all quarterly and annual financial information  that
would  be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q
and 10-K  if  the  Company  were  required  to  file  such  Forms,  including  a
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" that describes the financial condition and results of operations  of
the  Company and its Subsidiaries  on a consolidated basis  and, with respect to
the annual  information  only,  a  report thereon  by  the  Company's  certified
independent  accountants and (ii) all reports that would be required to be filed
with the  Commission  on Form  8-K  if the  Company  (and/or any  Guarantor,  if
applicable)  were required  to file  such reports.  In addition,  whether or not
required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a
copy of all such information and reports, and any other information required  by
Section  13  or  15(d) of  the  Exchange  Act, with  the  Commission  for public
availability (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such
information available  to securities  analysts  and prospective  investors  upon
request.
 
    Concurrently  with  the delivery  of the  reports  required to  be delivered
pursuant to the preceding  paragraph, the Company shall  deliver to the  Trustee
and  to each Holder  annual and quarterly  financial statements with appropriate
footnotes of  the Company  and  its Restricted  Subsidiaries, all  prepared  and
presented in a manner substantially consistent with those of the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis required by the preceding paragraph.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
    The  Indenture will provide that each  of the following constitutes an Event
of Default: (i) default for 30 days in  the payment when due of interest on  the
Notes;  (ii) default in payment when due of the principal or of premium, if any,
on the Notes; (iii)  failure by the  Company to make or  consummate a Change  of
Control  Offer or an Asset Sale Offer or to comply with the provisions described
under the  covenants  "Restricted  Payments," "Incurrence  of  Indebtedness  and
Issuance of Preferred Stock" and "Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;" (iv)
failure  by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after notice from
the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding to comply with any of its  other agreements in the Indenture or  the
Notes  or  of any  Guarantor to  perform any  of its  other covenants  under its
Subsidiary Guarantee; (v)  default under any  mortgage, indenture or  instrument
under  which there may be  issued or by which there  may be secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness for  money borrowed  by the Company  or any  of its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  (or  the payment  of which  is  guaranteed by  the Company  or any
Restricted Subsidiary) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or  is
created  after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by failure
to pay principal of or premium, if  any, or interest on such Indebtedness  prior
to  the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date
of such default (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to  its express  maturity and,  in each  case, the  principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
under  which there has been a Payment Default  or the maturity of which has been
so accelerated, aggregates $2.0 million or more; (vi) failure by the Company  or
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess
of $2.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed  for
a  period of  60 days;  (vii) any  Holder of  at least  $2.0 million  of secured
Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or   secured  Indebtedness  of  any   Restricted
Subsidiary,  after a  default with respect  to such  secured Indebtedness, shall
commence proceedings or take any action to retain or collect, in satisfaction of
such secured Indebtedness, assets  of the Company  or any Restricted  Subsidiary
having  a fair  market value  in excess of  $2.0 million;  (viii) any Subsidiary
Guarantee of  a Significant  Subsidiary (or  group of  Subsidiaries that,  taken
together,  constitutes a Significant  Subsidiary) shall be  held in any judicial
proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in
full force and  effect or  any Guarantor that  is a  Significant Subsidiary  (or
group  of Guarantors that, taken together, constitute a Significant Subsidiary),
or any Person acting on behalf of  any such Guarantor or Guarantors, shall  deny
or  disaffirm its  obligations under its  Subsidiary Guarantee;  or (ix) certain
events of bankruptcy or  insolvency with respect  to the Company  or any of  its
Significant Subsidiaries.
 
    If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of  at least 25% in  principal amount of the  then outstanding Notes may declare
all the Notes to be due and  payable immediately; provided, that so long as  any
Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred pursuant  to the Credit Facility shall be
outstanding, such acceleration shall not be  effective until the earlier of  (i)
an  acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Credit Facility or (ii) five
business  days  after  receipt  by  the  Company  of  written  notice  of   such
acceleration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default
arising from certain  events of  bankruptcy or  insolvency with  respect to  the
Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and
payable without  further  action or  notice.  Under certain  circumstances,  the
Holders  of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. Holders
of the Notes may not  enforce the Indenture or the  Notes except as provided  in
the  Indenture.  Subject  to  certain  limitations,  Holders  of  a  majority in
principal amount of  the then outstanding  Notes may direct  the Trustee in  its
exercise  of any trust  or power. The  Trustee may withhold  from Holders of the
Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default  or
Event  of  Default relating  to  the payment  of  principal or  interest)  if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
 
    The Company  is required  to deliver  to the  Trustee annually  a  statement
regarding  compliance  with  the Indenture,  and  the Company  is  required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event  of Default, to deliver to the Trustee  a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS
 
    No  director, officer, employee, incorporator  or stockholder of the Company
or a Guarantor, as  such, shall have  any liability for  any obligations of  the
Company  or  such  Guarantor under  the  Notes,  the Indenture  or  a Subsidiary
Guarantee or  for any  claim based  on, in  respect of,  or by  reason of,  such
obligations  or their creation. Each Holder of  Notes by accepting a Note waives
and releases  all  such  liability. The  waiver  and  release are  part  of  the
consideration  for issuance of  the Notes. Such  waiver may not  be effective to
waive liabilities under the federal  securities laws and it  is the view of  the
Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
    The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its and
the  Guarantors' obligations  discharged with  respect to  the outstanding Notes
("Legal Defeasance") except for (i) the  rights of Holders of outstanding  Notes
to  receive  payments in  respect  of the  principal  of, premium,  if  any, and
interest on such Notes when  such payments are due,  (ii) the Company's and  the
Guarantors'  obligations with respect to  the Notes concerning issuing temporary
Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the
maintenance of an office or agency  for payment and money for security  payments
held  in trust, (iii) the  rights, powers, trusts, duties  and immunities of the
Trustee, and  the  Company's  and  the  Guarantors'  obligations  in  connection
therewith  and  (iv)  the  Legal  Defeasance  provisions  of  the  Indenture. In
addition,   the   Company   may,    at   its   option    and   at   any    time,
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
elect  to have the obligations  of the Company and  the Guarantors released with
respect to  certain covenants  that are  described in  the Indenture  ("Covenant
Defeasance")  and thereafter any omission to  comply with such obligations shall
not constitute a Default or Event of  Default with respect to the Notes. In  the
event  Covenant Defeasance  occurs, certain  events (not  including non-payment,
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described  under
"Events  of Default" will no longer constitute  an Event of Default with respect
to the Notes.
 
    In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit  of
the Holders of the Notes, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government
Securities,  or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in
the opinion of a nationally  recognized firm of independent public  accountants,
to  pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes
on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date,  as
the  case may be; (ii)  in the case of Legal  Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion  of counsel in the United States  reasonably
acceptable  to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or
there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B)  since
the  date of the  Indenture, there has  been a change  in the applicable federal
income tax  law, in  either case  to the  effect that,  and based  thereon  such
opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will
not  recognize income, gain or loss for  federal income tax purposes as a result
of such Legal Defeasance and will be  subject to federal income tax on the  same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such  Legal  Defeasance  had  not  occurred;  (iii)  in  the  case  of  Covenant
Defeasance, the  Company shall  have  delivered to  the  Trustee an  opinion  of
counsel  in the  United States reasonably  acceptable to  the Trustee confirming
that the Holders  of the outstanding  Notes will not  recognize income, gain  or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and
will  be subject to federal  income tax on the same  amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times  as would have been the  case if such Covenant  Defeasance
had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default
resulting  from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of which will be
used to  defease the  Notes pursuant  to the  Indenture concurrently  with  such
incurrence) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events
are  concerned, at any time in the period  ending on the 91st day after the date
of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in
a breach or violation of, or  constitute a default under any material  agreement
or  instrument (other  than the Indenture)  to which  the Company or  any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or  by which the Company or  any of its Subsidiaries  is
bound;  (vi)  the Company  shall have  delivered  to the  Trustee an  opinion of
counsel to the effect that after the  91st day following the deposit, the  trust
funds  will  not  be  subject  to  the  effect  of  any  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization  or   similar  laws   affecting  creditors'   rights
generally;  (vii) the Company  shall have delivered to  the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders of  Notes over the other  creditors of the Company  or
the  Guarantors, if  any, with the  intent of defeating,  hindering, delaying or
defrauding creditors  of the  Company or  any such  Guarantors; and  (viii)  the
Company  shall have  delivered to  the Trustee  an Officers'  Certificate and an
opinion of  counsel as  to matters  of  law, each  stating that  all  conditions
precedent  provided  for  relating  to  the  Legal  Defeasance  or  the Covenant
Defeasance have been complied with.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
    A Holder may transfer  or exchange Notes in  accordance with the  Indenture.
The  Registrar and  the Trustee  may require  a Holder,  among other  things, to
furnish appropriate  endorsements and  transfer documents  and the  Company  may
require  a Holder to pay any taxes and  fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for redemption. Also, the  Company is not required  to transfer or exchange  any
Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
 
    The  registered Holder of a  Note will be treated as  the owner of such Note
for all purposes.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
 
    Except as provided in  the next succeeding paragraphs,  the Company and  the
Trustee  may amend or supplement the Indenture  or the Notes with the consent of
the Holders  of at  least  a majority  in principal  amount  of the  Notes  then
outstanding  (including consents obtained  in connection with  a tender offer or
exchange offer  for Notes),  and any  existing default  or compliance  with  any
provision  of the Indenture or  the Notes may be waived  with the consent of the
Holders of  a  majority  in  principal amount  of  the  then  outstanding  Notes
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer
for Notes).
 
    Without  the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of Notes): (i) reduce
the principal  amount of  Notes  whose Holders  must  consent to  an  amendment,
supplement  or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity
of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the  Notes
(other  than  provisions relating  to the  covenants  described above  under the
caption "Repurchase at  the Option  of Holders"), (iii)  reduce the  rate of  or
change  the time for  payment of interest on  any Note, (iv)  waive a Default or
Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or  interest
on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of
at  least a majority in aggregate principal amount  of the Notes and a waiver of
the payment default  that resulted from  such acceleration), (v)  make any  Note
payable  in money other than  that stated in the Notes,  (vi) make any change in
the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults, waiver  of
certain  covenants, supplemental indentures requiring the consent of Holders, or
the rights of Holders of Notes to  receive payments of principal of or  premium,
if  any, or interest on the Notes,  (vii) waive a redemption or purchase payment
with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the  covenants
described above under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (viii)
impair  the right  of any Holder  to institute  suit for the  enforcement of any
payment under any Note  after the maturity thereof;  (ix) release any  Guarantor
other  than in  accordance with  the Indenture, or  change any  Guarantee in any
manner that would adversely affect  the Holders, or (x)  make any change in  the
foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.
 
    Notwithstanding  the foregoing, without the consent  of any Holder of Notes,
the Company and the Trustee may amend  or supplement the Indenture or the  Notes
to  cure any ambiguity,  defect or inconsistency,  to provide for uncertificated
Notes in  addition  to  or  in  place of  certificated  Notes,  to  provide  for
uncertificated  Notes  in addition  to  or in  place  of certificated  Notes, to
provide for any supplemental indenture required by the covenant described  under
the  caption  "Subsidiary  Guarantees," to  provide  for the  assumption  of the
Company's obligations  to Holders  of  the Notes  in the  case  of a  merger  or
consolidation,  to make any  change that would provide  any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with requirements of
the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
    The Indenture contains  certain limitations  on the rights  of the  Trustee,
should  it become a creditor of the  Company, the Guarantors or any Affiliate of
the Company, to  obtain payment of  claims in  certain cases, or  to realize  on
certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.
The  Trustee will be permitted  to engage in other  transactions; however, if it
acquires any  conflicting interest  it must  eliminate such  conflict within  90
days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.
 
    The  Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
will have the  right to  direct the  time, method  and place  of conducting  any
proceeding  for  exercising  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  subject to
certain exceptions. The  Indenture provides  that in  case an  Event of  Default
shall  occur (which shall  not be cured),  the Trustee will  be required, in the
exercise of its  power, to use  the degree of  care of a  prudent person in  the
conduct   of   his   or   her  own   affairs.   Subject   to   such  provisions,
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or  powers
under  the Indenture at the  request of any Holder  of Notes, unless such Holder
shall have offered  to the  Trustee security  and indemnity  satisfactory to  it
against any loss, liability or expense.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    Anyone  who  receives this  Prospectus may  obtain a  copy of  the Indenture
without charge by writing to Portola  Packaging, Inc., 890 Faulstich Court,  San
Jose, California 95112, Attention: Robert Strickland, Chief Financial Officer.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
    Set  forth below are certain defined  terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
    "ACQUIRED  DEBT"  means,   with  respect  to   any  specified  Person:   (i)
Indebtedness  of any other Person existing at  the time such other Person merged
with or  into  or  became  a Subsidiary  of  such  specified  Person,  including
Indebtedness  incurred in  connection with, or  in contemplation  of, such other
Person merging with or  into or becoming a  Subsidiary of such specified  Person
and (ii) Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
    "AFFILIATE"  of  any specified  Person means  any  other Person  directly or
indirectly controlling  or controlled  by  or under  direct or  indirect  common
control  with such specified Person. For  purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled  by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the  possession, directly  or indirectly,  of the power  to direct  or cause the
direction of the  management or  policies of  such Person,  whether through  the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
 
    "BORROWING  BASE" means, as of  any date, an amount equal  to the sum of (a)
85%  of  the  Eligible  Accounts  owned  by  the  Company  and  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries,  (b) 60% of  the Eligible Inventory  owned by the  Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries and (c) 40% of the Eligible PPE owned by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, PROVIDED, that the Borrowing Base shall be adjusted
to give pro forma effect to the acquisition of any Person, property or assets by
the Company or by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a  Guarantor,
so  long as  (i) such  acquisition is  consummated on  or prior  to the  date of
calculation of the Borrowing Base  and (ii) in the case  of an acquisition of  a
Person,  such Person (y)  becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary of the  Company and a
Guarantor or  (z)  is merged,  consolidated  or  amalgamated with  or  into,  or
transfers  or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into,
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor.
 
    "CALCULATION DATE" means  the date  on which  the calculation  of the  Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio is made.
 
    "CAPITAL  LEASE OBLIGATION" means, at the  time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be so required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance
with GAAP.
 
    "CAPITAL STOCK" means any and all shares, interests, participations,  rights
or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including, without
limitation, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests (whether general
or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the
right  to receive  a share  of the  profits and  losses of,  or distributions of
assets of, such partnership.
 
    "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means (i) United  States dollars, (ii) securities  issued
or  directly and fully guaranteed or insured  by the United States government or
any agency or  instrumentality thereof having  maturities of not  more than  six
months  from  the  date  of  acquisition,  (iii)  certificates  of  deposit  and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date  of
acquisition,  bankers' acceptances with maturities  not exceeding six months and
overnight bank  deposits, in  each case  with  any lender  party to  the  Credit
Agreement  or with  any domestic commercial  bank having capital  and surplus in
excess of $500 million, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than
seven days for
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
underlying securities of the types described  in clauses (ii) and (iii)  entered
into  with  any financial  institution meeting  the qualifications  specified in
clause (iii) above and (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable
from Moody's Investors  Service, Inc. or  Standard & Poor's  Corporation and  in
each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition.
 
    "COMMODITY AGREEMENT" means any commodity futures contract, commodity option
or  other similar agreement  or arrangement entered  into by the  Company or any
Subsidiary designed to protect  the Company or any  of its Subsidiaries  against
fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED  CASH FLOW" means, with respect  to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of  such Person for such  period plus (a) an  amount
equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an
Asset  Sale (to the  extent such losses were  deducted in computing Consolidated
Net Income), plus (b)  provision for taxes  based on income  or profits of  such
Person  for such period, to the extent  such provision for taxes was included in
computing Consolidated Net  Income, plus  (c) consolidated  interest expense  of
such  Person  for  such period,  whether  paid  or accrued  and  whether  or not
capitalized  (including  amortization  of  original  issue  discount,   non-cash
interest  payments and  the interest component  of any  payments associated with
Capital Lease Obligations,  commissions, discounts  and other  fees and  charges
incurred with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing and
net  payments  (if any)  pursuant to  Hedging Obligations),  to the  extent such
expense  was  deducted   in  computing   Consolidated  Net   Income,  plus   (d)
depreciation,   amortization  (including  amortization  of  goodwill  and  other
intangibles) and other non-cash charges  (excluding any such non-cash charge  to
the  extent that it represents an accrual of  or reserve for cash charges in any
future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior
period) of  such  Person  for  such period  to  the  extent  such  depreciation,
amortization  and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing Consolidated
Net Income, plus (e)  all amounts accrued  or paid on or  prior to the  Issuance
Date  in respect  of litigation  costs incurred by  the Company  pursuant to the
conduct of its patent infringement litigation with Scholle Corporation, in  each
case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED  NET INCOME" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income  of such Person and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
for  such period, on  a consolidated basis, determined  in accordance with GAAP,
PROVIDED, that (i) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that
is accounted for by the equity  method of accounting shall be excluded,  whether
or  not distributed  to the  Company or  one of  its Subsidiaries,  (ii) the Net
Income of any  Person acquired  in a pooling  of interests  transaction for  any
period  prior to the date  of such acquisition shall  be excluded, (iii) the Net
Income of  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  shall  be  excluded,  whether  or  not
distributed  to the Company or one of  its Subsidiaries, and (iv) the cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.
 
    "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means, with respect  to any Person as of any  date,
the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person
and  its  consolidated Restricted  Subsidiaries as  of such  date plus  (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date  with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by
its  terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may
be declared and paid  only out of net  earnings in respect of  the year of  such
declaration  and payment, but  only to the  extent of any  cash received by such
Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than
write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
assets of a going concern business  made within 12 months after the  acquisition
of  such business) subsequent to the date of  the Indenture in the book value of
any asset owned by such Person  or a consolidated Restricted Subsidiary of  such
Person,  and  (y)  all unamortized  debt  discount and  expense  and unamortized
deferred charges as of such date, all of the foregoing determined in  accordance
with GAAP.
 
    "CREDIT  FACILITY" means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit and
Security Agreement, dated as  of October 2,  1995 by and  among the Company  and
Heller Financial, Inc., providing for credit
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
borrowings,  including  any  related  notes,  guarantees,  collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as
amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced  or refinanced from time to  time
(regardless  of whether  Heller Financial,  Inc. or  any Affiliate  thereof is a
lender thereunder).
 
    "CURRENCY AGREEMENT"  means any  foreign  exchange contract,  currency  swap
agreement  or other  similar agreement  or arrangement  designed to  protect the
Company or any  of its  Subsidiaries against fluctuation  in the  values of  the
currencies  of the countries (other than the United States) in which the Company
or its Subsidiaries conduct business.
 
    "DEFAULT" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the  giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
 
    "DISQUALIFIED  STOCK" means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the
terms of  any  security  into  which  it is  convertible  or  for  which  it  is
exchangeable),  or upon  the happening of  any event, matures  or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the  Holder thereof, in whole  or in part, on  or prior to a  date
that is one year after the date on which the Notes mature.
 
    "ELIGIBLE  ACCOUNTS" has  the meaning  assigned to  such term  in the Second
Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated October 2, 1995 between
the Company  and Heller  Financial, Inc.,  as in  effect on  the Issuance  Date,
PROVIDED that references to "Agent" in the definition of such term shall include
any agent performing similar functions under a successor credit facility.
 
    "ELIGIBLE  INVENTORY" has  the meaning assigned  to such term  in the Second
Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement dated October 2, 1995 between
the Company  and Heller  Financial, Inc.,  as in  effect on  the Issuance  Date,
PROVIDED that references to "Agent" in the definition of such term shall include
any agent performing similar functions under a successor credit facility.
 
    "ELIGIBLE  PPE" has the meaning assigned to  such term in the Second Amended
and Restated Credit  and Security Agreement  dated October 2,  1995 between  the
Company  and Heller Financial, Inc., as in effect on the Issuance Date, PROVIDED
that references to  "Agent" in  the definition of  such term  shall include  any
agent performing similar functions under a successor credit facility.
 
    "EQUITY  INTERESTS" means Capital  Stock and all  warrants, options or other
rights to  acquire  Capital Stock  (but  excluding  any debt  security  that  is
convertible into, or exchangeable for Capital Stock).
 
    "FIXED CHARGES" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of
(a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for  such  period, whether  paid  or accrued,  to  the extent  such  expense was
deducted  in  computing  Consolidated  Net  Income  (including  amortization  of
original  issue discount, non-cash interest  payments, the interest component of
any deferred  payment  obligations,  the  interest  component  of  all  payments
associated  with Capital Lease Obligations and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations),  (b) commissions,  discounts and  other fees  and  charges
incurred  with respect to letters of  credit and bankers' acceptances financing,
(c) consolidated interest expense of such person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
that  was  capitalized  during  such   period,  (d)  any  interest  expense   on
Indebtedness  of another Person that is Guaranteed  by such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any  of
its  Restricted Subsidiaries  (other than on  the Capital  Stock of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries) and (e)  preferred stock  dividend requirements on  any series  of
preferred  stock of such  Person or any  of its Restricted  Subsidiaries times a
fraction, the numerator  of which is  one and  the denominator of  which is  one
minus  the then current combined federal, state  and local statutory tax rate of
such Person and  its Restricted Subsidiaries,  expressed as a  decimal, in  each
case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "FIXED  CHARGE  COVERAGE RATIO"  means with  respect to  any Person  for any
period, the  ratio  of  the  Consolidated  Cash Flow  of  such  Person  and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such  period (exclusive of  amounts attributable to
discontinued operations, as  determined in accordance  with GAAP, or  operations
and  businesses disposed of prior to the  Calculation Date) to the Fixed Charges
of such Person and its
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
Restricted Subsidiaries for  such period (exclusive  of amounts attributable  to
discontinued  operations, as determined  in accordance with  GAAP, or operations
and businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, but only to the extent
that the  obligations giving  rise to  such  Fixed Charges  would no  longer  be
obligations  contributing  to  such  Person's Fixed  Charges  subsequent  to the
Calculation Date).
 
    "GAAP" means  generally  accepted accounting  principles  set forth  in  the
opinions  and pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants  and statements and pronouncements  of
the  Financial Accounting  Standards Board or  in such other  statements by such
other entity as have  been approved by a  significant segment of the  accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
    "GUARANTEE"  means  a guarantee  (other  than by  endorsement  of negotiable
instruments for  collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business),  direct  or
indirect,  in any manner  (including, without limitation,  letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements  in  respect  thereof),  of all  or  any  part  of  any
Indebtedness,
 
    "GUARANTOR"  means each subsidiary  that executes a  Subsidiary Guarantee in
accordance with the provisions of  the Indenture, and its respective  successors
and assigns.
 
    "HEDGING  OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such  Person  under  (i)  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  interest  rate  cap
agreements  and interest  rate collar  agreements and  (ii) other  agreements or
arrangements designed to  protect such Person  against fluctuations in  interest
rates.
 
    "INDEBTEDNESS"  means, with respect to any  Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced  by
bonds,  notes,  debentures  or  similar instruments  or  letters  of  credit (or
reimbursement agreements  in  respect  thereof) or  representing  Capital  Lease
Obligations  or the  balance deferred  and unpaid of  the purchase  price of any
property or representing any Hedging  Obligations, except any such balance  that
constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the
foregoing  indebtedness (other than  letters of credit  and Hedging Obligations)
would appear as  a liability upon  a balance  sheet of such  Person prepared  in
accordance with GAAP, as well as all indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on
any  asset of such Person  (whether or not such  indebtedness is assumed by such
Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by such  Person
of any indebtedness of any other Person.
 
    "INVESTMENTS"  means, with  respect to any  Person, all  investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans  (including
Guarantees), letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
advances  or  capital contributions  (excluding  commission, travel  and similar
advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),  or
purchases  or  other  acquisitions  for  consideration  of  Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or  other  securities  and  all  other items  that  are  or  would  be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "ISSUANCE DATE" means the closing date for the sale and original issuance of
the Notes.
 
    "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge,
security  interest or encumbrance of any kind  in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded  or otherwise perfected  under applicable law  (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
thereof,  any option or other  agreement to sell or  give a security interest in
and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
 
    "NET INCOME" means,  with respect to  any Person, the  net income (loss)  of
such  Person, determined  in accordance  with GAAP  and before  any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but  not
loss),  together with  any related  provision for  taxes on  such gain  (but not
loss), realized  in  connection with  (a)  any Asset  Sale  (including,  without
limitation, dispositions pursuant
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
to sale and leaseback transactions), or (b) the disposition of any securities or
the  extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such  Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and  (ii) all  extraordinary gains  or losses  (together with  any
related tax provision pertaining to such extraordinary items).
 
    "NET  PROCEEDS" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its  Restricted Subsidiaries in  respect of  any Asset Sale,  net of  the
direct  costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal,
accounting  and  investment  banking  fees,  and  sales  commissions)  and   any
relocation  expenses incurred as  a result thereof,  taxes paid or  payable as a
result  thereof  (after  taking  into  account  any  available  tax  credits  or
deductions  and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to
the repayment of  Indebtedness secured  by a  Lien on  the asset  or assets  the
subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale
price of such asset or assets.
 
    "NON-RECOURSE  DEBT" means Indebtedness (i) as  to which neither the Company
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries  (a) provides credit support of any  kind
(including  any  undertaking,  agreement  or  instrument  that  would constitute
Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness the  incurrence of which also  constitutes
an  Investment  permitted to  be made  under  the covenant  entitled "Restricted
Payments" or  pursuant to  clause (d)  or (e)  of the  definition of  "Permitted
Investments"),  (b)  is  directly  or  indirectly  liable  (as  a  guarantor  or
otherwise, other  than  pursuant  to  a  Guarantee  which  also  constitutes  an
Investment  permitted  to  be  made  under  the  covenant  entitled  "Restricted
Payments" or  pursuant to  clause (d)  or (e)  of the  definition of  "Permitted
Investments"),  or (c) constitutes the lender, other than pursuant to loans that
also constitute an Investment permitted to  be made under the covenant  entitled
"Restricted  Payments" or  pursuant to  clause (d) or  (e) of  the definition of
"Permitted Investments"; and (ii)  no default with  respect to which  (including
any  rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against
an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would  permit (upon notice, lapse  of time or  both)
any  holder of any  other Indebtedness of  the Company or  any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to  declare a  default  on such  other  Indebtedness or  cause  the
payment  thereof to be accelerated or payable  prior to its stated maturity; and
(iii) as to which the lenders have  been notified in writing that they will  not
have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries  (other  than  the  capital  stock  of  one  or  more  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries).
 
    "OBLIGATIONS"   means    any   principal,    interest,   penalties,    fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements, damages  and other  liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
    "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means  (a) any Investments  in the Company  or in  a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; (b) any Investments in
Cash  Equivalents;  (c) Investments  by  the Company  or  any Subsidiary  of the
Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investments (i) such Person  becomes
a  Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and  a Guarantor, or (ii) such Person is
merged, consolidated  or  amalgamated with  or  into, or  transfers  or  conveys
substantially  all of  its assets to,  or is  liquidated into, the  Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the  Company that is a  Guarantor; (d) any  Investments
made on or after the Issuance Date in Persons primarily engaged in the packaging
business  not  to exceed  $10.0  million in  aggregate  amount at  any  one time
outstanding (measured by  the fair market  value of such  Investments as of  the
date made); and (e) Investments in or on behalf of Portola Packaging Canada Ltd.
or  any successor thereto in an annual amount  not to exceed the lesser of C$1.0
million and U.S.$1.0 million in each of calendar years 1996, 1997 and 1998.  For
purposes  of calculating the aggregate amount of Permitted Investments permitted
to be  outstanding at  any one  time pursuant  to clause  (d) of  the  preceding
sentence,  (i) to the extent the  consideration for any such Investment consists
of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, the value of
the Equity Interests so issued will be ignored in determining the amount of such
Investment, (ii) the aggregate  amount of such Investments  made by the  Company
and  its Restricted Subsidiaries on or after the Issuance Date will be decreased
(but not below zero) by an amount equal to the lesser of (y) the cash return  of
capital  to  the  Company  or  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  with  respect  to such
Investment that is  sold for  cash or otherwise  liquidated or  repaid for  cash
(less,  in each  case, the cost  of disposition, including  applicable taxes, if
any) and (z)  the initial amount  of such investment  and (iii) in  the case  of
Investments  made by issuing  letters of credit  (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof), the aggregate amount of such Investments will be decreased  by
the  amount remaining unpaid thereunder upon  termination of the Company's (or a
Restricted Subsidiary's) obligations thereunder.
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
    "PERMITTED LIENS" means  (a) purchase money  Liens securing trade  payables;
(b)  Liens  existing  on the  date  of the  Indenture;  (c) Liens  on  assets of
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  or  Liens   on  Equity  Interests  in   Unrestricted
Subsidiaries,  in  either case,  that secure  Non-Recourse Debt  of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; (d) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Facility
in an  aggregate principal  amount at  any time  outstanding not  to exceed  the
amount  permitted to be incurred under clause (b) of the second paragraph of the
covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred  Stock";
(e)  Liens securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money Indebtedness
otherwise permitted under  the Indenture;  (f) Liens for  taxes, assessments  or
governmental  charges or claims  that are not  yet delinquent or  that are being
contested in  good  faith by  appropriate  proceedings promptly  instituted  and
diligently  concluded; PROVIDED that any  reserve or other appropriate provision
as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;  (g)
Liens  (including  extensions  and  renewals thereof)  upon  property  or assets
(including Equity Interests) acquired after the Closing Date; PROVIDED that  (x)
such  Lien is created  solely for the purpose  of securing Indebtedness incurred
(A) to finance the cost (including the cost of improvement or construction )  of
the  item of property or assets (including Equity Interests) subject thereto and
such Lien is created  prior to, at the  time of or within  six months after  the
later  of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of
full operation of such property or (B) to refinance any Indebtedness  previously
so  secured, (y) the principal amount of  Indebtedness secured by such Lien does
not  exceed   100%   of  such   cost   and  (z)   any   such  Lien   shall   not
extend  to or cover any  property or assets other than  such item of property or
assets and any  improvements of  such item  (it being  expressly understood  and
acknowledged  that any  such Lien may  extend to  or cover items  of property or
assets (and any  improvements of  such items) owned  by an  entity whose  Equity
Interests  are  acquired by  the Company  or a  Restricted Subsidiary  and which
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary concurrently with such acquisition); and (h) any
Lien securing Acquired  Debt created  prior to  (and not  created in  connection
with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case which Indebtedness is permitted under
the  covenant  entitled "Incurrence  of Indebtedness  and Issuance  of Preferred
Stock;" PROVIDED that any such Lien only extends to the assets that were subject
to such Lien securing such Acquired Debt prior to the related transaction by the
Company or  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries; (i)  statutory  Liens  of  landlords,
carriers,  warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and  other similar Liens imposed
by law that are incurred  in the ordinary course of  business for sums not  more
than  thirty (30)  days delinquent  or that are  being contested  in good faith,
provided that a  reserve or  other appropriate  provision shall  have been  made
therefor;  (j) Liens  (other than  Liens imposed  under the  Employee Retirement
Income Security  Act of  1974, as  amended)  incurred or  deposits made  in  the
ordinary  course  of  business  (including  workers'  compensation, unemployment
insurance, social  security,  bonds,  leases,  and  other  similar  obligations)
(exclusive  of obligations for the payment  of borrowed money); (k) deposits, in
an aggregate  amount not  to exceed  $500,000, made  in the  ordinary course  of
business  to  secure  liabilities  to  insurance  carriers;  and  (l) easements,
rights-of-way, restrictions,  and  other  similar charges  or  encumbrances  not
interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the  Company or  any of  its Restricted  Subsidiaries and  not lessening  in any
material respect the value of such property being encumbered. At the election of
the Company evidenced by a resolution of  the Board of Directors of the  Company
at  or prior to the  time of acquisition of Equity  Interests in an entity which
thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary,  Permitted Liens created pursuant  to
clause (g) of this definition may also extend to after-acquired property of such
Restricted  Subsidiary; PROVIDED, that after such election  and for as long as a
Lien on such after-acquired property exists, such a Restricted Subsidiary  shall
be  treated, on a pro forma basis after  giving effect to any Investment made in
connection with such acquisition, as an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes  of
the definition of "Permitted Investments" hereunder.
 
    "PERMITTED  REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means any  Indebtedness of the Company
or any  of  its Restricted  Subsidiaries  issued in  exchange  for, or  the  net
proceeds  of which  are used  to extend,  refinance, renew,  replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries;
PROVIDED that: (1) the principal amount of such indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced,
defeased  or  refunded  (plus  the amount  of  reasonable  expenses  incurred in
connection therewith); (2) such Indebtedness has a
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted  Average
Life  to  Maturity  of  the Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; (3)  such Indebtedness is subordinated in  right
of  payment to the Notes on terms at  least as favorable to the Holders of Notes
as those,  if any,  contained in  the documentation  governing the  Indebtedness
being  extended, refinanced,  renewed, replaced,  defeased or  refunded; and (4)
such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary who is
the obligor on the Indebtedness  being extended, refinanced, renewed,  replaced,
defeased or refunded.
 
    "PUBLIC EQUITY OFFERING" means a bona fide underwritten sale of common stock
of  the Company pursuant to a registration  statement (other than on Form S-8 or
any other form  relating to securities  issuable under any  benefit plan of  the
Company  or its Subsidiaries)  that is declared effective  by the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
 
    "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that  is
not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
    "SIGNIFICANT  SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary  that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined  in Article 1,  Rule 1-02 of  Regulation S-X  promulgated
pursuant  to the  Securities Act, as  such regulation  is in effect  on the date
hereof, except that,  for purposes  of this  definition, all  references to  "10
percent" in such definition shall be deemed to be references to "five percent."
 
    "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association
or  other business entity  of which more than  50% of the  total voting power of
shares of  Capital Stock  entitled  (without regard  to  the occurrence  of  any
contingency)  to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof
is at the time owned  or controlled, directly or  indirectly, by such Person  or
one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof.
 
    "UNRESTRICTED  SUBSIDIARY" means (i) Portola Packaging Canada Ltd., Cap Snap
(U.K.) Ltd.  and any  other  Subsidiary of  the Company  which  at the  time  of
determination  is designated  an Unrestricted  Subsidiary (as  designated by the
Board of Directors of the Company as provided below) and (ii) any Subsidiary  of
an  Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate
any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as (a) neither the  Company
nor  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  is  directly  or  indirectly  liable  for  any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary (except as  permitted by clause (c) below),  (b)
no  default with  respect to  any Indebtedness  of such  Subsidiary would permit
(upon notice, lapse  of time  or both)  any holder  of any  Indebtedness of  the
Company  or a Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such Indebtedness of
the Company  or a  Restricted Subsidiary  or  cause the  payment thereof  to  be
accelerated  or  payable prior  to the  stated  maturity of  the Notes,  if such
declaration of default,  acceleration or  payment would constitute  an Event  of
Default  under the  Indenture and (c)  neither the Company  nor any Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall have  made any  loan or  advance to  or an  Investment in  such
Subsidiary  in an amount that,  at the date of  designation, could not have been
made in another Person pursuant  to the covenant entitled "Restricted  Payments"
or pursuant to clause (d) or (e) of the definition of "Permitted Investment" (it
being  understood that any such loan, advance or Investment existing at the date
of designation  shall  be deemed  to  be a  Restricted  Payment or  a  Permitted
Investment  under clause (d) or  (e) of the definition  thereof, as the case may
be, made as of such date). Any such designation by the Board of Directors  shall
be  evidenced by a resolution of the  Board of Directors filed with the Trustee.
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted  Subsidiary
as  a Restricted Subsidiary at any time in the same manner as it would designate
a Subsidiary as an  Unrestricted Subsidiary, so long  as immediately after  such
designation  as a Restricted Subsidiary,  there would be no  Default or Event of
Default under the  Indenture and  the Company  could incur  $1.00 of  additional
Indebtedness  pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage  Ratio test set forth in the
covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
 
    "WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY" means, when applied to any  Indebtedness
at  any  date, the  number of  years obtained  by  dividing (a)  the sum  of the
products  obtained  by  multiplying  (x)  the  amount  of  each  then  remaining
installment,  sinking  fund,  serial  maturity  or  other  required  payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof, by (y)  the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such  date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Chase  Securities,  Inc.  ("Chase  Securities")  and  Salomon  Brothers  Inc
(together,  the  "Underwriters")  have each  agreed,  subject to  the  terms and
conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement")
between the Company and  the Underwriters, to purchase  the principal amount  of
the  Notes  set forth  opposite  its name  below.  Pursuant to  the Underwriting
Agreement, the Underwriters will  be obligated to purchase  all of the Notes  if
they purchase any of them.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITERS                                                              PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                       <C>
Chase Securities, Inc...................................................  $     77,000,000
Salomon Brothers Inc....................................................        33,000,000
                                                                          ----------------
  Total.................................................................  $    110,000,000
                                                                          ----------------
                                                                          ----------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  several Underwriters propose  to offer the  Notes to the  public at the
public offering price set  forth on the  cover page of  this Prospectus, and  to
certain  dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of 1.4375% of the
principal amount of the Notes. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers  may
reallow,  a discount not in excess of 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes
to certain other dealers. After the  initial public offering, the public  price,
concession and discount may be changed.
 
    There  is no public market for the Notes  and the Company does not intend to
apply for  listing of  the Notes  on  any national  securities exchange  or  for
quotation  of the  Notes through  Nasdaq. The  Company has  been advised  by the
Underwriters that, following the  completion of the offering  of the Notes,  the
Underwriters  presently intend to make a market  in the Notes; however, they are
under no obligation to do so and may discontinue any market making activities at
any time without notice. No  assurance can be given as  to the liquidity of  the
trading market for the Notes or that an active public market will develop or, if
developed,  will continue. If an active public market does not develop or is not
maintained, the  market  price and  liquidity  of  the Notes  may  be  adversely
affected.
 
    The  Underwriters will not confirm  sales of the Notes  to any accounts over
which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    The  Company has  agreed that,  without the  prior written  consent of Chase
Securities, it  will not  for  a period  of  180 days  after  the date  of  this
Prospectus issue or sell debt securities, other than the Notes.
 
    Under  Schedule E of the By-Laws  ("Schedule E") of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and under the Rules of Fair Practice of
the NASD, when either (i) more than 10% of the proceeds of a public offering  of
debt  securities is to be paid to members  of the NASD or affiliates thereof who
are participating in the distribution of such securities or (ii) a member of the
NASD that  participates  in  the  distribution of  a  public  offering  of  debt
securities is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" (as defined in Schedule E)
with  the issuer of such securities, the  yield at which the debt securities are
distributed to the public must be no lower than that recommended by a "Qualified
Independent Underwriter" as defined  in Section 2(o) of  Schedule E. Since  June
1988,  Chase  Bank, an  affiliate of  Chase Securities,  has held  the Company's
Senior Subordinated Notes in the principal  amount of $10.0 million. The  Senior
Subordinated  Notes  will  be  repaid  in  full  (together  with  the applicable
prepayment premium) with the proceeds of this offering. Depending on the  amount
of  the  prepayment premium  related to  the Senior  Subordinated Notes  and the
actual expenses incurred by the Company  in connection with the offering,  Chase
Bank  may in the  aggregate receive more than  10% of the  net proceeds from the
offering of the Notes. In addition, under Schedule E, Chase Securities is deemed
to have a conflict  of interest with  the Company because  Chase Bank owns  more
than  10%  of  the Company's  outstanding  subordinated debt  and  because Chase
Capital, an affiliate of Chase Securities,  owns more than 10% of the  Company's
common  equity. Schedule E also provides that, when a member of the NASD that is
an affiliate of an issuer of debt securities participates in the distribution of
a public offering of such securities, the yield at which the debt securities are
distributed to the public must be no lower than that recommended by a  Qualified
Independent    Underwriter.   Chase   Securities   is    presumed   to   be   an
 
                                       77
<PAGE>
affiliate of  the  Company because  Chase  Capital owns  more  than 10%  of  the
Company's  voting stock. Christopher C. Behrens, a director of the Company, is a
Vice President of Chase Bank and  Chase Capital. See "Certain Transactions"  and
"Principal Stockholders."
 
    To  satisfy the requirements of Schedule  E, Salomon Brothers Inc has agreed
to act as the Qualified Independent Underwriter in connection with the  offering
of  the Notes. The  yield on the  Notes, when sold  to the public  at the public
offering price set forth on the cover  of the Prospectus, will be no lower  than
that   recommended  by  Salomon  Brothers  Inc.  As  the  Qualified  Independent
Underwriter, Salomon Brothers Inc  has performed due  diligence with respect  to
the  information contained herein pursuant to the applicable requirements of the
NASD and has participated  in the preparation of  the Registration Statement  of
which this Prospectus is a part.
 
    This  Prospectus may be  used by Chase Securities  in connection with offers
and sales related to market making  transactions in the Notes. Chase  Securities
may  act as principal or agent in such  transactions. Such sales will be made at
prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale. Chase Securities
will  not  confirm  such  sales  to   any  accounts  over  which  it   exercises
discretionary  authority  without the  prior  specific written  approval  of the
customer.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The legality of the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company
by Fenwick & West,  Palo Alto, California. Certain  legal matters in  connection
with  the offering  of the  Notes will  be passed  upon for  the Underwriters by
Latham & Watkins, Washington, D.C.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated  balance sheets  as of  August 31,  1993 and  1994 and  the
consolidated  statements of operations, shareholders'  equity and cash flows for
each of the  three years  in the  period ended August  31, 1994  of the  Company
included in this Prospectus have been included herein in reliance on the report,
which  includes an explanatory paragraph regarding  the adoption of Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards  No.  109, "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,"  of
Coopers  & Lybrand  L.L.P., independent accountants,  given on  the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The combined balance sheet as of August 31, 1993 and the combined statements
of income, retained earnings  and cash flows  for the year  then ended of  Nepco
included in this Prospectus have been included herein in reliance on the report,
which  includes an explanatory paragraph regarding  the adoption of Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards  No.  109, "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,"  of
Coopers  & Lybrand  L.L.P., independent accountants,  given on  the authority of
that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
    The combined balance sheet as of March 31, 1995 and the combined  statements
of income, retained earnings and changes in Financial Position for the year then
ended  of Portola  Packaging Canada Ltd.  included in this  Prospectus have been
included herein  in  reliance on  the  report  of Coopers  &  Lybrand  (Canada),
Auditors,  given on  the authority  of that  firm as  experts in  accounting and
auditing.
 
    The combined balance sheet as of August 31, 1992 and the combined statements
of income, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the two years then ended
of Nepco included in  this Prospectus have been  included herein in reliance  on
the  report of Carbis Walker & Associates LLP, independent accountants, given on
the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company  has filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission"),  a Registration  Statement on Form  S-1 under  the Securities Act
with respect to the Notes offered  hereby. This Prospectus does not contain  all
of  the information  set forth  in the  Registration Statement  and the exhibits
thereto. For  further information  with respect  to the  Company and  the  Notes
offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits
thereto.  Statements  contained in  this Prospectus  as to  the contents  of any
contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and  in
each  instance reference is made to the  copy of such contract or other document
filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration Statement, each  such statement  being
qualified  in  all  respects  by  such reference.  A  copy  of  the Registration
Statement   and    the   exhibits    thereto    may   be    inspected    without
 
                                       78
<PAGE>
charge  at the offices of  the Commission at Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,
Washington, D.C.  20549, and  copies of  all  or any  part of  the  Registration
Statement  may be obtained from the  Public Reference Section of the Commission,
Washington,  D.C.  20549  upon  the  payment  of  the  fees  prescribed  by  the
Commission.
 
    Under the Indenture, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of
the  Commission, the Company is required to provide the Holders of the Notes and
the Trustee with certain reports,  including all quarterly and annual  financial
information,  and management's  discussion with  respect thereto,  that would be
required to be contained in filings with  the Commission on Forms 10-Q and  10-K
if the Company were required to file such forms (and, with respect to the annual
information  only,  a  report  thereon by  the  Company's  certified independent
accountants) and all reports on Form 8-K that would be required to be filed with
the Commission if the Company were  required to file such reports. In  addition,
the  Indenture requires the Company  to file a copy  of all such information and
reports, and  any other  information required  by  Section 13  or 15(d)  of  the
Exchange Act, with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission
will  not  accept such  a  filing) and  to  make such  information  available to
securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. See "Description  of
the Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Reports."
 
                                       79
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGES
                                                                                                            ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
                                      PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
  Report of Independent Accountants.......................................................................     F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets.............................................................................     F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations...................................................................     F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................     F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.........................................................     F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................................................     F-7
 
                                    NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
 
  Report of Independent Accountants.......................................................................    F-22
  Combined Balance Sheets.................................................................................    F-24
  Combined Statements of Operations.......................................................................    F-25
  Combined Statements of Retained Earnings................................................................    F-26
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows.......................................................................    F-27
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements..................................................................    F-28
 
                                            PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
 
  Auditor's Report........................................................................................    F-36
  Combined Balance Sheet..................................................................................    F-37
  Combined Statement of Retained Earnings.................................................................    F-38
  Combined Statement of Income............................................................................    F-39
  Combined Statement of Changes in Financial Position.....................................................    F-40
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements..................................................................    F-41
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Portola Packaging, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of Portola
Packaging, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1993 and 1994, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders'  equity and cash flows  for
each  of the three  years in the  period ended August  31, 1994. These financial
statements  are   the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of Portola
Packaging, Inc.  and  Subsidiaries as  of  August 31,  1993  and 1994,  and  the
consolidated  results of their operations  and their cash flows  for each of the
three years in  the period ended  August 31, 1994  in conformity with  generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
    As  discussed in Note 3 to  the consolidated financial statements, effective
September 1,  1993,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standard No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
San Jose, California
November 22, 1994, except as to information
 presented in Notes 9 and 16, for which
 the date is July 7, 1995.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AUGUST 31,
                                                                                --------------------
                                                                                  1993       1994
                                                                                ---------  ---------    MAY 31,
                                                                                                         1995
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................................................  $   1,187  $   2,219   $     505
  Short-term investments......................................................                             1,000
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $206, $389
   and $536, respectively.....................................................      8,516     15,626      17,046
  Inventories.................................................................      4,840      8,441      11,219
  Other current assets........................................................        608      1,736         962
  Deferred income taxes.......................................................        326        738         731
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total current assets....................................................     15,477     28,760      31,463
Investments...................................................................                 1,000
Notes receivable..............................................................        312        281         454
Property, plant and equipment, net............................................     23,993     47,147      48,903
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of none, $162 and $987,
 respectively.................................................................                16,303      15,478
Patents, net of accumulated amortization of $7,100, $8,922 and $10,039,
 respectively.................................................................      8,712      9,014       7,979
Covenants not to compete, net of accumulated amortization of $142, $313 and
 $896, respectively...........................................................        158      3,631       3,048
Debt financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $377, $79 and $439,
 respectively.................................................................      1,584      2,392       1,949
Other assets..................................................................        660  2,292....       3,148
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total assets............................................................  $  50,896  $ 110,820   $ 112,422
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                 LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE WARRANTS, COMMON STOCK
                                         AND OTHER SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt...........................................  $   2,904  $   3,179   $   3,851
  Accounts payable............................................................      2,685      7,511       5,601
  Accrued liabilities.........................................................      2,372      6,312       6,484
  Accrued interest............................................................        407        709         751
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total current liabilities...............................................      8,368     17,711      16,687
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................     35,236     74,288      78,484
Other long term obligations...................................................        100      3,126       2,531
Deferred income taxes.........................................................      1,995      7,247       5,813
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities.......................................................     45,699    102,372     103,515
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
Redeemable warrants to purchase Class A common stock..........................      2,600      3,055       3,512
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
Common stock and other shareholders' equity:
  Class A convertible common stock of $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 2,503,000 shares;
    Issued and outstanding: none
  Class B, Series 1, common stock of $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 17,714,285 shares;
    Issued and outstanding: 7,869,290 shares in 1993, 8,679,290 shares in 1994
     and 8,772,332 shares in 1995.............................................        542          9           9
  Class B, Series 2, convertible common stock of $.001 par value:
    Authorized: 2,571,430 shares;
    Issued and outstanding: 2,571,430 shares in 1993, 1994 and 1995...........      3,795          2           2
Additional paid-in capital....................................................                 7,351       7,418
Notes receivable from shareholders............................................       (287)      (286)       (271)
Accumulated deficit...........................................................     (1,453)    (1,683)     (1,763)
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total common stock and other shareholders' equity.......................      2,597      5,393       5,395
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities, redeemable warrants, common stock and other
       shareholders' equity...................................................  $  50,896  $ 110,820   $ 112,422
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31,
                                                        YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                 1992           1993           1994           1994           1995
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Sales......................................   $    52,152    $    58,286    $    70,284    $    44,624    $    86,462
Cost of sales..............................        37,676         42,679         51,670         32,983         65,674
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Gross profit...........................        14,476         15,607         18,614         11,641         20,788
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Selling, general and administrative........         6,046          7,207          8,821          5,526          9,973
Research and development...................           915            820            764            521            943
Amortization of intangibles................         1,421          1,400          2,025          1,054          2,547
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                    8,382          9,427         11,610          7,101         13,463
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Income from operations.................         6,094          6,180          7,004          4,540          7,325
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Other (income) expense:
  Interest income..........................           (53)           (84)           (97)           (15)          (104)
  Interest expense.........................         3,200          3,128          3,996          2,479          6,235
  Amortization of financing costs..........           365            479            433            309            360
  Financing costs..........................           604        --                 625        --             --
  Other (income) expense, net..............            28            (62)          (148)            (6)           (60)
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                    4,144          3,461          4,809          2,767          6,431
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Income before extraordinary item,
     cumulative effect of change in
     accounting principle and income
     taxes.................................         1,950          2,719          2,195          1,773            894
Income taxes...............................         1,287          1,521          1,095            773            517
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Income before extraordinary item and
     cumulative effect of change in
     accounting principle..................           663          1,198          1,100          1,000            377
Extraordinary item -- extinguishment of
 debt, net of income tax benefit of $592
 and $539 (Note 7).........................                          889            790
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle (Note 13).......................                                          85             85
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net income.............................   $       663    $       309    $       225    $       915    $       377
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                             -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Earnings per share:
  Income before extraordinary item and
   cumulative effect of change in
   accounting principle....................         $0.05          $0.10          $0.08          $0.08          $0.03
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
   principle...............................                                       $0.01          $0.01
  Net income...............................         $0.05          $0.02          $0.02          $0.07          $0.03
Number of shares used in computing per
 share amount..............................     13,019,028     12,554,053     13,366,327     12,598,173     13,911,667
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        NINE MONTHS
                                                                      YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,            ENDED MAY 31,
                                                                ----------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                   1992        1993        1994       1994       1995
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..................................................  $      663  $      309  $      225  $     915  $     377
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.............................       5,920       6,845       8,357      5,271      9,089
    Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt..............                   1,481       1,329
    Deferred income taxes.....................................         601         369        (320)    (1,005)    (1,426)
    Loss (gain) on property and equipment dispositions........         (13)          8
    Provision for losses on accounts receivable...............           5          39          16         33        147
  Tax benefit of option exercise..............................                     700
    Changes in working capital:
      Accounts receivable.....................................      (1,446)     (1,143)     (1,526)    (1,213)    (1,567)
      Inventories.............................................         269        (685)       (908)       217     (2,778)
      Other current assets....................................           5        (331)        600        229        774
      Accounts payable........................................       2,042      (1,165)       (712)       881     (1,910)
      Accrued liabilities.....................................        (197)        309       1,987      2,127        172
      Accrued interest........................................        (150)         32         303         (5)        42
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by operating activities.............       7,699       6,768       9,351      7,450      2,920
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property, plant and equipment..................      (8,089)     (9,564)     (6,159)    (4,212)    (8,247)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment.........          95          49          47         45        287
  Payments for Acquisition net of cash acquired
   of $173....................................................                             (30,774)
  Issuance of notes receivable................................        (412)        (75)                             (173)
  Repayment of notes receivable...............................          70          13          31         26
  (Increase) decrease in other assets.........................        (611)        458      (1,563)    (1,317)      (856)
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash used in investing activities.................      (8,947)     (9,119)    (38,418)    (5,458)    (8,989)
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Increase (decrease) in bank overdraft.......................         349        (349)
  Borrowings under long-term debt arrangements................      42,110      46,787      54,214      5,953     14,322
  Repayments under long-term debt arrangements................     (42,290)    (39,771)    (24,619)    (8,460)    (9,454)
  Payment of loan fees........................................                  (2,410)     (2,472)
  Warrants....................................................                     210
  Sales of common stock.......................................         110         843       3,025                    67
  Repayment of notes receivable from shareholders.............                                   1          1         15
  Repurchase of common stock..................................                  (1,722)
  Repayment of covenants......................................         (50)        (50)        (50)       (50)      (595)
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities...         229       3,538      30,099     (2,556)     4,355
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
        Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents......      (1,019)      1,187       1,032       (564)    (1,714)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period..............       1,019                   1,187      1,187      2,219
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....................  $       --  $    1,187  $    2,219  $     623  $     505
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
       (INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 IS UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      COMMON STOCK
                                     ----------------------------------------------
                                                        CLASS B
                                     ----------------------------------------------
                                            SERIES 1                SERIES 2         ADDITIONAL        NOTES
                                     ----------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN    RECEIVABLE FROM   ACCUMULATED
                                       SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT      CAPITAL     SHAREHOLDERS       DEFICIT
                                     -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>
Balances, August 31, 1991..........       7,122   $     610       2,571   $   3,795                  $     (41)      $  (1,618)
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1
   common stock at $1.00 and $2.50
   per share.......................          42          98
  Exercise of stock options at $.61
   per share.......................          19          12
  Advance to shareholder...........                                                                       (250)
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............                                                                                       (800)
  Net income.......................                                                                                        663
                                          -----   ---------       -----   ---------                     ------     -------------
Balances, August 31, 1992..........       7,183         720       2,571       3,795                       (291)         (1,755)
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1
   common stock at $1.00 per
   share...........................          11          11
  Exercise of stock options at
   $0.61 per share.................       1,363         832
  Repurchase of Class B, Series 1,
   common stock at $2.50 per
   share...........................        (688)     (1,721)
  Tax benefit of stock option
   exercise........................                     700
  Payment of note receivable from
   shareholders....................                                                                          4
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............                                                                                         (7)
  Net income.......................                                                                                        309
                                          -----   ---------       -----   ---------                     ------     -------------
Balances, August 31, 1993..........       7,869         542       2,571       3,795                       (287)         (1,453)
  Issuance of Class B common stock
   at $3.75 per share..............         800       3,000
  Exercise of stock options at
   $2.50 per share.................          10          25
  Reincorporation into a Delaware
   corporation.....................                  (3,558)                 (3,793)  $   7,351
  Payment of note receivable from
   shareholders....................                                                                          1
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............                                                                                       (455)
  Net income.......................                                                                                        225
                                          -----   ---------       -----   ---------  -----------        ------     -------------
Balances, August 31, 1994..........       8,679           9       2,571           2       7,351           (286)         (1,683)
  Exercise of stock options at
   $0.61 and $1.00 per share.......          93                                              67
  Payment of note receivable from
   shareholders....................                                                                         15
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............                                                                                       (457)
  Net income.......................                                                                                        377
                                          -----   ---------       -----   ---------  -----------        ------     -------------
Balances, May 31, 1995.............       8,772   $       9       2,571   $       2   $   7,418      $    (271)      $  (1,763)
                                          -----   ---------       -----   ---------  -----------        ------     -------------
                                          -----   ---------       -----   ---------  -----------        ------     -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      TOTAL COMMON
                                       STOCK AND
                                         OTHER
                                     SHAREHOLDERS'
                                         EQUITY
                                     --------------
<S>                                  <C>
Balances, August 31, 1991..........    $    2,746
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1
   common stock at $1.00 and $2.50
   per share.......................            98
  Exercise of stock options at $.61
   per share.......................            12
  Advance to shareholder...........          (250)
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............          (800)
  Net income.......................           663
                                          -------
Balances, August 31, 1992..........         2,469
  Issuance of Class B, Series 1
   common stock at $1.00 per
   share...........................            11
  Exercise of stock options at
   $0.61 per share.................           832
  Repurchase of Class B, Series 1,
   common stock at $2.50 per
   share...........................        (1,721)
  Tax benefit of stock option
   exercise........................           700
  Payment of note receivable from
   shareholders....................             4
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............            (7)
  Net income.......................           309
                                          -------
Balances, August 31, 1993..........         2,597
  Issuance of Class B common stock
   at $3.75 per share..............         3,000
  Exercise of stock options at
   $2.50 per share.................            25
  Reincorporation into a Delaware
   corporation.....................            --
  Payment of note receivable from
   shareholders....................             1
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............          (455)
  Net income.......................           225
                                          -------
Balances, August 31, 1994..........         5,393
  Exercise of stock options at
   $0.61 and $1.00 per share.......            67
  Payment of note receivable from
   shareholders....................            15
  Increase in value of stock
   purchase warrants...............          (457)
  Net income.......................           377
                                          -------
Balances, May 31, 1995.............    $    5,395
                                          -------
                                          -------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION:
    Portola  Packaging,  Inc.  and  Subsidiaries, formerly  Cap  Snap  Co., (the
"Company") operates in one industry  segment. The Company designs,  manufactures
and  markets proprietary tamper evident plastic  closures for containers for the
food and beverage industries and related  capping and filling equipment used  on
bottling lines by the food and beverage industries.
 
    During  fiscal  year  1994,  the  Company  reincorporated  in  the  state of
Delaware.
 
2.  ACQUISITION:
    Effective June 30, 1994, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding  stock
of  Northern Engineering & Plastics Corp.  and Northern Engineering and Plastics
Corp. -- West (collectively "Nepco"). Concurrent with the acquisition of  Nepco,
the Company also purchased, from parties related to the owners of Nepco, certain
real  property located in Sumter,  South Carolina. Collectively, these purchases
are referred to as the Acquisition.
 
    Nepco designs, manufactures and markets  tamper evident plastic closures  in
markets  similar to those served  by the Company. The  real property acquired in
Sumter,  South  Carolina  is  a  location  where  Nepco  maintains   substantial
operations.
 
    The  Acquisition has  been accounted  for as a  purchase and  the results of
operations of Nepco have been consolidated with those of the Company  commencing
July  1, 1994. The total purchase price, including cash consideration, repayment
of existing indebtedness and non-compete  agreements, amounted to $43,650.  Cash
consideration  paid by the Company for the Acquisition was $30,947. In addition,
the Company assumed,  and subsequently  paid, Nepco indebtedness  of $9,058  and
entered  into  a non-compete  agreement under  which an  intangible asset  and a
liability totaling $3,645  were recorded at  the present value  of the  payments
(using a discount rate of 11%).
 
    The Company financed its payments for the Acquisition and Nepco indebtedness
which  aggregated $40,005,  through a  series of  new term  senior and revolving
notes as described in Note 7.
 
    The cash consideration paid by the Company comprised the following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Cash paid to the former shareholders of Nepco.............  $  28,500
Cash paid for the purchase of real property...............      1,872
Cash paid for certain closing costs.......................        575
                                                            ---------
                                                            $  30,947
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Cash consideration for the Acquisition was allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Total consideration paid..................................  $  30,947
Fair value of net assets acquired.........................     14,482
                                                            ---------
  Goodwill................................................  $  16,465
                                                            ---------
                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into non-compete and
bonus agreements with  the former  owners of  Nepco. The  non-compete and  bonus
agreements  have  a  five-year  term  with annual  payments  of  $800  and $200,
respectively.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  ACQUISITION: (CONTINUED)
    Pro forma financial statements as if the Acquisition had taken place at  the
beginning of each period presented is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                                          1993         1994
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
Sales................................................................   $  89,143   $   101,415
Gross profit.........................................................      23,230        22,246
Operating income.....................................................       4,517         5,175
Net income (loss)....................................................      (2,295)       (2,908)
Net income (loss) per share..........................................   $   (0.18)  $     (0.22)
</TABLE>
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:
 
    The  consolidated financial  statements include the  financial statements of
the Company and its  wholly owned subsidiaries, Cap  Snap, Inc., Cap Snap  Seal,
Inc.,  Cap  Snap  Co. and  Northern  Plastics  Corporation --  Puerto  Rico. All
material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION:
 
    The Company recognizes revenue upon product shipment.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS:
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities
of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORIES:
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method)  or
market.
 
    INVESTMENT:
 
    The  Company  has an  investment  in a  certificate  of deposit  maturing in
September 1995. The investment is carried at cost, which approximates market.
 
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Property, plant and  equipment are  stated at  cost and  depreciated on  the
straight-line  basis  over estimated  useful lives,  which  range from  three to
thirty-five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis
over their useful lives or the lease term, whichever is shorter (generally  five
to  ten years). When  assets are disposed  of, the cost  and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gains or losses are
included in the results of operations.
 
    JOINT VENTURES:
 
    The Company maintains joint venture and license arrangements in Canada,  the
United  Kingdom  and  Mexico. These  investments,  which are  included  in other
assets, are accounted for by the  equity method. The Company's total  investment
and related income has not been significant and is not separately presented.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
 
    Patents and covenants not-to-compete are valued at cost and are amortized on
a  straight-line basis over the lesser  of their remaining useful or contractual
lives (generally five to  thirteen years). Goodwill  was recorded in  connection
with  the Acquisition (Note  2) and is  amortized on a  straight-line basis over
fifteen years.
 
    DEBT FINANCING COSTS:
 
    Debt financing costs are amortized using  the interest method over the  term
of the related loans.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURES:
 
    Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred.
 
    INCOME TAXES:
 
    Effective  September  1, 1993,  the Company  adopted Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards  (SFAS)  No.  109, "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes,"  which
requires  recognition of  deferred tax assets  and liabilities  for the expected
future tax  consequences of  events that  have been  included in  the  financial
statements   or  tax  returns.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities are  determined  based  on  the  difference  between  the  financial
statement  and tax bases of such assets  and liabilities using enacted tax rates
in effect for the  year in which  the differences are  expected to reverse  (See
Note 13).
 
    Prior  to September 1, 1993, the Company accounted for income taxes pursuant
to Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  11,  Income  Taxes.  Prior  year
financial statements have not been restated.
 
    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK:
 
    Financial   instruments   which   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash  equivalents,
investments  and trade receivables. The Company's  cash and cash equivalents and
investments are concentrated in three United States banks at August 31, 1994. At
times, such deposits  may be in  excess of insured  limits. Management  believes
that  the  financial  institutions  which  hold  the  Company's  investments are
financially sound and, accordingly, minimal  credit risk exists with respect  to
these financial instruments.
 
    The  Company's products  are principally  sold to  entities in  the food and
beverage industries in the United States. Ongoing credit evaluations of customer
financial condition are performed and collateral is generally not required.  The
Company  maintains reserves for  potential credit losses  which, on a historical
basis, have not been significant.
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE:
 
    Earnings per  common  share and  common  equivalent share  are  computed  by
dividing  income by the  weighted average number  of shares of  common stock and
common stock equivalents  outstanding during  the period. The  number of  common
shares  is increased by the number of shares issuable on the exercise of options
and warrants when  the market  price of the  common stock  exceeds the  exercise
price  of the options and warrants. This increase in the number of common shares
is reduced  by the  number  of common  shares which  are  assumed to  have  been
purchased with the proceeds from the exercise of the options and warrants; these
purchases are assumed to have been made at the average price of the common stock
during that part of the period when the market price of the common stock exceeds
the exercise price of the options and warrants.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
 
    CARRYING VALUE OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS:
 
    The Company reduces the carrying value of long-lived assets to the extent to
which future undiscounted operating cash flows are not sufficient to recover the
carrying value of such assets over their remaining estimated useful lives.
 
    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    During March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No.  121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to Be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121"), which requires the Company to review for
impairment long-lived  assets, certain  identifiable intangibles,  and  goodwill
related  to those  assets whenever events  or changes  in circumstances indicate
that the carrying  amount of  an asset may  not be  recoverable. This  statement
requires  impairment  losses  to  be  recognized for  assets  that  do  not have
realizable carrying values. SFAS 121 will be effective for the Company's  fiscal
year 1997. The Company has studied the implications of the statement, and, based
on  its initial evaluation, does not expect it  to have a material impact on the
Company's financial condition or results of operations, at this time.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS:
 
    Certain prior  year balances  have  been reclassified  to conform  with  the
current  year financial  statement presentation. These  reclassifications had no
effect on net income.
 
    INTERIM RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  accompanying  Consolidated   Balance  Sheet  at   May  31,  1995,   the
Consolidated  Statement of Operations  and Consolidated Statement  of Cash Flows
for the nine months ended May 31, 1994 and 1995, and the Consolidated  Statement
of Shareholders' Equity for the nine months ended May 31, 1995 are unaudited. In
the opinion of management, these statements have been prepared on the same basis
as  the audited consolidated  financial statements and  include all adjustments,
consisting  only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for  the  fair
presentation  of the results of the interim periods. The data disclosed in these
notes to the consolidated financial statements for these periods are unaudited.
 
4.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
    The Company paid $725, $74 and $835  in income taxes during the years  ended
August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
    The  Company paid  $3,183, $3,257  and $3,693  in interest  during the years
ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
    During fiscal year  1993, the  Company received 688  shares of  its Class  B
common  stock  from  an officer  and  director  in settlement  of  stock options
exercised and related federal and state withholding tax obligations.
 
    During  fiscal  year  1994,  the  Company  reincorporated  into  a  Delaware
corporation, which resulted in a reclassification of $7,351 Class B common stock
into additional paid-in capital.
 
    During  fiscal year 1994, the Company acquired $8 of equipment under capital
lease.
 
    During fiscal year 1994, the Company adopted SFAS No. 109 under which  fixed
assets  and patents were grossed up  $1,322 and $1,906, respectively, consistent
with the gross-up of the deferred tax liability.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
4.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
    During fiscal 1994, the Company wrote off fully depreciated property,  plant
and equipment totaling $3,233.
 
5.  INVENTORIES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AUGUST 31,
                                                             --------------------
                                                               1993       1994
                                                             ---------  ---------    MAY 31,
                                                                                      1995
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Raw materials..............................................  $   2,404  $   3,695   $   5,027
Work in process............................................        471      1,667       2,962
Finished goods.............................................      1,965      3,079       3,230
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                             $   4,840  $   8,441   $  11,219
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
6.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AUGUST 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                            1993        1994
                                                         ----------  ----------    MAY 31,
                                                                                    1995
                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
Building and land......................................  $    2,947  $   11,989   $  11,634
Machinery and equipment................................      37,617      53,831      61,729
Leasehold improvements.................................       2,010       2,472       2,904
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                             42,574      68,292      76,267
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.......     (18,581)    (21,145)    (27,364)
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                         $   23,993  $   47,147   $  48,903
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                         ----------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation  charged to  operations was $3,901,  $4,946 and  $5,903 for the
years ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
7.  DEBT:
 
    CURRENT PORTION OF LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AUGUST 31,
                                                             --------------------
                                                               1993       1994
                                                             ---------  ---------    MAY 31,
                                                                                      1995
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Term Loan Note A...........................................             $   3,000   $   3,750
Term Loan Note.............................................  $   2,750
Deed of Trust Note.........................................         13
Equipment Note.............................................                    85          85
Development Note...........................................                    15          16
Capital Lease Obligations..................................                    64
Unsecured Notes............................................        141         15
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                             $   2,904  $   3,179   $   3,851
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
    LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AUGUST 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                             1993       1994
                                                           ---------  ---------    MAY 31,
                                                                                    1995
                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Term Loan Note A.........................................             $  27,000   $  24,000
Term Loan Note B.........................................                30,000      30,000
Term Loan Note...........................................  $  14,094
Senior Subordinated Notes................................     10,000     10,000      10,000
Revolving Loan Note......................................      4,778      7,116      14,388
Capex Loan Note..........................................      6,245
Deed of Trust Note.......................................        104
Equipment Note...........................................                    63
Development Note.........................................                   109          96
Unsecured Notes..........................................         15
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           $  35,236  $  74,288   $  78,484
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    TERM LOAN NOTES:
 
    The Term Loan Note outstanding at  August 31, 1993 was repaid from  proceeds
of  a new term note (Term Loan Note A) of $30,000 issued in June 1994. Principal
payments for Term Loan Note  A are due quarterly in  the amount of $750  through
July  1, 1995, then increasing every fifth quarter to $1,000, $1,500, $2,000 and
$2,250 with the final payment on July 1, 1999. Interest is payable monthly based
on London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)  or the highest prime rate of  selected
reference banks, plus an applicable margin. At August 31 1994, the interest rate
was 7.75% (LIBOR, plus 3.25%).
 
    The  Term Loan Note B of $30,000 was issued in June 1994. Principal payments
are due quarterly beginning on October 1, 1999 and ending on July 1, 2001 in the
amount of $3,750.  Interest is  payable monthly based  on LIBOR  or the  highest
prime rate of selected reference banks, plus an applicable margin. At August 31,
1994, the interest rate was 8.25% (LIBOR, plus 3.75%).
 
    The  Term Loan Notes are subject to a Credit and Security Agreement in which
the Company has granted a security interest in all of its assets. The  Agreement
requires  the Company to maintain certain  specified coverage levels on interest
expense and total debt  service requirements. It  also prohibits cash  dividends
and  principal payments  on subordinated debt,  and limits  new indebtedness and
investments. The Agreement calls for  mandatory prepayments after December  1995
based upon financial calculations including excess cash flow.
 
    SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES:
 
    The  previous Senior Subordinated Notes were extinguished and replaced as of
June 30, 1994 by new Senior Subordinated Notes. This transaction was recorded as
an early extinguishment of  debt as discussed  under Extraordinary Items  below.
The  interest rate is 13.5% payable quarterly,  and the full principal amount is
due on June 30, 2002. The Senior Subordinated Notes may be prepaid in part or in
full at any time, plus a premium based on yield differentials if the  prepayment
is  prior to June  30, 1996. On  June 30, 1996,  the lenders have  the option to
convert the  loan  to  a floating  rate,  at  either LIBOR  or  prime,  plus  an
applicable margin.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
    REVOLVING LOAN NOTE:
 
    The  revolving  credit facility  is  maintained to  finance  working capital
requirements, and expires on July 1, 2001. The facility provides for  borrowings
based  on  eligible accounts  receivable and  inventories  up to  the commitment
amount of $18,000. No amounts are due  to be repaid until July 1, 2001,  subject
to  collateral requirements; however the Company  may prepay any portion thereof
without penalty. Interest is payable monthly based on the highest prime rate  of
selected  reference banks,  plus an  applicable margin.  At August  31, 1994 the
interest rate was 7.75% (LIBOR rate  plus 3.25%) for approximately $5.0  million
and  9.5% (prime rate plus 1.75%)  for approximately $2.1 million. The Revolving
Loan Note is subject to the same Credit and Security Agreement as the Term  Loan
Notes discussed above.
 
    CAPEX LOAN NOTE:
 
    In  October 1992, the  Company obtained a  capital expenditure facility (the
Capex Loan Note). The Company may draw on this facility to fund 80% of  eligible
capital expenditures up until its repayment, in aggregate not to exceed $10,000.
Through  August 31, 1993, the Company had drawn $6,245 against the facility. The
Capex Loan Note  is subject to  the same  Credit and Security  Agreement as  the
prior  Term Loan Note. Interest  expense options are the  same as the prior Term
Loan Note, and the interest rate was 6.7% (LIBOR, plus 3.5%) at August 31, 1993.
In June 1994,  the Company repaid  the Capex  Loan Note in  connection with  the
Company's debt refinancing as discussed under Extraordinary Items below.
 
    DEED OF TRUST NOTE:
 
    The Deed of Trust Note is payable in annual installments of $13 plus accrued
interest  of 9%  on the  unpaid principal  balance. The  note was  repaid during
fiscal 1994.
 
    EQUIPMENT NOTE:
 
    The Equipment Note was obtained to  acquire machinery and equipment for  the
Company's  Sumter, South Carolina facility. Interest is payable monthly based on
a variable rate established as  67% of the prime  lending rate (7.25% at  August
31,1994).  Principal  is payable  monthly in  the  amount of  $7 with  the final
installment due on  June 1, 1996.  The Equipment Note  is collateralized by  the
machinery and equipment that was purchased with the proceeds.
 
    DEVELOPMENT NOTE:
 
    The  Company has a  Development Note with  the Bi-State Regional Commission.
The Development Note bears interest at 4% with the final monthly payment due  in
May 2001.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS:
 
    The  Company has a plant  located in New Castle,  Pennsylvania under a lease
agreement with the  local Industrial Development  Authority. Lease payments  are
payable  monthly in the  amount of $5  through September 1994.  In addition, the
Company acquired  certain  equipment  under noncancelable  capital  leases.  The
balance sheet includes the following items held under capital lease obligations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AUGUST 31,
                                                                   1994
                                                               -------------
<S>                                                            <C>
Building.....................................................    $     438
Land.........................................................           65
Equipment....................................................           64
                                                                     -----
                                                                       567
  Less accumulated amortization..............................           (6)
                                                                     -----
                                                                 $     561
                                                                     -----
                                                                     -----
</TABLE>
 
    UNSECURED NOTES:
 
    The  Unsecured Notes,  with interest  at 12%,  are due  in varying quarterly
installments through December 1994.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS:
 
    In connection with the Company's early extinguishment of debt in June  1994,
certain  costs, consisting primarily of loan  fees of approximately $1,329, were
expensed. These transactions have been reported as an extraordinary item in  the
statement of operations, net of an income tax benefit of approximately $539.
 
    In  connection  with  the  Company's  October  1992  refinancing activities,
certain costs, consisting of advisory fees of approximately $373, were  incurred
by the Company related to the early extinguishment of debt. In addition to these
amounts,  loan fees related to the  extinguished debt of approximately $694, and
the unamortized  portion of  the  warrant discount  attributed to  the  original
$10,000  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  of  approximately  $414  were  expensed in
connection with this early extinguishment of debt. These transactions have  been
reported  as an  extraordinary item  in the statement  of operations,  net of an
income tax benefit of approximately $592.
 
    FINANCING COSTS:
 
    In connection with debt offerings which were commenced but not completed,
the Company
expensed costs amounting to $604 and $625 in fiscal 1992 and 1994, respectively.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  DEBT: (CONTINUED)
    AGGREGATE MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
    The aggregate maturities  of long-term  debt as of  August 31,  1994 are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  UNSECURED
                                     TERM LOAN                                    NOTES AND
                                     NOTES AND      SENIOR      EQUIPMENT NOTE     CAPITAL
FISCAL YEARS                         REVOLVING   SUBORDINATED   AND DEVELOPMENT     LEASE
ENDED AUGUST 31,                       LOANS         NOTES           NOTE        OBLIGATIONS    TOTAL
- ----------------------------------  -----------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
1995..............................   $   3,000                     $     100      $      79   $   3,179
1996..............................       4,000                            78                      4,078
1997..............................       6,000                            15                      6,015
1998..............................       8,000                            15                      8,015
1999..............................       9,000                            15                      9,015
Thereafter........................      37,116    $    10,000             49                     47,165
                                    -----------  -------------         -----     -----------  ---------
                                     $  67,116    $    10,000      $     272      $      79   $  77,467
                                    -----------  -------------         -----     -----------  ---------
                                    -----------  -------------         -----     -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
8.  OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:
    The  Company has incurred certain  liabilities in connection with agreements
entered into with former owners, which include provisions for guaranteed bonuses
and covenants not-to-compete, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AUGUST 31,
                                                                   --------------------   MAY 31,
                                                                     1993       1994       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Covenants under Nepco acquisition................................             $   3,694  $   3,231
Other covenants..................................................  $     150        100         50
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total obligations..............................................        150      3,794      3,281
Current portion..................................................         50        668        750
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $     100  $   3,126  $   2,531
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
9.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
    The Company leases certain office, production and warehouse facilities under
operating lease agreements  expiring on  various dates through  2007. Under  the
terms  of the  facilities' leases,  the Company  is responsible  for common area
maintenance expenses which include taxes, insurance, repairs and other operating
costs.
 
    At August 31, 1994 future  minimum rental commitments under agreements  with
terms in excess of twelve months were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEARS                                     LEASED FROM THREE
ENDED AUGUST 31,                                   SISTERS RANCH      OTHER LEASES     TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------  --------------------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                             <C>                   <C>            <C>
1995..........................................       $      670         $     930    $   1,600
1996..........................................              250               957        1,207
1997..........................................                                849          849
1998..........................................                                470          470
1999..........................................                                450          450
Thereafter....................................                              3,601        3,601
                                                        -------       -------------  ---------
                                                     $      920         $   7,257    $   8,177
                                                        -------       -------------  ---------
                                                        -------       -------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
9.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: (CONTINUED)
    Base rent expense for the years ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 totaled
$880,  $886 and $1,395, respectively,  of which $716, $619  and $696 was paid to
Three Sisters for the years ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
    The Company is engaged in litigation related to alleged patent  infringement
on  five-gallon non-spill  caps. On  February 1995,  a jury  rendered an adverse
verdict against the Company which would  hold the Company liable for damages  of
$0.01  per cap. The jury  verdict, which has not yet  been entered by the court,
would render the  Company liable  for approximately $800;  however, the  Company
intends  to appeal  the verdict  if so entered.  The financial  statements as of
August 31, 1994 include an accrual of approximately $480, which approximates the
aforementioned $0.01 damages per cap on five-gallon non-spill caps sold  through
August  31, 1994. An additional  $320 was reserved during  the nine month period
ended May 31, 1995  (unaudited). Non-spill caps produced  after May 1995 may  be
subject  to treble damages of $0.03 per cap. Management believes that a material
adverse result is not probable.
 
    The Company is also a party to a number of other lawsuits and claims arising
out of the  normal course  of business. Management  does not  believe the  final
disposition  of  these  matters  will  have a  material  adverse  affect  on the
financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
    The financial statements include costs related to the litigation,  including
accruals  for damages and  attorney costs, of  $77, $410 and  $603 for the years
ended August 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively, and $475 and $1,166 for the nine
months ended May 31, 1994 and 1995 (unaudited), respectively.
 
10. REDEEMABLE WARRANTS:
    The Company has outstanding two warrants  to purchase an aggregate of  2,493
shares  of its Class A common stock which are held by the Company's subordinated
and senior  lenders. A  warrant to  purchase  2,053 shares  of common  stock  is
exercisable,  in whole or in part, through  June 30, 2004 at sixty and two-third
cents per  share, subject  to certain  antidilution provisions.  After June  30,
1999,  if the Company has not completed an initial public offering of its common
stock, the lender may  require the Company  to purchase the  warrant at a  price
equal  to the higher of the current fair value per share of the Company's common
stock or an amount computed under an earnings formula in the warrant  agreement.
The  purchase obligation may be  suspended under certain circumstances including
restrictions on such payments as specified in the senior and subordinated credit
agreements. After December 31, 2001, the Company has the right to repurchase the
warrant at a  price equal  to the  higher of  the fair  value per  share of  the
Company's  common stock or an  amount computed under an  earnings formula in the
warrant agreement.  The earnings  formula is  based on  income before  interest,
taxes  and debt outstanding to calculate an estimated value per share. At August
31, 1993 and 1994 and May 31,  1995 the accretion was determined using the  fair
market value of the common stock.
 
    A  second warrant  to purchase  440 shares  of Class  A common  stock may be
exercised at any time  until its expiration  on June 30,  2004. After August  1,
2001,  if the Company has not completed an initial public offering of its common
stock, the senior lender may  require the Company to  purchase its warrant at  a
price  equal to  the higher  of the current  fair value  price per  share of the
Company's common stock  or the  net book  value per  share as  computed under  a
valuation  formula  set forth  in the  warrant. The  purchase obligation  may be
suspended under certain circumstances including restriction on such payments  as
specified  in the senior and subordinated  credit agreements. After December 31,
1997, the Company has the  right to repurchase the warrant  at a price equal  to
the  higher of the current fair value per share of the Company's common stock or
the net book value per share. The earnings formula is
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
10. REDEEMABLE WARRANTS: (CONTINUED)
based on earnings before interest and taxes and debt outstanding to calculate  a
estimated value per share. At August 31, 1993 and 1994 and May 31, 1995, the put
value  was determined  using the  current fair  value of  the common  stock. The
earnings formula is based on income before interest, taxes and debt  outstanding
to  calculate an estimated value per share. At  August 31, 1993 and 1994 and May
31, 1995 the accretion was determined using the fair value of the common stock.
 
    Both warrants were  amended and  restated in connection  with the  Company's
June  1994 refinancing activities, which resulted in no change to their carrying
value.
 
    Generally accepted accounting principles require  that an adjustment of  the
warrant  from  the  value  assigned  at the  date  of  issuance  to  the highest
redemption price of the warrant be accreted  over the period of the warrant.  At
August  31, 1994, the  estimated redemption value of  the warrants exceeds their
carrying value. The difference is being charged to accumulated deficit over  the
period  from the  date of  issuance to  the earliest  put date  of the warrants.
Charges to accumulated deficit related to the warrants amounted to $800, $7  and
$455 during the years ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
    REINCORPORATION:
 
    In June 1994, the Company was reincorporated from California to Delaware, at
which  time the Company's outstanding common stock  was exchanged on a one share
of the  California  corporation common  stock  for  one share  of  the  Delaware
corporation common stock.
 
    CLASS A AND B COMMON STOCK:
 
    The  Company's Class B  common stock, consists  of 20,286 authorized shares,
and is  divided into  two  series: Series  1,  consisting of  17,715  authorized
shares,  and Series 2, consisting  of 2,571 authorized shares.  As of August 31,
1994, there were  8,679 shares of  Class B,  Series 1 common  shares issued  and
outstanding,  and 2,571  shares of  Class B, Series  2 common  shares issued and
outstanding.
 
    The Company has  authorized 2,503  shares of Class  A common  stock for  the
warrants  described in Note 10. Class A  common shareholders are not entitled to
elect members of the  Board of Directors.  In the event  of an aggregate  public
offering  exceeding $10,000, the Class  A and Class B,  Series 2 common stock is
automatically converted  into Class  B,  Series 1  common  stock, based  on  the
appropriate  conversion formula. The Class B  common shareholders have the right
to elect members of the Board of Directors, with the holders of Series 1  having
one  vote per share, and the holders of  Series 2 having a number of votes equal
to the number  of shares into  which the  Series 2 shares  are convertible  into
Series 1 shares.
 
    In the event of liquidation or dissolution in which the value of the Company
is  less than $1.75 per share of common  stock, the holders of Class B, Series 2
will receive 60% of the proceeds until  they have received $1.75 per share.  All
other  amounts available for  distribution shall be distributed  to the Class B,
Series 1  and  Series  2  holders  pro  rata  based  on  the  number  of  shares
outstanding.  If the value of the Company is  greater than or equal to $1.75 per
share, the holders of  all classes of  common stock are entitled  to a pro  rata
distribution based on the number of shares outstanding.
 
    The Company is required to reserve shares of Class B, Series 1 stock for the
conversion of Class A and Class B, Series 2 into Class B, Series 1 common stock.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
11. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: (CONTINUED)
    DIRECTORS' AGREEMENTS:
 
    The  Company  entered into  Directors' Agreements  dated September  1989 and
amended in January 1990, with certain directors who are also shareholders of the
Company. The agreements provided that the Company  is to pay up to $22 per  year
to  each individual  for serving  as a director,  and granted  each director the
right to purchase up to 22 shares per year of Class B, Series 1 common stock  at
$1.00  per  share.  In  October  1990, the  Company  entered  into  a Director's
Agreement with another director, who is  also a shareholder of the Company.  The
agreement  provided that the  Company pay up to  $22 per year  for services as a
director. During the  years ended August  31, 1993 and  1994, respectively,  the
Company  paid $81 and $82  in director fees and  related expenses, and issued 11
and 42 shares of Class B, Series  1 common stock pursuant to the stock  purchase
agreements.
 
    STOCK OPTION PLAN:
 
    The  Company has reserved 2,866 and 1,000 shares of Class B, Series 1 common
stock for issuance under the Company's  1988 and 1994 nonqualified stock  option
plans, respectively. Under both plans, stock options are granted by the Board of
Directors  at prices  not less than  85% of  fair market value  of the Company's
stock at the date of grant.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                OUTSTANDING
                                                            --------------------                  AVAILABLE
STOCK OPTIONS                                                SHARES     AMOUNT     EXERCISABLE    FOR GRANT
- ----------------------------------------  OPTION PRICE PER  ---------  ---------  -------------  -----------
                                               SHARE
                                          ----------------
                                          (NOT THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
August 31, 1991.........................    $0.61-$1.75         2,404  $   1,806        1,983           330
  Granted...............................    $1.75-$2.50            70        175                        (70)
  Became exercisable....................                                                  204
  Exercised.............................       $0.61              (19)       (12)         (19)
  Canceled..............................       $0.61              (40)       (24)         (20)           40
                                                            ---------  ---------       ------         -----
August 31, 1992.........................    $0.61-$2.50         2,415      1,945        2,148           300
  Granted...............................       $2.50              160        400                       (160)
  Became exercisable....................                                                  131
  Exercised.............................       $0.61           (1,363)      (832)      (1,363)
                                                            ---------  ---------       ------         -----
August 31, 1993.........................    $0.61-$2.50         1,212      1,513          916           140
  Granted...............................       $2.50               70        175                        (70)
  Became exercisable....................                                                  123
  Exercised.............................       $2.50              (10)       (25)         (10)
  Canceled..............................       $1.75              (25)       (44)         (16)           25
                                                            ---------  ---------       ------         -----
August 31, 1994.........................    $.061-$2.50         1,247      1,619        1,013            95
  Reservation of shares.................                                                              1,000
  Granted...............................    $3.75-$4.00           230        898                       (230)
  Became exercisable....................                                                   64
  Exercised.............................    $0.61-$1.00           (93)       (69)         (93)
                                                            ---------  ---------       ------         -----
May 31, 1995............................    $0.61-$4.00         1,384  $   2,448          984           865
                                                            ---------  ---------       ------         -----
                                                            ---------  ---------       ------         -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                (Information as of May 31, 1995 and for the nine
                months ended May 31, 1995 and 1994 is unaudited)
                                 (in thousands)
 
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
 
    PROFIT SHARING PLAN:
 
    The  Company  has  a  Profit  Sharing  Plan  that  covers  substantially all
employees. Contributions are  at the discretion  of the Board  of Directors  and
amounted  to $228, $245 and  $221 for the years ended  August 31, 1992, 1993 and
1994, respectively.
 
    RETIREMENT AND SAVINGS PLAN:
 
    The Company also maintains a Retirement and Savings Plan which is a  defined
contribution  plan covering all  full-time employees of the  Company who are age
twenty-one or older, have completed one year of service and are not covered by a
collective bargaining agreement. Expense in  connection with the Retirement  and
Savings  Plan amounted to $11 for the year  ended August 31, 1992 and $6 for the
years ended August 31, 1994 and 1993.
 
13. INCOME TAXES:
    The provision for  income taxes for  the three years  ended August 31,  1994
consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                       -------------------------------
                                                         1992       1993       1994
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal............................................  $     501  $     721  $   1,013
  State..............................................        185        260        344
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             686        981      1,357
Deferred:
  Federal............................................        452        456       (176)
  State..............................................        149         84        (86)
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             601        540       (262)
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                       $   1,287  $   1,521  $   1,095
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    As  discussed in  Note 3,  Summary of  Significant Accounting  Policies, the
Company adopted SFAS No. 109 effective September 1, 1993. Prior years' financial
statements have  not been  restated to  apply the  provisions of  SFAS No.  109;
however,  prior year business combinations have been restated as of September 1,
1993 under SFAS No. 109.
 
    A reconciliation setting  forth the  differences between  the effective  tax
rate of the Company and the U.S. federal statutory tax rate is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                            1992         1993         1994
                                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Federal statutory rate.................................       34.0%        34.0%        34.0%
State taxes............................................        9.6          8.4          6.6
Nondeductible amortization and depreciation............       20.6         13.3          7.4
Other..................................................        1.8          0.2          1.9
                                                               ---          ---          ---
  Effective income tax rate............................       66.0%        55.9%        49.9%
                                                               ---          ---          ---
                                                               ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
13. INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
    The components of the net deferred tax liabilities as of August 31, 1994:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Federal credits..........................................  $     651
  State tax credits........................................        360
  Accounts receivable......................................        158
  Other liabilities........................................        580
                                                             ---------
    Total assets...........................................      1,749
                                                             ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Property, plant and equipment............................      7,227
  Intangible assets........................................      1,031
                                                             ---------
    Total liabilities......................................      8,258
                                                             ---------
    Net deferred tax liabilities...........................  $   6,509
                                                             ---------
                                                             ---------
</TABLE>
 
14. EXPORT SALES:
    Export  sales to unaffiliated  customers were $5,240,  $6,674 and $8,071 for
the years ended August 31, 1992,  1993 and 1994, respectively. Export sales  are
predominantly  to North  America, the  Middle East  and the  Pacific Rim. During
fiscal 1994, export sales to North America, the Middle East and the Pacific  Rim
accounted for 44%, 18% and 8% of total export sales, respectively.
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
    The  Company paid $63,  $183 and $162  for the years  ended August 31, 1992,
1993 and 1994,  respectively, to a  company for prototype  mold development  and
mold  engineering  work. A  director of  the aforementioned  company is  also an
officer and director of the Company.
 
    The Company paid $267 and $451 and $420 for the years ended August 31, 1992,
1993 and  1994, respectively,  to a  law  firm for  legal services  rendered.  A
general partner of the aforementioned firm is also a director of the Company.
 
    The Company paid $42 for the years ended August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 to a
corporation for management fees. A shareholder of the aforementioned corporation
is also a director and significant shareholder of the Company.
 
    The Company paid $350 and $211 for the years ended August 31, 1992 and 1993,
respectively,  to a partnership for investment banking finder fees and expenses,
a partner of which is a director of the Company.
 
    The Company had debt outstanding with a financial institution of $10,000  at
August  31, 1993 and  1994 on which  the Company paid  interest of approximately
$1,350 for the last two fiscal years. The Company also paid $401, $220 and  $258
for  the years ended August  31, 1992, 1993 and  1994, respectively, to the same
financial institution for ongoing  corporate advice and  in connection with  the
refinancing in fiscal years 1993 and 1994.
 
    The   Company  has  amounts   receivable  from  non-consolidated  affiliated
companies which amounted to $28, $156 and  $421 as of August 31, 1992, 1993  and
1994, respectively.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                    PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                (INFORMATION AS OF MAY 31, 1995 AND FOR THE NINE
                MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 AND 1994 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: (CONTINUED)
    The  Company leases certain office, production and warehouse facilities from
Three Sisters Ranch  Enterprises (Three  Sisters). Certain  general partners  in
Three  Sisters are also  minority shareholders in the  Company. The Company owed
$488, $156 and $15 at August 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, respectively, in the  form
of unsecured notes due to Three Sisters.
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED):
    Effective  June 15, 1995,  the Company completed  the acquisition of Alberta
Plastic Industries  Ltd.,  B.C.  Plastic  Industries  Ltd.,  the  remaining  50%
interest  of  the  Company's joint  venture,  Canada Cap  Snap  Corporation, and
certain  production  equipment   of  Allwest   Industries  Incorporation.   This
acquisition  is to be recorded as a  purchase. The total purchase price amounted
to approximately  $14.6 million  Canadian dollars  (approximately $10.6  million
United States dollars).
 
    In  addition, the Company entered into  a separate non-compete with a former
shareholder of the  acquired entities  in the  amount of  $4.0 million  Canadian
(approximately $2.9 million United States dollars).
 
    In  June 1995, the Company sold 450 shares (200 of the shares were sold to a
related party) of its common stock for a total of $1,800.
 
    In September 1995, the Company completed the acquisition of Cap Snap  (U.K.)
Ltd.  (the remaining 50% of the Company's joint venture). This acquisition is to
be recorded  as a  purchase. The  total purchase  price amounted  to 900  pounds
sterling (approximately $1.4 million U.S. dollars).
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Northern Engineering and Plastics Corporation:
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  combined balance  sheet of  the Northern
Engineering and Plastics  Corporation as  of August  31, 1993,  and the  related
combined  statements of  operations, retained earnings,  and cash  flows for the
year then  ended.  These financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of  the
Company's  management.  Our responsibility  is to  express  an opinion  on these
financial statements based on  our audit. The  combined financial statements  of
the  Northern Engineering and Plastics Corporation as of August 31, 1992 and for
the years ended August 31, 1992 and  1991 were audited by other auditors,  whose
report  dated  November  20, 1992,  expressed  an unqualified  opinion  on those
statements.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above  present
fairly,  in  all  material  respects, the  combined  financial  position  of the
Northern Engineering  and  Plastics Corporation  at  August 31,  1993,  and  the
combined  results of  their operations  and their cash  flows for  the year then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    As discussed in Note  10 to the combined  financial statements, in 1993  the
Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
June 1, 1994, except as to the information
 presented in Note 11, for which
 the date is June 30, 1994
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Stockholders and Directors
Northern Engineering and Plastics Corp.
New Castle, Pennsylvania
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of Northern
Engineering and Plastics Corp.  and subsidiary as of  August 31, 1992 and  1991,
and  the related consolidated statements of  income, retained earnings, and cash
flows  for  the   years  then   ended.  These  financial   statements  are   the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statements presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly, in  all material  respects, the financial  position of  Northern
Engineering  and Plastics Corp. and  subsidiary as of August  31, 1992 and 1991,
and the results  of their operations  and their  cash flows for  the years  then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          Carbis Walker & Associates LLP
                                          Certified Public Accountants
 
New Castle, Pennsylvania
November 20, 1992
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AUGUST 31,
                                                                                --------------------
                                                                                  1992       1993
                                                                                ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                                         1994
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
                                               ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................................................  $     812  $     918   $     173
  Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $34
   in 1992, $43 in 1993 and $54 in 1994.......................................      3,442      4,826       5,360
  Due from related parties....................................................        179        296         240
  Inventories.................................................................      2,352      1,987       2,450
  Prepaid income taxes........................................................        150        227          24
  Deferred income taxes.......................................................         --         44          86
  Deposits on equipment.......................................................        228        354       1,153
  Other current assets........................................................        210         74         273
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total current assets....................................................      7,373      8,726       9,759
Certificate of deposit........................................................      1,000      1,000       1,000
Notes receivable, less current portion........................................         70         70          70
Notes receivable from related parties.........................................        142        142         142
Patents, net of accumulated amortization of $118 in 1992, $122 in 1993 and
 $127 in 1994.................................................................         50         63          88
Property and equipment, net...................................................     10,621     13,011      16,956
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total assets............................................................  $  19,256  $  23,012   $  28,015
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Revolving line of credit....................................................  $      --  $   1,500   $   1,500
  Current portion of long-term debt and note payable..........................        503        532         507
  Accounts payable............................................................      1,781      4,199       5,538
  Payable to related parties..................................................        346        329         302
  Accrued expenses............................................................        369        235         288
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total current liabilities...............................................      2,999      6,795       8,135
Long-term debt, less current portion..........................................      3,157      2,947       7,616
Notes payable to related party................................................        202        173          --
Deferred income taxes.........................................................      1,028        885         566
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities.......................................................      7,386     10,800      16,317
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Shareholders' equity:
  Northern Engineering and Plastics Corporation, Inc. 7% non-cumulative
   preferred stock, $40 par value. Authorized: 100,000 shares; issued and
   outstanding: 1,045 shares..................................................         42         42          42
  Northern Engineering and Plastics Corporation, Inc. common stock, $1 par
   value, authorized: 100,000 shares, issued and outstanding: 27,610 shares...         28         28          28
  NEPCO-West common stock, $10 par value authorized: 100,000 shares; issued
   and outstanding: 1,000 shares..............................................         10         10          10
  Additional paid-in capital..................................................      2,161      2,161       2,161
  Retained earnings...........................................................      9,629      9,971       9,457
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
      Total shareholders' equity..............................................     11,870     12,212      11,698
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
        Total liabilities and shareholders' equity............................  $  19,256  $  23,012   $  28,015
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                               -------------------------------
                                                                 1991       1992       1993
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------    TEN MONTHS
                                                                                                ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                                ---------------
                                                                                                     1994
                                                                                                ---------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales........................................................  $  27,026  $  25,308  $  30,857    $    31,131
Cost of sales................................................     21,216     19,514     22,922         27,313
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Gross profit.............................................      5,810      5,794      7,935          3,818
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
Selling and warehousing......................................      2,264      2,739      4,819          2,446
Administrative...............................................      2,409      2,689      2,969          1,835
Research and development.....................................         64         86        282            142
Amortization of patents......................................          2          4          5              5
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                   4,739      5,518      8,075          4,428
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Income (loss) from operations............................      1,071        276       (140)          (610)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
Other income (expense):
  Interest income............................................        237        206        134             50
  Interest expense...........................................       (346)      (308)      (320)          (430)
  Other, net.................................................        585        455        702            236
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                     476        353        516           (144)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary item and
     cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.....      1,547        629        376           (754)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
Income taxes (benefit).......................................        606        289        138           (240)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Income (loss) before extraordinary item and the
     cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.....        941        340        238           (514)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
Extraordinary item, reduction of income taxes arising from
 carryforward of prior year's net operating loss.............         28         --         --             --
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle..........         --         --        104             --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Net income (loss)........................................  $     969  $     340  $     342    $      (514)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
Income (loss) per common share:
  Before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change
   in accounting principle...................................  $   32.89  $   11.88  $    8.32    $    (17.97)
  Extraordinary item.........................................       0.98         --         --             --
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle........         --         --       3.63             --
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Net income (loss) per common share.......................  $   33.87  $   11.88  $   11.95    $    (17.97)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
Number of shares used in computing per share amount..........     28,610     28,610     28,610         28,610
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
 
                    COMBINED STATEMENTS OF RETAINED EARNINGS
 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      TEN MONTHS
                                                                        YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,       ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                   -------------------------------  ---------------
                                                                     1991       1992       1993          1994
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance, beginning...............................................  $   8,423  $   9,292  $   9,629     $   9,971
Net income (loss)................................................        969        340        342          (514)
Dividend on common stock, $3.62 per share........................       (100)        --         --            --
7% preferred stock dividend......................................         --         (3)        --            --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Balance, ending..................................................  $   9,292  $   9,629  $   9,971     $   9,457
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                  1991       1992       1993
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------    TEN MONTHS
                                                                                                 ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                                      1994
                                                                                                 ---------------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)...........................................  $     969  $     340  $     342     $    (514)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.............................        985      1,129      1,290         1,449
    Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.......         --         --       (104)           --
    Provision for losses on accounts receivable...............        160         50        150            11
    Gain on sale of equipment and securities..................        (38)      (196)       (88)            1
    Deferred income taxes.....................................         45         85        (35)         (361)
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts and notes receivable...........................        143        268     (1,534)         (545)
      Due from related parties................................         43       (105)      (117)           56
      Inventories.............................................        (52)      (638)       365          (463)
      Accounts payable........................................        111        (23)     2,418         1,339
      Payable to related parties..............................       (108)       203        (46)          (27)
      Accrued expenses........................................        335       (440)      (134)           53
      Other...................................................         38       (253)      (126)         (795)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.....................      2,631        420      2,381           204
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to property and equipment.........................     (1,608)    (2,457)    (3,678)       (5,391)
  Proceeds from sale of equipment and securities..............        152        315        102             1
  Purchase of patents.........................................        (18)        (7)       (18)          (30)
  Other.......................................................          4          2         --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Net cash used in investing activities.........................     (1,470)    (2,147)    (3,594)       (5,420)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net borrowings from line of credit..........................         --         --      1,500            --
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings..........................         --        579        221         4,669
  Payments on long-term borrowings............................       (419)      (424)      (402)         (198)
  Cash dividend on common stock...............................       (100)        --         --            --
  Cash dividend on preferred stock............................         --         (3)        --            --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities...........       (519)       152      1,319         4,471
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..............        642     (1,575)       106          (745)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period................      1,745      2,387        812           918
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period......................  $   2,387  $     812  $     918           173
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
Supplemental disclosures:
  Income taxes paid...........................................  $     198  $     644  $     289     $      52
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
  Interest paid...............................................  $     347  $     312  $     311     $     380
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------       -------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS:
    Northern   Engineering  and   Plastics  Corporation   (NEPCO)  and  Northern
Engineering and Plastics  Corporation -- West  (NEPCO-West) design,  manufacture
and  market tamper-evident plastic closures principally  for the dairy and juice
industries.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION:
 
    The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of NEPCO
and its subsidiaries and  NEPCO-West, all of which  are under common  management
(hereinafter  the combined entity is referred to as the Company). Following is a
summary of the organizations included in the combined financial statements:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               ENTITY                                       RELATIONSHIP
- -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>
NEPCO                                  Parent Corporation
Northern Plastics Corporation          Wholly-owned subsidiary of NEPCO
Northern Plastics Corporation --       Wholly-owned subsidiary of NEPCO
Puerto Rico
NEPCO-West                             100% owned by marital trust for which NEPCO
                                       shareholders are trustees
</TABLE>
 
    The shareholders of  NEPCO hold  a 51% interest  in Molinero  Tool and  Die,
Incorporated,  an organization  that produces  and fabricates  equipment that is
used to place the plastic closures onto the bottles. This equipment is purchased
by the  Company  and provided  to  customers as  an  incentive to  purchase  the
Company's closures. Also, the shareholders of NEPCO are each 50% partners in CHR
Enterprises, a partnership that purchases and retains real estate for investment
purposes.  These two  organizations are not  included in  the combined financial
statements.
 
    All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been  eliminated
in combination.
 
    INVENTORIES:
 
    All  inventories  are  stated  at  the lower  of  cost  or  market.  Cost is
determined by the last-in, first-out  (LIFO) method for raw materials,  supplies
and   manufactured  finished   goods  inventories   at  NEPCO,   which  comprise
approximately 86%  and 85%  of all  inventories  at August  31, 1992  and  1993,
respectively.   The  first-in,  first-out  method  is  used  for  all  remaining
inventories.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Property and  equipment, including  significant betterments,  are stated  at
cost  less accumulated  depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation charges are
computed over the  estimated useful  lives, ranging from  5 to  45 years,  using
accelerated  methods  of depreciation.  Maintenance and  repairs are  charged to
expense as incurred. When assets are retired, sold or disposed of, the costs and
related accumulated depreciation or amortization  are removed from the  accounts
and the resulting gains or losses are included in the results of operations.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURES:
 
    Research and development expenditures are charged to operations as incurred.
 
    PATENTS:
 
    Patents  are valued at  cost and amortized  over their estimated  lives on a
straight line basis.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION:
 
    The Company recognizes revenue upon product shipment.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    CASH EQUIVALENTS:
 
    Investments and cash held in money market accounts with original  maturities
of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.
 
    DEFERRED INCOME TAXES:
 
    Certain items of income and expense are included in one reporting period for
financial  accounting  purposes and  another for  income tax  purposes. Deferred
income taxes are provided to recognize the future tax effects of these temporary
differences.
 
    NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE:
 
    Net income per  common share  is calculated by  dividing net  income by  the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. For the
purposes  of calculating the combined weighted  average number of common shares,
the common shares of NEPCO  and NEPCO-West are combined  and treated as if  they
are equivalent in class.
 
    CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK:
 
    Financial   instruments   which   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of  risk consist  principally of  cash and  cash equivalents  and
trade  receivables.  The Company's  cash and  cash  equivalents are  invested in
institutions that are insured by the FDIC.  NEPCO's cash held at a FDIC  insured
institution  at August  31, 1993  exceeded the  FDIC insured  limits. Management
believes that the financial institutions which hold the Company's cash and  cash
equivalents  are financially sound and,  accordingly, minimal credit risk exists
with respect to these assets.
 
    The Company's products  are principally sold  to entities in  the dairy  and
juice  industries in the United States. Ongoing credit evaluations of customer's
financial condition are performed and collateral is generally not required.  The
Company  maintains reserves for  potential credit losses  which, on a historical
basis,  have  not  been  significant.  In  1993,  one  customer  accounted   for
approximately 11% of total sales made by the Company.
 
    INTERIM RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  accompanying  Combined  Balance  Sheet at  June  30,1994,  the Combined
Statement of Operations and Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the ten  months
ended  June 30, 1994 and the Combined Statement of Retained Earnings for the ten
months ended June 30,  1994 are unaudited. In  the opinion of management,  these
statements  have been  prepared on  the same  basis as  the audited consolidated
financial statements  and include  all adjustments,  consisting only  of  normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of the
interim periods. The data disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial
statements for these periods are unaudited.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           TEN MONTHS ENDED    TWO MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            JUNE 30, 1993       AUGUST 31, 1994
                                                                          ------------------  -------------------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>                 <C>
Revenues................................................................      $   24,523           $   7,245
Gross Profit............................................................           6,334               1,961
</TABLE>
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS:
 
    Certain  prior  year balances  have been  reclassified  to conform  with the
current year financial  statement presentation. These  reclassifications had  no
effect on net income.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
3.  INVENTORIES:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    AUGUST 31,
                                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                                 1992       1993
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
Finished goods...............................................................................  $   1,081  $   1,053
Raw materials and supplies...................................................................      1,271        934
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               $   2,352  $   1,987
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
If  the FIFO inventory  valuation method had  been used exclusively, inventories
would have  been $318,000  and $255,000  higher  at August  31, 1992  and  1993,
respectively.
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  AUGUST 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1992       1993
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Land and land improvements.................................................................  $     734  $     734
Buildings and improvements.................................................................      4,941      4,978
Machinery and equipment....................................................................     13,450     16,812
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                                19,125     22,524
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.............................................      8,504      9,513
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             $  10,621  $  13,011
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation  charged to operations was  $983,000, $1,125,000 and $1,285,000
in 1991, 1992 and 1993, respectively.
 
5.  REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT:
    NEPCO has a  revolving line  of credit of  $1,500,000 which  has been  fully
drawn  down at August  31, 1993. The line  of credit is due  within one year and
bears interest at a fixed  rate of 6%. The line  of credit is collateralized  by
accounts receivables and other assets of NEPCO. See Note 6, Subsequent Revolving
Debt Facility, for the amended terms of the line of credit.
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    AUGUST 31,
                                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                                 1992       1993
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
Mortgage note................................................................................  $   2,582  $   2,349
Equipment note...............................................................................        317        233
Notes payable................................................................................        579        800
Capital lease obligation.....................................................................        118         63
Other........................................................................................         64         34
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                                   3,660      3,479
 
Less current portion.........................................................................        503        532
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               $   3,157  $   2,947
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    MORTGAGE NOTE:
 
    The  mortgage  note  was  obtained  to  acquire  the  plant  that NEPCO-West
utilizes. Principal payments are due in monthly installments of $20,000 with the
final payment due on September 1, 1995. Interest is
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION: (CONTINUED)
payable monthly on the outstanding balance at a fixed rate of 7.5% on the  first
$1,000,000  and 9% on the  remaining balance. The note  is collateralized by the
land, building and equipment at the  plant location acquired with the  mortgage.
In  addition,  NEPCO  has assigned  as  collateral a  $1,000,000  certificate of
deposit to the bank related to this  mortgage which is reflected in the  balance
sheet as a non-current asset.
 
    EQUIPMENT NOTE:
 
    The  equipment  note was  obtained to  acquire  machinery and  equipment for
NEPCO's Sumter, South Carolina facility. Interest is payable monthly based on  a
variable  rate established as  67% of the  prime lending rate  (6% at August 31,
1993). Principal  is payable  monthly in  the amount  of $7,000  with the  final
installment due on June 1, 1996. The note is collateralized by the machinery and
equipment that was purchased with the proceeds. In addition, the shareholders of
NEPCO have personally guaranteed this note.
 
    NOTES PAYABLE:
 
    The  notes were issued  in conjunction with  the opening of  the Fort Worth,
Texas plant operated by  NEPCO. The total note  is structured into two  separate
payment  structures: payments of $11,000 are  payable monthly on $579,000 of the
notes through 1997 and payments of $3,000 are payable monthly on $221,000 of the
notes through 2000. Interest is payable monthly at a fixed rate of 6%. The  note
is  collateralized by inventory  and equipment located in  the Fort Worth, Texas
plant.
 
    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION:
 
    NEPCO acquired a  plant located in  New Castle, Pennsylvania  under a  lease
agreement  with the local  Industrial Development Authority.  Lease payments are
payable monthly in  the amount of  $5,000 through September  1994. The  combined
balance sheet includes the following items held under capital lease obligations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         AUGUST 31,
                                                                                                    --------------------
                                                                                                      1992       1993
                                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Building..........................................................................................  $     900  $     900
Land..............................................................................................         65         65
                                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                                          965        965
 
Less accumulated amortization.....................................................................        396        432
                                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                                    $     569  $     533
                                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Under  the provisions of the lease agreement, NEPCO will make minimum annual
payments of $61,000 in 1994 and $5,000  in 1995. Interest on the future  minimum
payments  will be $3,000. At  August 31, 1993, $58,000  is included as a current
liability.
 
    SUBSEQUENT REVOLVING DEBT FACILITY:
 
    On December  28, 1993  the Company  obtained a  $9,000,000 revolving  credit
facility  that was used  to finance additional  plant construction and refinance
substantially all previous debt obligations. The credit is structured into three
facilities:
 
    -$1,500,000 revolving credit facility that matures December 28, 1994 with an
     option to renew the facility on a year-to-year basis, at the option of  the
     bank; interest is payable monthly at the prime lending rate.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION: (CONTINUED)
    -$3,700,000  revolving facility that  matures on December  31, 1994 at which
     time the  outstanding  balance converts  to  a term  loan  payable  monthly
     through  December 1, 2000, with  interest payable at a  fixed rate of 7.75%
     through December 31,  1998, and at  either a variable  rate based on  prime
     plus  0.5% or a fixed rate based on the current two year Treasury Bill rate
     plus 3%, selected by  the Company through  maturity. The facility  provides
     for  a penalty, based on the interest  rates at the time of the prepayment,
     if the debt is prepaid prior to December 31, 1998.
 
    -$3,800,000 revolving facility that  matures on December  31, 1994 at  which
     time  the  outstanding  balance converts  to  a term  loan  payable monthly
     through December 1, 2000,  with interest payable at  a fixed rate of  7.75%
     through  December 31, 1998,  and at either  a variable rate  based on prime
     plus 0.5% or a fixed rate based on the current two year Treasury Bill  rate
     plus  3%, selected by  the Company through  maturity. The facility provides
     for a penalty, based on the interest  rates at the time of the  prepayment,
     if the debt is prepaid prior to December 31, 1998.
 
    The credit facilities are collateralized by all assets of the Company.
 
    The  credit facilities have various  covenants, including the maintenance of
minimum levels of net worth, certain  financial ratios, and restrictions on  the
amount of capital expenditures, additional indebtedness and dividends with which
NEPCO  and NEPCO-West  must comply on  a combined basis.  These covenants became
applicable in January 1994. At  February 28, 1994, approximately $1,000,000  was
available to pay dividends on preferred or common stock.
 
    The  following table provides  the maturities that are  due on the long-term
debt outstanding at August 31, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
1994..............................................................................................     $     532
1995..............................................................................................           460
1996..............................................................................................         2,089
1997..............................................................................................           156
1998..............................................................................................           169
Thereafter........................................................................................            73
                                                                                                         -------
                                                                                                       $   3,479
                                                                                                         -------
                                                                                                         -------
</TABLE>
 
7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
    Included in the current due from related parties at August 31, 1992 and 1993
is $125,000 and $241,000, respectively,  that was advanced to the  shareholders'
of  NEPCO at various times  over the past several  years. The advances were made
for various purposes, and do not have  a note or a payment schedule attached  to
the  advance. The  shareholders intend  to repay the  advances over  the next 12
months, thus the amounts  have been classified as  current assets at August  31,
1993.
 
    Also  included  in the  current  due from  related  parties for  all periods
presented is $45,000, which  is owed to NEPCO  by CHR Partnership. The  advances
resulted  from  NEPCO  providing  funds  to  CHR  Partnership  to  make  certain
improvements to a building held as  an investment by CHR Partnership. There  are
no  payment terms, however, the shareholders of NEPCO intend to repay the amount
due within the next 12  months, thus the receivable  is classified as a  current
asset at August 31, 1993.
 
    Non-current  note receivable from related  parties for all periods presented
is $142,000,  which is  owed to  NEPCO by  the marital  trust that  is the  sole
shareholder  of NEPCO-West. These funds were advanced to the marital trust to be
used for  investment purposes.  This  receivable is  supported  by a  note  with
interest payable annually at 11%.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: (CONTINUED)
    Included  in the current due to related  parties at August 31, 1992 and 1993
is $29,000 which is owed  to the Estate of Clem  Crisci. At August 31, 1992  and
1993,  $202,000 and $173,000,  respectively, are included  in non-current due to
related parties.  Amounts  are  paid  in annual  installments  of  $29,000  with
interest calculated at a fixed rate of 6% through June 30, 2000.
 
    Certain  equipment that is  used in placing the  Company's closures onto the
customers' containers is custom made for, and given to, certain customers by the
Company. The Company utilizes Molinero Tool and Die, Incorporated (Molinero)  to
fabricate a significant portion of this equipment. Total purchases from Molinero
in  1991, 1992 and 1993 were $202,000, $358,000 and $1,036,000, respectively. At
August 31,  1992 and  1993, $191,000  and  $246,000 is  included in  payable  to
related parties, respectively, to Molinero.
 
    Molinero  shares  part of  NEPCO's New  Castle,  PA plant  and pays  NEPCO a
monthly rental payment under a lease  agreement. For the years ended August  31,
1991,  1992 and 1993, $17,000, $18,000 and $18,000, respectively was recorded as
other income by NEPCO related  to this agreement. At  August 31, 1992 and  1993,
$9,000 and $10,000, respectively, is included in due from related parties.
 
    NEPCO  leases two facilities from CHR Partnership.  The first lease is for a
facility located in Sumter, South Carolina  that requires NEPCO to make  monthly
lease payments of $10,000 through 1997, as well as additional amounts to pay for
all  taxes, insurance and maintenance on the property. The second lease is for a
facility located in  New Castle, PA,  and requires NEPCO  to make monthly  lease
payments  of $1,000 through 1997,  as well as additional  amounts to pay for all
taxes,  insurance  and  maintenance  on  the  property.  Future  minimum  rental
commitments  on the leases  is $528,000, comprised of  $132,000 per year through
1997.
 
    As part of the agreement between NEPCO and CHR Partnership, NEPCO also makes
the monthly  mortgage payments  to  a financial  institution  on behalf  of  CHR
Partnership. At August 31, 1992 and 1993, the Company has recorded a net payable
to  CHR  of $126,000  and $54,000,  respectively, related  to the  Sumter, South
Carolina plant location.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
    NEPCO has a month to month lease for its plant located in Fort Worth,  Texas
that requires payments of $6,000 per month. The lease contains a purchase option
for the building equal to the fair market value plus $50,000, in addition to the
silos  which can be purchased  for $60,000. NEPCO has  exercised this option and
completed the purchase for approximately $500,000 in February 1994.
 
    Total rent expense  included in  the operating  results for  1991, 1992  and
1993,  respectively was $144,000,  $197,000 and $205,000,  of which $132,000 was
paid to CHR Partnership annually.
 
    At August 31, 1992 and 1993, the Company has committed to purchase  $462,000
and  $1,139,000, respectively, of molds  that will be used  in the operations of
the Company. Payment on these purchases is expected to be made within six months
of the financial statement date.
 
    The Company was named in a lawsuit regarding a patent infringement at August
31, 1993.  At  August  31, 1993,  the  case  was in  the  discovery  stage  and,
therefore,  no determination could  be made of  the outcome or  the range of the
possible loss, if any,  should the outcome be  unfavorable. Concurrent with  the
signing  of the  stock purchase  agreement in March  1994, the  case against the
Company was terminated.  See Note  11 for  discussion of  the subsequent  merger
agreement.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
    The company maintains a profit sharing plan for those employees who meet the
eligibility  requirements set forth  in the Plan. Contributions  to the Plan are
determined annually by the Company's Board of Directors. The Company contributed
$150,000 and  $0 to  the Plan  for the  years ended  August 31,  1992 and  1993,
respectively.
 
    In  1993 the Company instituted  a 401(k) plan for  those employees who meet
the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan. The Company matches  amounts
contributed  to  the Plan  by the  eligible  employees. The  Company contributed
$17,000 to the Plan in 1993.
 
10. INCOME TAXES:
    Effective September  1, 1992,  the Company  adopted Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes."  The statement
requires the use of  the asset and liability  approach for financial  accounting
and  reporting  for  income  taxes.  The  cumulative  effect  of  the  change in
accounting principle of $104,000 has been included in determining net income for
the current year. Financial statements for prior years have not been restated.
 
    The following  table summarizes  the provision  for U.S.  Federal and  State
income taxes.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     YEARS ENDED
                                                                                                     AUGUST 31,
                                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                                             1991       1992       1993
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  U.S. Federal Tax.......................................................................  $     447  $     176  $     128
  State Tax..............................................................................        114         58         45
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 561        234        173
 
Deferred:
  U.S. Federal Tax.......................................................................         43         61        (43)
  State Tax..............................................................................          2         (6)         8
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                  45         55        (35)
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total tax provision..................................................................  $     606  $     289  $     138
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  1992 deferred tax  assets and liabilities  are comprised principally of
alternative minimum  tax  credits  that  are  available  to  reduce  future  tax
liabilities and depreciation, respectively.
 
    The  1993 tax  provision benefited from  an increase in  deferred tax assets
related to alternative minimum tax credits  of $113 and other future  deductible
amounts  of $57. The provision  was reduced $127 due  to an increase in deferred
tax liabilities related to excess tax depreciation.
 
    The differences between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the  NEPCO's
combined effective tax rate at August 31, 1993 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               1991       1992       1993
                                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. Federal statutory rate................................................................       34.0%      34.0%      34.0%
State income taxes, net....................................................................        4.8        6.1        2.9
Other......................................................................................        0.4        5.8       (0.2)
                                                                                                   ---        ---        ---
                                                                                                  39.2%      45.9%      36.7%
                                                                                                   ---        ---        ---
                                                                                                   ---        ---        ---
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                 NORTHERN ENGINEERING AND PLASTICS CORPORATION
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
    The  deferred  tax (assets)  and deferred  tax  liabilities recorded  on the
balance sheet as of August 31, 1993 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>
Deferred assets:
  Benefit plans.....................................................................  $     (44)
  AMT Tax credit carry forwards.....................................................       (188)
  Operating loss carry forwards.....................................................        (18)
                                                                                      ---------
  Gross deferred tax assets.........................................................       (250)
 
Deferred liabilities:
  Depreciation......................................................................      1,091
                                                                                      ---------
Net deferred liabilities............................................................  $     841
                                                                                      ---------
                                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At August 31, 1993, $188,000 of AMT credits were available. These credits do
not expire and may be used to reduce future taxes payable.
 
11. SUBSEQUENT MERGER AGREEMENT:
    In March of  1994, NEPCO  entered into  a stock  purchase agreement  whereby
Portola Packaging
(d/b/a  Cap Snap) of San Jose, California would acquire all of the capital stock
of NEPCO and  NEPCO-West for  a purchase  price of  $28,500,000 plus  additional
commitments   related  to   employment,  non-compete   and  technology  transfer
agreements. The purchase was completed on June 30, 1994.
 
12. OTHER, NET:
    Other, net consists of gains  from asset sales, accounts payable  discounts,
and other nonoperating items.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Directors of Portola Packaging Canada Ltd.
 
    We  have audited the combined balance sheet of Portola Packaging Canada Ltd.
as at March 31,  1995 and the combined  statements of income, retained  earnings
and  changes  in financial  position for  the year  then ended.  These financial
statements  are   the   responsibility   of  the   company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audit.
 
    We conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted
auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to
obtain  reasonable  assurance  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free of
material misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis,  evidence
supporting  the amounts  and disclosures in  the financial  statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well  as  evaluating the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.
 
    In  our opinion, these combined financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Portola Packaging Canada Ltd. as at
March 31,  1995  and the  results  of its  operations  and the  changes  in  its
financial position for the year then ended in accordance with Canadian generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND
 
Vancouver, B.C.
August 3, 1995
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS AT MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
                                          ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash.........................................................................  $  965,653
  Accounts receivable --
    Trade......................................................................   1,741,847
    Affiliated companies.......................................................      70,409
    Commissions (note 5).......................................................      67,026
  Fire claim receivable (note 9)...............................................     250,365
  Inventories (note 3).........................................................     580,750
  Lease deposit................................................................       8,533
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                  3,684,583
Goodwill.......................................................................           1
Fixed Assets (note 4)..........................................................      90,974
Equity in Canada Cap Snap Corporation (note 8).................................     310,005
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 $4,085,563
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
                                        LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable --
    Trade......................................................................  $  645,664
    Affiliated companies.......................................................      14,742
    Bonus (note 5).............................................................   1,291,092
    Allwest Industries Incorporated (note 5)...................................     199,580
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                  2,151,078
Advances from Allwest Industries Incorporated (note 5).........................     680,947
Loans from Related Parties (note 5)............................................   1,218,141
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                  4,050,166
                                                                                 ----------
                                   SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Share Capital (note 6).........................................................         501
Retained Earnings..............................................................      34,896
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                     35,397
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 $4,085,563
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
Contingency (note 9)
Commitments (note 11)
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
                    COMBINED STATEMENT OF RETAINED EARNINGS
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Deficit -- Beginning of Year...................................................  $ (198,022)
Net Income for the Year........................................................     232,918
                                                                                 ----------
Retained Earnings -- End of Year...............................................  $   34,896
                                                                                 ----------
                                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Sales (note 5)................................................................  $11,084,321
Cost of Sales
  Opening inventory...........................................................      489,485
  Materials (note 5)..........................................................    5,618,623
  Plant labour and benefits...................................................    1,279,779
  Heat, light and power.......................................................      319,403
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                  7,707,290
  Less: Closing inventory (note 3)............................................      580,750
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                  7,126,540
                                                                                -----------
Gross Profit..................................................................    3,957,781
                                                                                -----------
Plant Expenses
  Rental -- Equipment (note 5)................................................    1,472,113
           Building (note 5)..................................................      248,122
           Trailer............................................................       52,651
  Depreciation and amortization...............................................       59,494
  Repairs and maintenance.....................................................      251,522
  Property taxes..............................................................       31,010
  Insurance...................................................................       45,876
  Scavenging..................................................................        2,281
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                  2,163,069
                                                                                -----------
Administrative Expenses
  Salaries and benefits.......................................................    1,560,121
  Interest (note 5)...........................................................       62,597
  Travel......................................................................       43,413
  Professional fees...........................................................       48,459
  Office......................................................................       35,693
  Other.......................................................................       42,565
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                  1,792,848
                                                                                -----------
Income Before the Following:                                                          1,864
                                                                                -----------
Other Income
  Commission (note 5).........................................................       67,026
  Interest....................................................................       63,023
  Miscellaneous...............................................................       20,203
  Equity in income of Canada Cap Snap Corporation (note 8)....................       80,802
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                    231,054
                                                                                -----------
Income Before Income Taxes....................................................      232,918
                                                                                -----------
Income Taxes (note 7)
  Current.....................................................................       77,000
  Income taxes recovered through utilization of tax losses carried forward....      (77,000)
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                        Nil
                                                                                -----------
Net Income for the Year.......................................................  $   232,918
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
              COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN FINANCIAL POSITION
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
                                CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
Operating Activities
  Net income for year...........................................................  $ 232,918
  Items not affecting cash --
    Depreciation................................................................     59,494
    Equity in net income of Canada Cap Snap Corporation.........................    (80,802)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                    211,610
                                                                                  ---------
  Changes in non-cash working capital --
    Accounts receivable.........................................................   (666,357)
    Inventories.................................................................    (91,265)
    Accounts payable............................................................    306,288
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                   (451,334)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                   (239,724)
                                                                                  ---------
Financing Activities
  Loans from related parties....................................................    556,875
  Due to Allwest Industries Incorporated........................................      5,997
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                    562,872
                                                                                  ---------
Investing Activities
  Leasehold improvements........................................................    (57,700)
  Purchase of automobile........................................................    (12,490)
  Fire claim receivable.........................................................    (58,279)
  Fire claim insurance proceeds.................................................    100,000
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                    (28,469)
                                                                                  ---------
Increase in Cash................................................................    294,679
Cash -- Beginning of Year.......................................................    670,974
                                                                                  ---------
Cash -- End of Year.............................................................  $ 965,653
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
1.  BASIS OF ACCOUNTING PRESENTATION
    On  June 16, 1995, 3154823 Canada Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Portola
Packaging, Inc., acquired 100% of the shares of B.C. Plastic Industries Ltd. and
Alberta Plastic Industries Ltd. and 50% of the shares of a joint venture, Canada
Cap Snap Corporation (the remaining 50%  thereof already being owned by  Portola
Packaging, Inc.).
 
    The   acquired  shares  were  previously  held  under  common  control  and,
accordingly, these  financial  statements  reflect the  financial  position  and
results  of operations of  the acquired companies on  a combined historical cost
basis, with the 50% joint venture interest in Canada Cap Snap Corporation  being
accounted  for  using  the  equity method.  Transactions  amongst  the combining
companies have been eliminated.
 
    On June 16, 1995, 3154823 Canada Inc., B.C. Plastic Industries Ltd., Alberta
Plastic Industries Ltd. and Canada  Cap Snap Corporation were amalgamated  under
the name Portola Packaging Canada Ltd.
2.  ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    These  combined financial statements  have been prepared  in accordance with
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost
is determined on a first-in, first-out basis.
 
    FIXED ASSETS
 
    The automobile is  recorded at cost  and is depreciated  on a 30%  declining
balance basis.
 
    Under  the terms of  the company's lease  agreements with Allwest Industries
Incorporated (Allwest), the  company is  responsible for  installing all  leased
equipment.  The installation  costs are  capitalized as  leasehold improvements.
Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and amortization is provided on  the
straight-line basis over five years.
3.  INVENTORIES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Materials--
  Raw....................................................  $ 339,698
  Packaging..............................................     75,426
Finished goods...........................................    165,626
                                                           ---------
                                                           $ 580,750
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
4.  FIXED ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ACCUMULATED   NET BOOK
                                                 COST      DEPRECIATION     VALUE
                                              -----------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>            <C>
Leasehold improvements......................  $   130,886   $    50,528   $  80,358
Automobile..................................       12,490         1,874      10,616
                                              -----------  -------------  ---------
                                              $   143,376   $    52,402   $  90,974
                                              -----------  -------------  ---------
                                              -----------  -------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
5.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Canada  Cap  Snap  Corporation  and  Canadian  Miraclean  Products  Ltd. are
affiliated companies. Allwest Industries Incorporated (Allwest) is the parent of
B.C. Plastic Industries Ltd. and 322597 B.C. Limited is a shareholder of  Canada
Cap Snap Corporation.
 
    COMMISSION INCOME
 
    Commission income of $67,026 is due from Canada Cap Snap Corporation.
 
    SALES
 
    Sales to affiliates are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Canada Cap Snap Corporation..............................  $ 377,583
Canadian Miraclean Products Ltd..........................     47,304
                                                           ---------
                                                           $ 424,887
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
    MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION FEES
 
    During  the year Canada Cap Snap  Corporation paid management fees amounting
to  $65,625  to   Portola  Packaging,   Inc.  and  322597   B.C.  Limited,   and
administration fees of $13,800 to Canadian Miraclean Products Ltd.
 
    EQUIPMENT AND BUILDING RENTAL EXPENSES
 
    The  company rented its premises and equipment from Allwest. Rental payments
to Allwest  included in  equipment  and building  rental  expense for  the  year
amounted to $1,708,444.
 
    MATERIAL PURCHASES
 
    Purchases  of finished goods and materials  from Canada Cap Snap Corporation
for the year amounted to $11,407
 
    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
 
    Accounts payable to Allwest are non-interest bearing and arise from  current
rental charges.
 
    ADVANCES FROM ALLWEST INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED
 
    Advances  from Allwest  bear interest  at prime plus  2% and  have no stated
terms of  repayment. Interest  expense  on these  advances amounted  to  $62,597
during the year.
 
    LOANS FROM RELATED PARTIES
 
    The loans are unsecured and interest free with no fixed terms of repayment.
 
    The loans are from:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
322597 B.C. Ltd........................................  $      500
Allwest................................................     615,205
Directors of the combined companies....................     602,436
                                                         ----------
                                                         $1,218,141
                                                         ----------
                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    BONUS
 
    The bonus is payable to directors of the Company.
 
    OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    Other related party transactions are disclosed in notes 9 and 11.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
6.  SHARE CAPITAL
    Share capital of the combined companies consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Alberta Plastic Industries Ltd. --
Authorized --
  Unlimited  Class A common shares without par value
       500  Class B common shares, without par value
       500  First preferred shares, 0-5% non-cumulative
            redeemable at $929.714 per share, without par
            value
       500  Second preferred shares, 0-8% non-cumulative
            redeemable at $2,570.29 per share, without
            par value
Issued --
       500  Class A common shares........................  $       5
       500  First preferred shares.......................        150
       500  Second preferred shares......................        345
                                                           ---------
                                                                 500
                                                           ---------
B.C. Plastic Industries Ltd. --
Authorized --
  1,000,000  Class A non-voting preferred shares, with a
             par value of $0.01, redeemable at $50,000
             per share and entitled to a 10%
             non-cumulative dividend
   100,000  Class B voting common shares without par
            value
Issued--
       100  Class A shares...............................          1
         1  Class B share................................     --
                                                           ---------
                                                                   1
                                                           ---------
                                                                 501
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
7.  INCOME TAXES
    The  company has  income tax loss  carryforwards available  to offset future
taxable income  of approximately  $366,500. Unless  utilized to  reduce  taxable
income, these losses will expire as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
2000.....................................................  $ 171,000
2001.....................................................    195,500
                                                           ---------
                                                           $ 366,500
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  income tax loss  carryforwards are represented  by accounting losses of
$254,500 and by timing  differences of $112,000. The  income tax benefit of  the
accounting losses has not been recorded.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                         PORTOLA PACKAGING CANADA LTD.
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
                        (EXPRESSED IN CANADIAN DOLLARS)
 
8.  INVESTMENT IN CANADA CAP SNAP CORPORATION
    The  combined  companies'  50% joint  venture  interest in  Canada  Cap Snap
Corporation at March 31, 1995 comprised the following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Equity in retained earnings--beginning of year...........  $ 229,203
50% of earnings for the year.............................     80,802
                                                           ---------
Equity in retained earnings--end of year.................  $ 310,005
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The combined companies pro rated share of the joint ventures' operations and
financial position are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Assets...................................................  $ 528,000
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
Liabilities..............................................  $ 161,000
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
Revenues.................................................  $ 730,000
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
Expenses.................................................  $ 650,000
                                                           ---------
                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
9.  CONTINGENCY
    During the year  ended March  31, 1994, the  building owned  by Allwest  and
leased  by Alberta Plastic Industries Ltd.  for its operations was fire damaged.
Both Allwest and  the company  expect to be  fully compensated  for any  related
damages;  however,  as yet  no settlement  has been  reached with  the insurance
company. On June 15, 1995, the fire claim receivable was acquired by Allwest and
directors for consideration in the amount of $250,365.
10. SECURITY FOR OPERATING LINE FACILITY
    B.C. Plastic Industries Ltd.  has provided a  general security covering  all
assets  of the company and specific security covering the company's inventory in
favour of the company's bankers as security for its operating line facility to a
maximum of $350,000.
11. COMMITMENTS
    As at March  31, 1995,  Alberta Plastic  Industries Ltd.  has monthly  lease
obligations  related to  its premises and  its equipment of  $12,000 and $49,400
respectively. The  company  is  leasing  temporary  operating  premises  and  is
attempting to obtain a new permanent plant facility to be owned by Allwest.
 
    As  at  March  31, 1995,  B.C.  Plastic  Industries Ltd.  has  monthly lease
obligations to Allwest  related to  its premises  and equipment  of $12,144  and
$76,631 respectively.
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS OFFERING TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER
THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST  NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE
COMPANY  OR THE  UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO
SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY
BY ANY PERSON IN  ANY JURISDICTION IN  WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL  FOR SUCH PERSON  TO
MAKE  SUCH AN OFFERING OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS  BEEN NO  CHANGE IN  THE AFFAIRS OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATE
HEREOF  OR THAT THE INFORMATION  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS  OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................          10
Use of Proceeds................................          14
Capitalization.................................          15
Unaudited Pro Forma As Adjusted Condensed
 Consolidated Financial Data...................          16
Selected Historical Condensed Consolidated
 Financial Data................................          22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          24
Business.......................................          33
Management.....................................          44
Certain Transactions...........................          50
Principal Stockholders.........................          52
Description of the New Credit Facility.........          54
Description of the Notes.......................          55
Underwriting...................................          77
Legal Matters..................................          78
Experts........................................          78
Additional Information.........................          78
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    UNTIL  DECEMBER  26,  1995,  ALL  DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN   THE
REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE
REQUIRED  TO DELIVER  A PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS  IN ADDITION  TO THE  OBLIGATION OF
DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT  TO
THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                  $110,000,000
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
 
                         10 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                             CHASE SECURITIES, INC.
 
                              SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
   
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
    

   
    The  following table sets forth information  regarding all securities of the
Registrant (or its predecessors)  sold by the  Registrant (or its  predecessors)
since June 1, 1993.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF    AGGREGATE          FORM OF
          CLASS OF PURCHASERS               DATE OF SALE     TITLE OF SECURITIES    SHARES    PURCHASE PRICE    CONSIDERATION
- ---------------------------------------  ------------------  --------------------  ---------  --------------  -----------------
<S>                                      <C>                 <C>                   <C>        <C>             <C>
Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation      June 9, 1995           Class B Common       200,000   $ 800,000.00            cash
                                                               Stock, Series 1
                                         June 30, 1994       Warrant to purchase      --       1,245,205.95              (1)
                                                             2,052,526 shares of
                                                             Class A Common Stock
                                         June 30, 1994          Class B Common       800,000   3,000,000.00            cash
                                                               Stock, Series 1
Heller Financial, Inc.                   June 9, 1995           Class B Common       250,000   1,000,000.00            cash
                                                               Stock, Series 1
                                         June 30, 1994       Warrant to purchase      --       1,100,537.50              (2)
                                                              440,215 shares of
                                                             Class A Common Stock
Jack L. Watts, John L. Lemons, Mary Ann  October 10, 1995    Class A Common Stock  2,134,992             (3)             (3)
 Lemons, LJL Cordovan Partners, L.P.
 and Robert Fleming Nominees Limited
Jeffrey Pfeffer, Ph.D.                   June 18, 1996          Class B Common        15,000         67,500            cash
                                                               Stock, Series 1
Exercise of stock options granted under  June 1, 1993 -         Class B Common       848,732     563,002.40            cash
 stock option plans by 13 optionees      June 18, 1996         Stock, Series 1
                                                               (Stock Options)
</TABLE>
    

- ------------------------------
(1)  Exchanged for Warrant to purchase 2,052,526  shares of Class A Common Stock
    issued October 9, 1992.

   
(2) Exchanged for  Warrant to purchase  440,215 shares of  Class A Common  Stock
    issued October 9, 1992.
    

   
(3)  Issued in exchange for 734,992 shares of  Class B Common Stock, Series 1 of
    the Company and 1,400,000 shares  of Class B Common  Stock, Series 2 of  the
    Company. The recipients of the Class A Common Stock then sold such shares to
    an unrelated third party and its affiliate.
    

   
    All  sales of common  stock made pursuant  to the exercise  of stock options
granted under the stock option plans of the Registrant or its predecessors  were
made  pursuant  to  the  exemption from  the  registration  requirements  of the
Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the "Securities Act"), afforded by Rule  701
promulgated under the Securities Act.
    

   
    The  sales  of securities  to  Chase Manhattan  Capital  Corporation, Heller
Financial, Inc. and Dr.  Pfeffer were made  in reliance on  Section 4(2) of  the
Securities  Act and/or  Regulation D promulgated  under the  Securities Act. The
securities were sold to a limited number of people with no general  solicitation
or  advertising. The purchasers were sophisticated  investors with access to all
relevant information necessary to evaluate the investment and represented to the
issuer that the shares were being acquired for investment.
    

   
    The exchange of  securities with  Jack L. Watts,  John L.  Lemons, Mary  Ann
Lemons, LJL Cordovan Partners, L.P. and Robert Fleming Nominees Limited was made
pursuant  to the exemption from the  registration requirements of the Securities
Act afforded by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.
    

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a)  The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  EXHIBIT TITLE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
      3.01   Certificate of Incorporation (filed with Secretary of State of Delaware on April 29, 1994, as amended
              and filed with Secretary of State of Delaware on October 4, 1995).*
      4.01   Indenture, dated as of October 2, 1995, by and between the Registrant and American Bank National
              Association, as trustee (including form of Note).*
      5.01   Opinion of Fenwick & West regarding legality of the Notes.**
     10.24   Second Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October 2, 1995, by and between
              the Registrant and Heller Financial, Inc.*
     10.25   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 10, 1995, by and among the Registrant, Jack L. Watts, John L.
              Lemons, Mary Ann Lemons, LJL Cordovan Partners, L.P., Robert Fleming Nominees Limited, Suez Equity
              Investors, L.P. and SEI Associates.*
     10.26   Amendment to Investors' Rights Agreements, dated as of October 10, 1995, by and among the Registrant,
              Jack L. Watts, John L. Lemons, Mary Ann Lemons, LJL Cordovan Partners, L.P., Robert Fleming Nominees
              Limited, Suez Equity Investors, L.P., SEI Associates and Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation.*
     10.27   Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1995, by and among the
              Registrant, Heller Financial, Inc., Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation, Robert Fleming Nominees
              Limited, Suez Equity Investors, L.P. and SEI Associates.*
     10.28   1988 Stock Option Plan and related documents.*
     10.29   1994 Stock Option Plan and related documents.*
     10.30   1996 Special Management Bonus Plan.*
     10.31   1996 Management Bonus Plan.*
     10.32   Description of provisions of 1996 Senior Executive Bonus Plans.*
     10.33   Faulstich Court Property Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated as of January 17, 1996, by and between
              the Registrant and Three Sisters Ranch Enterprises.***
     11.01   Computation of Net Income Per Share.
     12.01   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
     21.01   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
     23.01   Consent of Fenwick & West (included in Exhibit 5.01).**
     23.05   Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
     27.01   Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
  *Incorporated herein by reference  to the exhibit with  the same number  filed
   with  the  Company's  Quarterly Report  on  Form  10-Q for  the  period ended
   November 30, 1995, as  filed with the Securities  and Exchange Commission  on
   January 16, 1996.
 **Previously  filed as  Exhibit 5.01 to  pre-effective Amendment No.  2 to this
   Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed with the Securities and Exchange
   Commission on September 25, 1995.
***Incorporated herein by reference  to the exhibit with  the same number  filed
   with  the  Company's  Quarterly Report  on  Form  10-Q for  the  period ended
   February 29, 1996, as  filed with the Securities  and Exchange Commission  on
   April 15, 1996.
    
 
   (b)  The following financial statement schedule is filed herewith:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   SCHEDULE
    NUMBER                                                SCHEDULE TITLE
- --------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>
Schedule II     Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
</TABLE>
    

 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1  to the Registration Statement to  be
signed  on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of San Jose, State of California, on the 25th day of June, 1996.
    
 
                                          PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
                                          By:          /s/ JACK L. WATTS
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                        Jack L. Watts
                                                   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of   the  Securities  Act  of  1933,   this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                               <C>
                         NAME                                        TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------  -----------------------
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:
 
                  /s/ JACK L. WATTS                     Chief Executive Officer,
     -------------------------------------------         Chairman of the Board and a           June 25, 1996
                    Jack L. Watts                        Director
 
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER:
 
               /s/ ROBERT R. STRICKLAND
     -------------------------------------------        Vice President -- Finance and          June 25, 1996
                 Robert R. Strickland                    Chief Financial Officer
 
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER:
 
                  /s/ DAVID A. KEEFE
     -------------------------------------------        Corporate Controller                   June 25, 1996
                    David A. Keefe
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<C>                                                     <S>                               <C>
                         NAME                                        TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------  -----------------------
ADDITIONAL DIRECTORS:
 
         /s/ CHRISTOPHER C. BEHRENS
- -------------------------------------------   Director                      June 25, 1996
           Christopher C. Behrens
 
            /s/ MARTIN R. IMBLER
- -------------------------------------------   Director                      June 25, 1996
              Martin R. Imbler
 
           /s/ TIMOTHY TOMLINSON
- -------------------------------------------   Secretary and Director        June 25, 1996
             Timothy Tomlinson
 
           /s/ LARRY C. WILLIAMS
- -------------------------------------------   Director                      June 25, 1996
             Larry C. Williams
 
         /s/ JEFFREY PFEFFER, Ph.D.
- -------------------------------------------   Director                      June 25, 1996
           Jeffrey Pfeffer, Ph.D.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                        ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
In  connection  with  our audits  of  the consolidated  financial  statements of
Portola Packaging, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1994 and 1995, and for
each of the three  years in the  period ended August  31, 1995, which  financial
statements  are included in the registration statement, we have also audited the
financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) herein.
 
    In our  opinion,  the  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information required to be included therein.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
San Jose, California
November 1, 1995
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS                           BEG BAL      EXPENSE        OTHER       DEDUCTIONS (2)      END BAL
- ------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>                <C>
August 31, 1993.......................................   $     167    $      90   $      --          $      51       $     206
August 31, 1994.......................................         206          173        (167)(1)            157             389
August 31, 1995.......................................         389          892                            468             813
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Amount of  valuation allowance  established as  part of  the acquisition of
    NEPCO.
 
(2) Write-off bad debts.
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                                  EXHIBIT TITLE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       3.01  Certificate of Incorporation (filed with Secretary of State of Delaware on April 29, 1994, as amended
              and filed with Secretary of State of Delaware on October 4, 1995).*
       4.01  Indenture, dated as of October 2, 1995, by and between the Registrant and American Bank National
              Association, as trustee (including form of Note).*
       5.01  Opinion of Fenwick & West regarding legality of the Notes.**
      10.24  Second Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October 2, 1995, by and between
              the Registrant and Heller Financial, Inc.*
      10.25  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 10, 1995, by and among the Registrant, Jack L. Watts, John L.
              Lemons, Mary Ann Lemons, LJL Cordovan Partners, L.P., Robert Fleming Nominees Limited, Suez Equity
              Investors, L.P. and SEI Associates.*
      10.26  Amendment to Investors' Rights Agreements, dated as of October 10, 1995, by and among the Registrant,
              Jack L. Watts, John L. Lemons, Mary Ann Lemons, LJL Cordovan Partners, L.P., Robert Fleming Nominees
              Limited, Suez Equity Investors, L.P., SEI Associates and Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation.*
      10.27  Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 1995, by and among the
              Registrant, Heller Financial, Inc., Chase Manhattan Capital Corporation, Robert Fleming Nominees
              Limited, Suez Equity Investors, L.P. and SEI Associates.*
      10.28  1988 Stock Option Plan and related documents.*
      10.29  1994 Stock Option Plan and related documents.*
      10.30  1996 Special Management Bonus Plan.*
      10.31  1996 Management Bonus Plan.*
      10.32  Description of provisions of 1996 Senior Executive Bonus Plans.*
      10.33  Faulstich Court Property Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated as of January 17, 1996, by and between
              the Registrant and Three Sisters Ranch Enterprises.***
      11.01  Computation of Net Income Per Share.
      12.01  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
      21.01  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
      23.01  Consent of Fenwick & West (included in Exhibit 5.01).**
      23.05  Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
      27.01  Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
  *  Incorporated herein by reference to the  exhibit with the same number filed
    with the  Company's Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  period  ended
    November  30, 1995, as filed with  the Securities and Exchange Commission on
    January 16, 1996.
 
 ** Previously filed as  Exhibit 5.01 to pre-effective  Amendment No. 2 to  this
    Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1, as  filed  with  the  Securities and
    Exchange Commission on September 25, 1995.
 
*** Incorporated herein by reference to  the exhibit with the same number  filed
    with  the  Company's Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  period ended
    February 29, 1996, as filed with  the Securities and Exchange Commission  on
    April 15, 1996.

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 11.01
 
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
                    COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE (1)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,       --------------------------
                                                     -------------------------------  FEBRUARY 28,  FEBRUARY 29,
                                                       1993       1994       1995         1995          1996
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                              UNAUDITED
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Weighted average common shares outstanding for the
 period                                                  9,976     11,087     11,393       11,255        11,585
Common equivalent shares assuming conversion of
 stock options and warrants under the treasury
 stock method......................................      2,578
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in per share calculation...............     12,554     11,087     11,393       11,255        11,585
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and
 cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle.........................................  $   1,198  $   1,100  $     140   $      231    $     (200)
Less the increase in the put value of warrants.....                  (455)      (610)        (279)         (423)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     $   1,198  $     645  $    (470)  $      (48)   $     (623)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle.........................................             $      85
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Extraordinary item.................................                                                  $    1,265
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)..................................  $     309  $     225  $     140   $      231    $   (1,465)
Less the increase in the put value of warrants.....                  (455)      (610)        (279)         (423)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     $     309  $    (230) $    (470)  $      (48)   $   (1,888)
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss) per share before extraordinary
 item and cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle.........................................  $    0.10  $    0.06  $   (0.04)  $     0.00    $    (0.05)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
 principle.........................................             $    0.01
Effect of extraordinary item per share.............                                                  $    (0.11)
Net income (loss) per share........................  $    0.02  $   (0.02) $   (0.04)  $     0.00    $    (0.16)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  There is no difference between primary  and fully diluted net income (loss)
    per share for all periods presented.

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 12.01
 
                            PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC.
               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                               YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,                     --------------------------
                            -----------------------------------------------------------  FEBRUARY 28,  FEBRUARY 29,
                              1991       1992       1993          1994          1995         1995          1996
                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  ---------  ------------  ------------
<S>                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>           <C>
Fixed charges:
  Interest expense........  $   3,972  $   3,200  $   3,128     $   3,996     $   8,658   $    4,003    $    6,380
  Debt financing costs....        418        969        479         1,058           447          269           261
  Rent expense............        269        284        295           465           499          240           344
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
    Total interest........      4,659      4,453      3,902         5,519         9,604        4,512         6,985
Total fixed charges.......      4,659      4,453      3,902         5,519         9,604        4,512         6,985
Less: Capitalized
 interest.................         --         --         --            --            --           --            --
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
  Net fixed charges.......  $   4,659  $   4,453  $   3,902     $   5,519     $   9,604   $    4,512    $    6,985
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
Earnings:
  Net income (loss).......  $     455  $     663  $     309     $     225     $     140   $      231    $   (1,465)
  Income tax benefit from
   extraordinary item.....         --         --       (592)         (539)           --           --          (844)
  Cumulative effect of
   adopting SFAS No.
   109....................         --         --         --            85            --           --            --
  Provision for taxes.....      1,301      1,287      1,521         1,095         1,294          730           755
  Net fixed charges.......      4,659      4,453      3,902         5,519         9,604        4,512         6,985
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
  Total earnings..........  $   6,415  $   6,403  $   5,140     $   6,385     $  11,038   $    5,473    $    5,431
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
                            ---------  ---------  ---------       -------     ---------  ------------  ------------
Calculation of ratio of
 earnings to fixed
 charges:
  Total earnings..........  $   6,415  $   6,403  $   5,140     $   6,385     $  11,038   $    5,473    $    5,431
  Total fixed charges.....      4,659      4,453      3,902         5,519         9,604        4,512         6,985
  Ratio of earnings to
   fixed charges..........       1.38       1.44       1.32          1.16          1.15         1.21
  Deficiency of earnings
   to fixed charges.......                                                                                  (1,554)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 21.01
 
        SUBSIDIARIES OF PORTOLA PACKAGING, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION
 
    Portola Packaging Canada Ltd., a Canadian federal corporation (operating)
 
    Portola  Packaging Ltd.,  a U.K. corporation  (formerly Cap  Snap Limited, a
    U.K. corporation, which was  formerly Cap Snap  (U.K.) Ltd.) (operating  but
    not significant pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K)

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.05
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
We  consent to the inclusion in this  post-effective amendment number one to the
registration statement  on Form  S-1 (File  No. 33-95318)  of our  report  dated
November  1,  1995, on  our  audits of  the  financial statements  and financial
statement schedule of Portola Packaging, Inc.  We also consent to the  reference
to our firm under the caption "Experts."
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
San Jose, California
June 24, 1996

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          AUG-31-1995             AUG-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             SEP-01-1994             SEP-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               AUG-31-1995             FEB-29-1996
<CASH>                                             763                   14526
<SECURITIES>                                      1000                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    20323<F1>               20267<F1>
<ALLOWANCES>                                       813                     660
<INVENTORY>                                       9833                   10193
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 36467                   50171
<PP&E>                                           53132<F2>               64059<F2>
<DEPRECIATION>                                   27203                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  130326                  156557
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            21709                   17817
<BONDS>                                          86244                  116979
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                            12                      12
<OTHER-SE>                                        6682                    4810
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    130326                  156557
<SALES>                                         124650                   73877
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                124650                   73877
<CGS>                                            91972                   55857
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   110303                   65109
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  3983                    2256
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                9105                    6641
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                   1434                     555
<INCOME-TAX>                                      1294                     755
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                140                   (200)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                    1265
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                       140                  (1465)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.04)                  (0.16)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.04)                  (0.16)
<FN>
<F1>SHOWN NET OF ALLOWANCE
<F2>SHOWN NET OF DEPRECIATION
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission